Selected quad for the lemma: heart_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
heart_n great_a left_a ventricle_n 2,486 5 12.8609 5 false
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A19628 Mikrokosmographia a description of the body of man. Together vvith the controuersies thereto belonging. Collected and translated out of all the best authors of anatomy, especially out of Gasper Bauhinus and Andreas Laurentius. By Helkiah Crooke Doctor of Physicke, physitian to His Maiestie, and his Highnesse professor in anatomy and chyrurgerie. Published by the Kings Maiesties especiall direction and warrant according to the first integrity, as it was originally written by the author. Crooke, Helkiah, 1576-1635.; Bauhin, Caspar, 1560-1624. De corporis humani fabrica.; Du Laurens, André, 1558-1609. Historia anatomica humani corporis. 1615 (1615) STC 6062; ESTC S107278 1,591,635 874

There are 85 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

the stomack in substance membranes and fibres little differing from it being nothing else but as it were a production of the same we will intreate of it in this place and not in the second Region the rather because the Table wherein the stomacke is deciphered contayneth also the delineation of this oesophagus It is called therefore in Greeke by Hippocrates Galen and Aristotle The names Hip. lib de resect corpor Gal 6. vsu parti 5. Aristot 1. hist Animal 16. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifieth to carry meat as also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the stomack from words that signifie length and narrownesse For indeed this name of the stomacke is proper to this part albeit other authours especially our English toung hath turned it to signifie the ventricle or place where the meate is contayned the true stomacke we call the gullet the Arabians call it meri and vescet the Latins Gula. It is the common way of meat and drinke from the mouth into the ventricle or stomacke as we call it which all creatures haue that draw breath This part taketh his beginning in the lowermost cauitie or hollownesse of the throate at the rootes of table 10. figure 1 2. A the orifice of the gullet cut from the throat the toung behind the larynx or wezon to whom it is tyed and on either side toucheth the Tonsils or Almonds tab 10 fig. 1 E E and passing through the necke the breast betwixt the wezon and as appeareth in the table belonging to the chap. of the Lungs figure 1 2. where A sheweth the gullet and B the arterie the spondels of the necke and breast vppon which it leaneth for it might not passe through the middle cauitie of the brest lest it should trouble some Instrument of breathing and beside it stood in need of some setled supporter and that farte within to leane vnto that so it might be safe from externall iniuries it goeth directly Tab. x. Fig. 1 2. from A to B to the fift Spondell of the breast where it enclineth it selfe a little to the right side that it may Tab. x. Fig. 1. from B to C giue way to the trunke of the great Artery descending which comming out of the left Ventricle of the heart goeth necessarily to the left side ward When it hath atteyned to the ninth Spondell it is lifted aloft by the helpe of certaine Membranes and passeth aboue the great Artery least in the descending of grosse and thicke meates it shoulde lye heauy vpon it and hinder the course of the arteriall blood and spirits Then againe it enclineth to the left side Tab. x. Fig. 1 from C to D where the vppermost mouth Tab. x. fig 1 2 G of the stomacke is scituated and going vnder the hollow Veine passeth through the Neruous part of the Diaphragma by a posterne of his owne into the lower belly and is implanted not into the right least it should necessarily perforate the Liuer but into the lefte orifice of the stomacke together with two Nerues Tab. x. Fig. 1 2 T V. In his originall or rising it is tyed to the throate by a coate that compasseth the mouth but To what parte it is tied to the stomacke where it groweth to the Diaphragma by the continuation of his body to the bodies of the Spondels to the weazon and the parts adioyning by the helpe of Membranes proceeding out of the Ligaments of the backe His figure is round Tab. x fig. 1 2 both that more matter might passe in lesse roome The Figure of it for of all figures the round is most capacious and that it might be safer from iniuries very long it was of necessity to be because the mouth is farre from the stomack and it may well be called a reddish gut for after that manner it is distended into a sufficient capacity that the meate should not stay in it or pressing the weazon hinder respiration and put a man in danger of choaking The substance of it is in a meane betweene flesh and sinnewes wherefore it may bee The substāce both enflamed and subiect to convulsion also sinnewy or membranous that it might be extended into length and bredth when the meate is put in and againe fall that it take not too much roome when it is empty fleshy it is also that being soft it might giue way vnto the meate as it passeth downe But because as a sacke to be filled with Corne vnlesse it be held vp and open doubleth into it selfe when the corne is powred in so the Gullet being soft should double into it selfe when the meate is powred into it it is supported and held open by his connexion to the bodyes of the Spondels Hence it is that lying vppon the His conexion long ridge bone when it is affected we apply Cataplasmes to the ridge of the back It hath The ξ. coates of the gullet three Coats one common and two proper The first bred out of the Ligaments of the Spondels which is the Case or couer of the two proper Coates The second which is called the external is fleshy and very thicke as if it were a perforated Muscle and hath his originall from the second Cartilage of the Weazon as it lookes toward the necke hath onely transuerse Fibres that with these the Aliment that is drawne by the fibres of the inner coate might be more readily thrust into the stomacke they are also a great help when the stomack violently laboreth to vomit vp any thing that oppresseth it which two things are after a diuerse manner performed For if the fibres do beginne to be contracted aboue they serue to swallow with if from the Orifice of the stomacke for vomiting The thirde coate is internall and of a dissimilar substance vnder or within whose inward superficies a certaine smooth and slippery veyle or wimple is substrated hauing right and slender fibres to draw the norishment after the mouth hath receyued it The remainder of his substance from which that veile or filmy couering like the Cuticle from the skin may be separated is Neruous and more Membranous then the externall more harde also and sensible that the pleasure and good rellish of meates and drinkes may be better apprehended by contaction or touching This Coate ariseth from that which inuesteth the palate the mouth lips and throate and runneth as farre as the left Orifice of the stomacke It hath very few oblong fibres least they should keepe the meate too long in the gullet which would haue beene a great annoyance to the wezon That these may be the better obserued they had neede be parboyled to take away their aboundant moysture The act of deglutition or of swallowing is a worke mixed of an Animal and Natural is helped by certaine muscles called oesophagaei belonging to the gullet but they are accounted The act of swallowing among the muscles of the weazon which proceeding from the sides of
Kidneyes and the bladder of gall Fiftly no part is nourished by the excrement which it attracteth but by laudable bloud Sixtly as the passages of choller are dispersed through the substance of the Liuer among the rootes of the gate and hollow veines to draw away the excrementitions choller So also should there haue beene many propagations and tendrils from the spleenick braunch dispersed through the substance of the Liuer which we finde to be nothing so Finally if from the Liuer the foeculent bloud bee purged away as an excrement into the spleene then it must of necessity follow that this excrementitious humour should regurgitate or returne into the trunke of the Gate-veine because the splenick branch ariseth out of the same trunke far vnder the Liuer and aboue the trunke of the meseraicks Wherefore we think sayth Bauhine that the spleene was ordained and instituted by Nature for a further confection of some kinde of bloud Which vse Aristotle first allotted Authors on Bauhines side Aristotle Galen Aphrodisaeus Aretaeus Vesalius Fernelius Platerus Archangelus vnto it and therefore in his third booke de partibus Animalium and the 7. chapter hee calleth it a bastard Liuer The same also Galen giueth assent vnto in his booke de respirationis vsu as also Aphrodisaeus and Aretaeus Vesalius and Fernelius touch vpon this vse of the spleene also but Platerus and Archangelus resolue vpon it very confidently The spleene therefore from an inbred faculty of his owne draweth vnto himselfe the thicker and more earthie portion of the Chylus somewhat altered in hauing receiued a certain disposition or rudiment of bloud in the meseraicke veines by the spleenick branch of the Gate-veine out of the trunke of the meseraick veines before the Chylus get into the Liuer that so the Liuer may the better draw the more laudable parts of the Chylus for otherwise the small vessels of the Liuer being obstructed by the crasse and crude bloud not Bauhines proiect onely sanguification would haue beene interrupted but also the Iaundise Dropsies Agues Scirrous hardnesses and many other mischiefes woulde haue ouertaken vs of necessity all which we see do euery day hapen when the spleen fayleth to do his duty and either through weaknesse or obstructions ceaseth to attract that crasse and foeculent part of the Chylus But a great euidence of this trueth is this that the spleenicke branch doeth not proceede from the Liuer but ariseth as is sayde and is seated below it Neither is it likely that so thicke a iuyce confected and made into bloud in the Liuer should get out of it by the hairie and threddy veines of the same yet wee doe not deny that melancholly iuyce is ingendred in the Liuer but wee say that that onely is there ingendered which is a part of the masse of bloud not that which is receiued into the spleen for his nourishment and the vse of the stomacke Furthermore we are of opinion saith Bauhine that a part of the Chylus is sucked euen out of the stomack by veines ariuing at the left side of his bottom from the spleenicke branch When the spleen hath receiued this Chylus a little altered in the long iourney through those spleenicke surcles and branches it laboureth and worketh it at great leasure and by a long processe as the Alchymists say and much preparation in the innumerable small vessels or Fibrous complications which are disseminated through his substance like as the other and greater part of the Chylus is laboured into bloud in the complications of the vesselles disseminated through the Liuer and boyleth it into a thinner consistence by the help of naturall heate assisted by the many and large Arteries and their perpetuall motion And then a part of it becommeth the Aliment of the spleen the rest is carried by veines issuing from the spleenick branch to nourish the Stomacke the Guts the Kell and the Mesentery which thing Galen also insinuateth when he sayth That the same meseraicke veines do carry Galen Chylus vnto the Liuer out of the stomacke and the guts and returne bloud againe vnto them and the omentum For seeing that the originall and substance of all the veines which are propagated from the gate-veine is one and the same it followeth necessarily that their action also should be the same but to returne A part also happely of this humour thus altered is drawne into the next adioyning arteries and so conueyed into the great Artery to contemperate the intense and sharp heat of the bloud in the left ventricle of the heart and to establish and settle the nimble quick motions of the vitall spirits which are a very great cause why some mens wits are so giddy and vnconstant Sometimes it falleth out in great and confirmed diseases of the Liuer when his sanguification This is somewhat strange is decayed or in manner perished that the spleen performeth his office and transmitteth a part of the bloud by him laboured through the spleenicke branch into the veines of the Liuer which through the rootes of the hollow veine and the branches thereof is distributed into the parts of the body for their nourishment euen as the bloud is wont to be distributed which is laboured and confected in the Liuer it selfe But that part of the altered Chylus that before we sayd was drawn into the spleen which it cannot by reason of the thicknesse thereof transforme into profitable iuyce but is altogether why in affects of the Spleen the vrines are often black vnapt for nourishment is poured out part of it into the stomacke part into the Haemorrhoid veines sometimes through the trunke of the gate veine or through the spleenick Arteries it is deriued vnto the Kidneyes whence it is that in diseases of the Spleene the water fals out often to be blacke Wherefore we conclude saith Bauhine that the Spleene is a great helpe to the Liuer for the confecting of blood partly because it maketh blood answerable to his owne Nature partly because it auerteth or draweth aside vnto it selfe the thicker part of the aliment not so fit to make pure blood and by that meanes the Liuer vnburdened of such a clogge performeth his office of sanguification with more facility And thus it may be sayde verie well to purge and defecate the blood and to make it more pure and bright And heerupon the Ancients placed the seate of laughter in the Spleene and Plato saith that the spleen polisheth and brightneth the Liuer like a Looking-glasse that it might make a more cleare Plato representation of the Images of the passions from thence exhibited vnto the soule Aristotle also calleth it a left Liuer and obserueth that those creatures which haue no Spleene haue as it were double Liuers and Galen remembreth in his fourth Book of the Aristotle vse of parts and the 7. chapter that Plato calleth it the expresse Image of the Liuer It is therefore not to bee wondered at if the diseases of the Spleene doe
in arte parua and Vesalius affirmes that hee Galen Vesalius saw it once Sometime this channell of choler is but one and is by nature framed amisse being inserted in some men vnto the bottome of the stomacke in others below the Duodenum the former sort do continually vomit choler the latter as continually auoyde it by seidge the first are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Cholericke vpward the other 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Cholerick Hip de victus ratione in acut downward both cholericke saith Galen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is in their habite and conformation To make these things more plaine we must obserue that according to Hippocrates and Two sorts of cholerick mē A cholerick Temper A cholericke Habit. Galen there are two sorts of cholericke men some are so by nature some by euent or accident By nature cholericke is either in Temperament or in Habite In Temperament those are cholericke whose Liuers are hot aboue measure for a hot Liuer engendreth abundance of choler In habite those are called cholericke whose bladder of gall is so formed that the Canell or passage of the gall runnes either to the stomacke or to the emptie gut and yet both these thus habitually cholericke may in their temperament be Flegmaticke There is an elegant history in Galen in his Commentary vpon the second section A Storie out of Galen of the Booke intituled de victus ratione in morbis acutis concerning Paul the Rhetoritian and Eudemus the Philosopher the Rhetoritian was altogether Flegmatick yet vexed with continuall vomitings and for the most part costiue the Philosopher had many cholerick euacuations downeward but none by vomit All these are called Bilious or cholericke by Bilious by euent nature There are also some cholericke by euent that is by a temperament acquired as by labour watchings anger sharpe salt and spiced meates But whether the bladder do draw and driue the choler by one and the same way many haue made question A certaine new writer a great interpreter of Hippocrates but not so An idle conceite well practised in Anatomy writeth that there are two passages inserted into the bodye of the bladder by one of which it draweth by the other it driueth forth the gall But these are meere imaginations for the passage of the bladder is onely one whereby it both draweth and auoydeth choler though at seueral times yet from this common passage do spring The truth two small twigges the one diuersifyed into the Liuer by which it draweth onely the other inserted into the Duodenum by which it onely expelleth And this Galen vnderstood right well as appeareth in the thirteenth Chapter of his third Booke of Naturall Faculties It is not hard saith he to conceiue how traction and expulsion should be made by the same passage at seuerall times if we consider that the gullet doth not onely leade meate into the stomacke but also in vomiting casteth it out by the same way And thus much of the Bladder of gall now we proceede to the Spleene QVEST. XV. Concerning the vse of the Spleene against the slanderous calumniations of Galens Aduersaries THere be diuers opinions as well of the Ancient as Moderne writers about the vse of the Spleene Erasistratus thought it not of any great moment Aristotle Erasistratus Aristotle in his third Booke de partibus Animalium confesseth it to be necessary indeede yet not absolutely but by euent although hee sayth it sometime draweth the excrement from the stomacke and worketh it vnto his nourishment Both these opinions haue beene hissed out of the Schooles of Physitians as being neither established by reason nor agreeing with the maiesty wisedom and policy of Nature who vseth not to create any thing in the frame of our bodies which is not necessary for the better gouernment and order of the common-wealth of the same Alexander Aphrodisaeus sect 2. problem and Aretaeus lib 1. de causis signis chronicorum and the author of the Book de Respiratione Alexander and Aretaeus do conclude that the spleene is the organ of sanguification and they call it the bastard Liuer In this say they is the veinall blood prepared and concocted yet doth their Their reasons beleefe rest vpon coniecture because the frame and structure of both the bowels is alike because in both of them there are large and ample vessels because nature vseth to make the common ministers or seruiceable partes of the bodie either double or if but single then that one is placed in the middest as the heart the stomacke the wombe the bladder the mouth the tongue and the nose because the Liuer is in the right side and the Spleene in the left they seeme to bee two organes ordained for one and the same action But these Confuted bare coniectures are too weak to make a party that should hope to preuaile against a common receiued opinion For how could nature haue set two so ample bowels which were to serue the whole bodie in the midst vnder the heart and how again should she not haue bin idle if she had made more instruments then one for sanguificatiō when one was sufficient Rondeletius was of opinion that the Spleen is not the receptacle of the melancholy humor Rondeletius his opinio because that humour remaining in his naturall integrity is spent vpon the bones other hard and dry parts of the body and because there is lest of that humor in vs there is no part His Reasons appointed to receiue the superfluities thereof like as there is no place ordained to receiue the recrements of the blood which for the most part do passe away by sweats and insensible transpiration Bauhin runneth a middle course between these whose arguments we haue heard before in the history may receiue answer partly by himselfe partly by the answere to others Vlmus a Physitian of Poytiers in France in an elegant and wittie Booke which hee set out of the Spleene hath deuised a newe and vncouth vse thereof that is That Vlmus his opinion in the Spleene the Vitall spirite is prepared hee meaneth that the thinnest part of the Bloode which is the matter of the Vitall spirite passeth from the Spleene thorough the Arteries into the lefte ventricle of the heart where it is mingled with the aire and perfected so powred foorth through the arteries as it were thorough chanels and water-courses into the body And this new paradoxe he establisheth with reasons which carry a shew of great strength and euidence of truth His reasons The matter saith he of the vitall spirit is double Aire and Blood and both these stand in neede of preparation and attenuation the Aire is prepared in the Lunges but the Blood not in the right side of the heart as Galen would haue it because there are no manifest passages from the right to the left ventricle not in the Lunges as Columbus thought and therefore
in the Spleene Moreouer we are perswaded saith he heereunto both by the structure of the Spleene it selfe and by the Symptomes or accidents which follow those that are splenetick For the structure Hippocrates in his first Booke de morbis mulerum saith that the Spleene is rare and spongy as it were another tongue Beside there are innumerable foulds of Arteries therein Hippocrates now these foulds are no where ordained but for a new elaboration and therefore in the Braine is the wonderfull or admirable web formed in the testicles mazy vessels in the Liuer millions of veines wherefore it followeth that Nature hath ordained the spleene for the preparing and attenuating of vitall bloode Add heereto that all the Symptomes of spleniticke persons as a liuid or leaden colour vnsauoury sweate aboundance of lice puffings or swellings of the feete palpitiations of the heart are demonstratiue signes of a languishing or decayed heate and impure spirits The probability of these arguments hath made many to stagger in their resolution concerning this point and yet notwithstanding if they be called to the touchstone wee imagine they will proue no current Coine For how may it be that the vitall spirit prepared in Vlmus opiniō confuted the webs of the Spleene should be conueyed by the great Artery vnto the left Ventricle of the heart when at his orifice there are three Values or Membranes shut without and open within which hinder the ingresse of any thing into the heart And this Hippocrates in his Booke De corde plainly auoucheth whose words because they are sweeter then Nectar Hippocrates and brighter then the midday Sun we will willingly transcribe At the mouths or ingate of the Arteries there are three round Membranes disposed in their top like a halfe circle and they that prie into these secrets of Nature do much wonder howe these orifices and ends of the great Arteries do close themselues for if the heart be taken out and one of those Membranes be lift vp and another couched downe neyther water nor winde can passe into the heart and these Membranes are more exactly disposed in the mouthes of the left ventricle and that for very good reason Thus farre Hippocrates From whence I gather if nothing can passe through the Artery into the heart how shall the bloode attenuated in the Arteries of the Spleene passe thereinto as Vlmus conceiteth But I know what the answere will bee that those Membranes are not ordained altogether to hinder the passage too and fro but that nothing should passe or repasse together or at once after a tumultuous manner But this is idly to decline the force of the argument for the blood that is brought into the heart for the generation of vitall spirits must both be aboundant and at once aboundantly exhibited vnto it which these semicircular Membranes will not admit But concerning this question wee shall haue occasion to dispute heereafter when we entreate of the preparation of the vitall spirit for this time therefore thus much shall suffice Notwithstanding whereas he obiecteth that the large and manifold Arteries which are Obiection Answer 4. vses of the Arteries of the Spleene in the Spleene were not ordained in vaine but for a further elaboration of blood I answer that the vse of the Arteries of the Spleen is fourefold The first that by their pulsation they might purge and attenuate the foeculent and drossie blood the second to solicit or cal this blood out of the Veines into the substance of the Spleene the third to ventilate or breath the naturall heate of the Spleene defiled and almost extinguished by so impure a commixtion least it should faint and decay and finally to impart vnto the Spleen the vitall faculty And so wee see how these notable Arteries are not without especiall Reasons ordayned Answere to the argument of the Symptomes As for the Symptoms which follow Splenitick Patients they happen from the impurity of the blood not yet cleansed from this foeculent excrement and are rather effects of a Perfect Creatures may liue without their Spleenes fault in sanguification then of the store house of the spirits Moreouer if the Spleen had beene ordained for the preparation of the vitall spirit it should haue been found in all perfect creatures because that spirit is of absolute necessity for the maintenance of life Yet Laurentius saith that a few yeares before he wrote his Anatomy hee cut vppe at Paris in A History out of Laurentius France the body of a young man corpulent and full of flesh wherein he found no spleen at all the splenicke braunch was there and that very large ending into a small glandulous or kernelly body and the two haemorrohidal veines which purged the foeculencie of the bloud Pliny in the 11. Book of his Naturall history writeth that the Spleen is a great hinderance Pliny to good foot-man-shippe or swift running and therefore some doe vse to seare it yea and they say that a creature may liue though it bee taken out of the side Againe those creatures which haue lesse of this drossie slime haue no spleenes and yet it is not to bee denyed but they ingender vitall spirites Hereof Aristotle is a witnesse in the 15. Chapter of his Aristotle Creatures that lay egges haue smal spleenes second booke de historia Animalium where hee sayeth that the Spleene is in all creatures which haue blood but in many of those which lay egges it is so small that it cannot almost be perceiued as appeareth in Pigeons Kites Hawkes and Owles These thinges being so let vs now lay downe our opinion concerning the vse of the Concerning the vse of the spleene agreeing with the trueth spleen We will therefore with Galen that the spleene is ordayned for the expurgation of foeculent blood and therefore Nature hath placed it opposite to the Liuer that the thicke and muddy part of the iuice being drunk vp and exhausted the blood might be made pure This melancholy iuyce by a wonderfull prouidence and vnknowne familiarity the Spleene inuiteth vnto it selfe yet not pure and vnmingled as the bladder draweth choler but allayed with much benigne iuyce and laudable blood because as wee sayed before where the draught is made through large orificies there the iuyce is neuer sincere but mixed with some other humour This bloud thus drawne and brought by the Splenicke braunch the aboundance of Arteries doe attenuate mitigate and concoct making it like vnto the Spleene which is nourished Galen with the purer part thereof This Galen witnesseth where he sayth That the Spleen draweth thicker blood then the Liuer but is nourished with thinner and the impurer part sometime belcheth backe into the bottome of the Stomacke sometime falleth into the Hemorrhoidall veines and this is the true and vniforme opinion of Galen and the most Physitians concerning Confirmed by reasons The first the vse of the Spleene which it shall not bee amisse to proue also
swell Howe this commeth to passe we will now declare but first it must be resolued what that diuine old man meant by dry Coughes not that Cough which is without matter caused either by a bare distemper as when the winde is at the North or by the inequality of the rough Artery or by the simpathy of the sinnewy parts for how could that breede tumors and Apostemations But a Cough with a matter whose cause is either the thinnesse of the matter which the breath cannot intercept as we cough but it slideth downe by the sides of the weazon or else the The wayes by which the humor must pas out of the chest into the testicles thicknes of the same which will not follow the constraint of the chest This matter whither thin or thicke Hippocrates vnderstandeth to be euacuated by Apostemations belowe and especially in the coddes or testicles but all the difficulty is which way this crude matter should passe out of the chest vnto the parts of generation There are three sorts of vessels which goe to the Testicles A Nerue an Artery and a veine all which haue through-passages from the chest to the testicles First of al a notable The way of the Nerue and euident branch of the rib sinnew called Costalis runneth by the sides of the ribs into the Testicles A vaine from the non-parill or vn-mated veine of the brest runneth thorough The way of the Veine the Midriffe and determineth into the veine of the Kidney and the spermaticall veines As for the Artery albeit none do come to the great trunke from the Lunges in whose lappes The way of the Arteire the matter of the cough doth lye yet it is not vnreasonable to thinke that the offending humour may passe by t●e venall ar●ery into the left ventricle of the he●rt and from thence into the great Artery and so into his branches by which way ●lso the matter or pus of pleuriticall The passage of matter thorough the left Ventricle of the heart and Peripneumontcall or Empyicall patients descendeth and so is diuersly auoyded by vrine seidge or Apostemations in the lower parts and by this passage also it is more then probable that the matter should fall out of the chest to the testicles QVEST. VI. Of the scituation of the Prostatae COncerning the Glandules called Prostatae Anatomists doe contend That the Prostatae are aboue the sphincter some thinke they are placed beneath the sphincter Muscle others aboue we adhere to the latter For beside the credite of dissection if they were placed below the sphincter then the seede should neuer be spent without the auoyding of vrine also again in the running of the reines the seed could not flow without the water besides the Vrine would alwayes lye vpon these Glandules and fret them with his ●crimony They are therefore placed aboue the sphincter and their inflamation or exulceration breeds the venerious gonorrhaea or running of the reines QVEST. VII Whether the Erection of the yard be a Naturall or an Animall action EVery action according to Galen is Naturall or Animall that he calleth Naturall which is not voluntary so the vitall faculty is Naturall because it is not How manie so●ts actions there are Arbitrary The inflation of the virile member is an action because there is in it Locall and Mathematicall motion it must therefore needs be a Natural or an Anmiall or a mixt action To prooue it to be meerely Animall this argument is vrged because all the Animal faculties Imagination Motion and Sense do concurre to the perfection of it For the first That erection is meerely Animal before the distention of this part whether wee wake or sleepe wanton and lasciuious imaginations do trouble vs. Now mens Imaginations when they wake are alwayes voluntary and arbitrary with election and when they sleepe then are their imaginations like those of bruite beasts following the species or Idea and representations of the seede as it pricketh swelleth these parts of generation For euen as in sleepe Flegme stirreth vp in our imaginations The effects of the humours in sleepe similitudes of raine and waters Choler of rage and fury like vnto it selfe Melanlancholy that enemy of the light and demolisher of the principles of life it selfe powreth a cloude of darknesse ouer our minde and representeth to our imaginations similitudes full of terror and feare right so the seede contained in the Prostatae swelling with aboundance by his tickling or itching quality communicated to the braine by the continuity of the sinnewes How venerious imaginations 〈◊〉 sleep are mooued mooueth or stirreth vp images or shaddowes of venerious delights in the fantasies of men wherefore this part or member is not erected without the helpe of the imagination The Sense mooueth the imagination the imagination commandeth the moouing Faculty that obeyeth and so it is puffed vp The moouing Faculty hath the help of four Muscles two of which run along the sides of the member now wee know that all motions of the Muscles is Animall because a Muscle is defined to be an instrument of voluntary motion This inflation hath pleasure also ioyned vnto it but pleasure is not without sence wherefore all these three Animall faculties concurre in erection and therefore it is meerly an Animall action On the contrary that it is a Naturall action may thus bee demonstrated all the causes That it is meerly naturall The instruments of this distention the instruments the efficients and the end are Naturall The Naturall organs or instruments are two ligaments hollow fungous and blacke which though they be called Nerues yet are not voluntary and sensible or feeling sinewes they arise from the hanch and share-bones not from the brayne or marrow of the backe The efficient cause is not our will because erection is not alwayes at our commaundement either to moue or The efficient to appease as we may doe our armes legges and eyes but the efficient cause is heate spirites and winde which fill and distend these hollow bodies with an infinite number of vesselles both veines and arteries dispersed and wouen through them The finall cause is procreation The finall which belongeth to the Naturall not to the Animall faculty Betwixt these two extreames we wil take the middle way and determine that the action of erection is neyther meerely Animall nor meere Naturall but a mixed action In respect of the imagination the sence it is Animall because it is not distended vnlesse some The middle and true opinion that it is a mixt action luxurious imagination goe before and the distention when it is made is alwayes accompanied with a sence of pleasure and delight but in respect of the motion we rather thinke it to be Naturall which yet is somewhat holpen by the Animal For as the appetite which Comparison from the appetite is stirred vp in the vppermost mouth of the stomacke because traction breedes diuulsion
this thirde and onely concoction in the infant conteined in the wombe is thus The infant being tied by the mediation of vessels and Membranes to the Mothers womb draws the purest of her blood through the mouths of those vessels inoculated one into another after a wonderfull manner This blood thus drawn is powred into the body of the Liuer The true way how the Infant is nourished through the vmbilicall veine which is a branch of the gate-veine and reacheth to the Fissure of the Liuer yea you may often in dead bodies followe a probe out of it into the small veins of the Liuer Here the blood is more and more perfected afterward the thicker and more crude part is distributed through the roots of the Gate-veine into the stomacke the spleene and the kidneys the excrements and reliques wherof by the Splenick mesenterick branches are abligated into the cauity of the guts and there are by degrees gathered together and in their abode are so dried that they become thick and blacke The purer and better concocted part of the bloode is conueyed into the trunke of the hollow veine from The extrements of the Infant where bestowed which it is diffused through the whole body by the veins as it were by smal riuerets But because the blood is not without his whey which serueth to weft it through the smal Veines therefore the whey hauing performed that his office is partly spent in sweate by the habite of the body partly it is drawne by the Kidneys and so transcolated through the Vreters or Vrine vessels into the bladder For the conteyning of which sweate and Vrine Nature appointed the Membrane called Amnios Yet we must not thinke that the Infant pisseth his The vse of the Vrathus vrine into this Membrane by the priuities but it is conueyed thereinto thorough the Vrachos which is a long and bloodlesse Canale or pipe lengthened from the bottome of the Bladder vnto the Nauell Neyther hath it any Muscle thereto belonging because in the Infant no time is vnseasonable for the auoyding of these excrements whereas when we auoide our vrine we haue Muscles at the roote of the yard to stay or to further that euacuation that it might not be performed but in conuenient time and at our best leisure as before is saide CHAP. VII How the Infant exerciseth his vital Faculties THE Infant also liueth in the wombe farre otherwise then hee liueth after he is borne for neither is the Chest distended and contracted because hee The dissimilitude of the life of the Infant before after birth draweth not his breath by his mouth neither doth hee engender any vitall spirits because he draweth them from his Mother neither lastly dooth hee neede the motion or worke of the Heart or the Lungs but the heate of the perticular parts is cherished preserued and refreshed onely by Transpiration and the pulsation of the Arteries This different life hath also a different structure substance and vse of the vitall organes which because it hath not beene knowne to any of the Anatomists of this our age albeit it was first of all discouered by Galen in his sixte and fifteenth Bookes of the Vse of Partes though obscurely we will endeuour to make it as manifest and plaine as possibly we can In the Basis of the heart that is in the broad end there appeare foure notable vesselles Galens wonderful Obseruation two in the right ventricle the Hollow veine and the Arteriall veine and two in the lefte the great Artery and the venall Artery The vse of these after we are borne is this The The Vse of those Vessells after birth Hollow veine which gapeth with a wide mouth into the heart powreth the bloode into the right ventricle as it were into a wide Cisterne there it is reboyled and attenuated as well for the generation of vitall spirits as also for the nourishment of the Lungs A parte therefore of it swetheth through the middle wall betwixt the ventricles into the left ventricle Another part is carried by the arteriall veine into the thin rare and spongy substance of the Lungs The Venall Artery leadeth into the left Ventricle the aer which wee breath in prepared before in the Lungs where it is mingled with the blood of which permixtion the vitall spirits are generated This spirite the heart driueth into the trunke and so into The vse of the vessels before the Infant is borne branches of the great Artery In the infant before birth all these things are otherwise and afarre other vse is there of all the vessels For the hollow veine doth not poure this streame of blood into the right ventricle because neither the Lungs stand in need of attenuated blood being at that time all of thē red thicke and immooueable neither is there any generation of vitall spirits The venall artery leadeth not the aer into the left ventricle because the infant doeth not breath by the mouth but onely hath vse of Transpiration The great Artery receiueth no vitall spirites from the heart but by the vmbilicall arteries and therefore the Arteriall veine dooth not the office of a veine but of an Arterie for it carrieth onely vitall spirits but no bloode Againe the venall artery doth the office of a veine containing onely thick and hie coloured blood for the nourishment of the Lungs But because there was no passage from the Hollow veine to the venall Artery Nature ioyned these two vessels which doe but touch one How the Vessels of the hart are vnited another by a large and round hole through which the bloode hath free passage from the Hollow veine to the venall Artery To this hole she hath also set a thin and cleare Membrane like a couer which shoulde giue way to the blood rushing out of the Hollow vein but should prohibit it for returning againe thereinto As also that by means of this Membrane the hole after birth when there is no more vse of it might sooner bee souldered vp hauing a principle of consolidation so neere and ready at hand And because the arteriall veine and the great artery were distant a little space each from other she hath ioyned them by a third pipe or Canale of the Nature of an artery running aslope betweene them that so the vital spirite might passe freely from the great artery into the arteriall veine This is that admirable vnion of the vessels of the heart in the infant vnborn to wit of the The wonderfull resiccatiō of the passages after birth hollow veine with the venall artery and of the great Artery with the arteriall veine but the shutting vp and resiccation of these vessels within a few dayes after the birth that is indeed beyond all admiration For that large hole vvhereof vvee spake is so closed that there remaineth no footsteps or signe of it As for the third arteriall pipe or Canale vvithin a fevv daies it vvithereth and shrinketh together and at length
but a single coat that is by Veines But there are no passages from the hollow Veine into the Lungs and therefore it was of necessity that that hollowe Vein should haue a passage bored into the venal Artery This therefore is the first and primary vse of this hole or perforation The vse of the other coniunction which is betweene the great Arterie and the arteriall Veine by a canale or pipe running betweene them he thinketh ought to be referred to the maintenance of the life of the Lungs For all life is from the vitall spirite and the arteriall blood this is deriued by the riuerets of the arterie which because they no way pertayne or Illustrated reach vnto the Lungs it was of necessity that the great artery should be vnited to the arteriall Veine This is Galens demonstration which haply wil seem to many obscure but I will make it brighter then the mid-day Sun The Lungs in the Infant are red much like the flesh or Parenchyma of the Liuer and thicker beside then they are after a man is borne red they are because they are both generated and nourished by red blood thicker because they are neither attenuated by inspirated ayre nor yet moued perpetually as they are after the birth For we do not think that the Chest of the Infant is moued in the wombe if the Chest be not mooued then it is not likely that the Lungs are distended or contracted because the Lungs are not mooued by any proper or in-bred faculty of their own nor by the pulsatiue faculty of the Heart nor by the Brain but onely they follow the motion of the Chest to auoyde vacuity as wee shall hereafter more clearely proue when we come in the next Booke vnto the History of the Chest But when the Infant is borne the Lungs become suddenly more rare and spongy and whiter by much because they are attenuated by perpetuall motion and by the permixtion of ayre breathed into them Wherefore the substance of the Lungs is not the same in the Infant when he lieth darkling in the corners of the wombe and when he enioyeth the vse of the worlds light If the substance bee not the same neither is it proportionable that the Aliment should bee the same The Lungs being rare and spongy stand in neede of thinne blood laboured in the hotte and boyling right ventricle of the Heart and therefore Galen thought that that right ventricle was onely made for the vse of the Lungs And as Aristotle first obserued those Creatures which haue no Lungs do also want the right ventricle of the Heart Now the thick red and immoueable Lungs of the Embryo do not need blood attenuated but are contented with that which is thicke and like themselues This crasse and red blood is onely conueyed in the branches of the Hollow Veine But how should it attayne out of these branches of the Hollow veine vnto the Lunges seeing there are no braunches from that Hollow veine dispersed into the Lungs for the Lungs haue onely three vessels The Venall Artery the Arteriall Veine and the Rough Artery Heere therefore Nature with wonderful prouidence and Art perforated the venal Artery which adioyned vpon the hollow Veine therein to inoculate the veine that so the bloode might haue a free passage for the nourishment and encreasing of so fleshy a bowell as the Lungs are so that in the infant Auicens opinion of the vse of this Communion the venall Artery performeth onely the office of a veine and may absolutely then bee called a veine as well for his vse as for his structure This therefore is the true vse of that open hole this the necessity of that famous inoculation Auicen the Prince of the Arabians hath confirmed this demonstration of Galen The Lungs saith he are red in the tender infant because he draweth no aer into them for they grow not white but onely by the permixtion of breathed aer They are therefore nourished vvith redde blood and to that end is the hole made out of one vessel into another which is presently stopped after the Infant is borne Neither yet is this inoculation made onely for the Nourishment of the Lungs but also Second vse of it for the first generation of their Parenchyma or substance For it is out of doubt that the flesh of all the bowels is made of the blood congealed or clodded together This blood is onely brought by veines but there were no passages from the hollow veine to the Lunges and therefore there was bored an open and patent hole out of the Hollowe veine into the Venall Artery I will add a third vse of this Communion that that venal Arterie might bee formed out of the hollow veine For a thin and venall vessell could not arise out of the thicke crasse left ventricle of the heart now it was necessary both that this vessell should bee fixed into A third the left ventricle of the heart and also be thin that when wee draw in our breath it might suddenly receiue the aer and when we exspire it might expell fumid and sootie vaport It was necessary therfore that the hollow vein should be vnited with the venall artery so that the venall artery may seeme to be a production of the hollow veine and his first originall is not from the heart as is commonly imagined but from the Liuer by the continuation of the Hollow veine The vse of the other Communion which is betweene the great Artery and the arteriall Veine by the interposition of a Canale or 〈◊〉 I thus manifest The Lungs do liue in the The vse of the the other cōmunion by the Canale Embryo therefore they stood in neede of vitall spirits and arteriall bloode for their conseruation This vitall spirits and blood are onely conteined in the branches of the great Artery from this great artery into the Lungs there was at all no passage Nature therefore least the Lungs should be defrauded of that quickning Nectar made an arterial pipe perforated from the great artery into the arteriall veine by which a part of the arteriall blood vitall spirits might be conueyed vnto the substance of the Lungs I acknowledge also another vse of this second communion that this arterial veine might take his originall from the Aorta or great artery For the veine of the right side of the heart Another vse of it stood in neede to be Arteriall that is to haue a thicke coate like that of the Arteries Now the fountaine of the Arteries was in the left ventricle Wherefore Nature propagated the great Artery and made out of it an Arteriall production or pipe which reacheth into the right ventricle there to forme the arteriall veine so that hence it is euident that the arteriall veine is a production of the great Artery and the venall Artery a production of the hollow The vse of the vessels of the Lungs in the Infant veine So it is therefore with the vessels of
the Lungs in an infant yet contained in the wombe that the venall artery performeth the office of a veine the arteriall veine of an Artery but the Rough Artery is altogether Idle And this is the true demonstration of these two Vnions or Communions of the vessels of the heart in the Infant yet vnborne THE SECOND EXERCISE Wherein the new demonstration of the vse of these Communions divulged by Simon Petreus a Physitian of Paris is confuted BVT that the truth of this demonstration of Galen may bee more apparent let vs a little examine some opinions of the late Writers concerning the vse of the Inoculations Petreus is of opinion that they were ordayned rather for the vse of the heart and the whole body then for the Nourishment and life of the Lungs And this is the summe of his demonstration and these for the most part his owne words The first intent of Nature is to make all things perfect but the absolute perfection of her worke she doth not alwayes attaine by reason of the crosse or auerse disposition of the subiect Petreus opiniō matter which Aristotle calleth the Hypotheticall or materiall necessitie But what Necessity constrained Nature to produce these inoculations of the vessels Surely the Necessity was very great which if a man be ignorant of he shal neuer vnderstand their history The Vse and the Action is the end of Nature when she worketh the scope or aime of the Physitian who searcheth into the workes of Nature which scope if he neglect all Anatomy will be vncertaine and all his inspection of the partes will but double theyr obscurity Aristotle often admonisheth that the Organs are made for the Vse not the vse applyed to the Instruments whence it is that Galen first propoundeth the Vse and thereto recalleth the composition Conformation of euery part I will therefore first shew the vse and necessity of these inoculations of the vessels of the heart The ymbilicall Arteries do transmit from the Mother to the Infant Arteriall and Vitall blood for they are inserted into his Iliacall Arteries From these the blood ascendeth into the trunke of the great Artery yea euen to his gate in the Basis of the heart where it is constrained to make stay because Nature hath set at that gate of the great Artery three Values whereby the passage is bolted from without inward albeit from within outward any thing may passe For this inconueniency and obstacle Nature deuised a present remedy For considering that the blood laboured in the left side of the Mothers heart and further prepared in the length of his way from the mother vnto the infant was fit for the nourishment of his Lungs she prouided that it should bee powred into the Arteriall Veine which is destined for the nourishment of the Lungs And for that purpose she prepared in the infant a passage common to the great Artery and the arteriall Veine which is conspicuous aboue the Basis of his heart which we call Anastomosis For the other Anastomosis I thus demonstrate the vse thereof Wee before determined that the arteriall bloode which the infant receyueth from his Mother by the vmbilical Arteries is spent in the nourishment of the Lungs Now it wil be worth our labour to learne how vitall bloode sufficient to bee diffused thoroughout the whol body is in the infant generated for ther is no aer led by the Venal arterie into the left ventricle of the hart wherof the spirits should be made because the infant breatheth not in the womb neither getteth any thing into the hart by the great Artery for the values which open outward and shut inward will admit nothing to enter The lefte ventricle therefore of the heart had beene vnprofitable thorough want of matter and the discommodity of the place vnlesse Nature had learned of her selfe to frame wayes for her owne behoofe more easie and expedite which is the other Anastomosis wherein shee hath wrought a worke beyond all admiration This Anastomosis is out of the Hollow veine into the venall artery by which the bloode which is too much for the nourishment of the Lungs is commodiously transported into the left ventricle of the heart where it is laboured confected and receyueth an impression of the vitall Faculty and so turneth aside into the great artery which is neere neighbour and toucheth it that by it it might be distributed into the whole body This demonstration I take to be most true that the worke of this Anastomosis which is a very miracle in Nature might rather be referred to the vse of the whole body then vnto an vnprofitable commodity onely of the Lungs Neyther doe I see by what reason it may be sayd that the Lungs of the Infant which doe not moue at all whilest it is in the wombe should yet then require and dispend a greater quantity of Aliment and Bloud then they doe after the childe is borne when for the generall behoofe of the body they are perpetually moued For if those inoculations had beene made onely for the Lungs they being greedy would haue drawne all the bloud by those patent passages which in growne men they drawe onely out of the Areriall Veine Furthermore this absurditie would follow that the vitall faculty of the Heart in the Infant must bee idle all the time of his gestation This is Petreus his demonstration wherein that I may speak in one word he establisheth two things the first that the Arteriall Canale or pipe was made for this purpose to poure The summe of Petreus opinion out into the Lungs alone the arteriall and vitall bloud which the Infant draweth by the vmbilicall Arteries so that he vnderstandeth that the vmbilicall Arteries weere not made for the vse of the whole body but onely of the Lungs The second thing he would establish is that the Lungs are not nourished by the bloud brought thorough the hole of the hollowe Veyne into the venall Arterie but that all that blood is transmitted into the lefte ventricle of the Heart for the Generation of the vitall spirits Which two things how absurde they are and dissonant for true and right reason I will Petreus impugned endeuour to shew both by reason and sence which are the two most certaine Iudges of all things In his vse of that Communion which is by an arteriall Canale or pipe from the great Artery into the arteriall Veine I find some things contradictorie and very many false and absurd For sometimes he willes that both the inoculations were made for the vse of the whole body not for the commodity onely of the Lungs afterward as if hee had forgotten himselfe he writeth in his whole discourse that that Canale which is frō the great artery to the arteriall Veine serueth onely for the Lungs VVhereas to make good his demonstration he should haue sayed that the inoculation which is from the hollow Veine to the venal arterie A contradiction in his demonstration is to be referred
to the vse of the whole body but that which is from the great artery into the arteriall Veine onely to the nourishment of the Lungs There is therefore in the first place a manifest contradiction I forbeare to say howe improperly hee calleth the arteriall pipe an Anastomosis because I am taught by Aristotle not to take too much care of words or to stand too much vpon them Galen indeed sayth that there are many Anastomoses or inoculations of veines arteries and that an Anastomosis is nothing else but an opening of the mouth of one veine or vessell into another and those medicaments are called Anastomotica which haue a faculty to open VVee also may vnderstand by Anastomosis the confluence of humours made when the vesselles doe open one into another Aristotle in his Booke de mundo if that Booke were Aristotles vseth the word in another sence when he calleth the ocean 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which Budeus He vseth the word Anastomosis very improperly interpreteth in fauces se comprimentem but to call a Pipe a Tunnell a Vessell an Anastomosis is a monster in Grammer in Philosophy and in Physicke Now Petreus words are these And for that purpose Nature prepared in the Infant a passage common to the great Artery and the arteriall Veine which is conspicuous aboue the basis of his Heart which wee call Anastomosis Let any man now iudge yea let himselfe see how farre this nouell speculation of his hath transported him but this is but to play with him let vs now set vppon him with keener weapons He writeth that the arteriall bloud which the Infant draweth by the vmbilicall arteries is wholly consumed in the nourishment of the Lungs and that those notable arteries were onely made for their vse then which what could he haue sayd or faigned more absurd Let him turne ouer all the writings of the Grecians the Arabians and the Latines and hee He thinketh amisse that the vmbilicall arteries serue only for the Lungs shall see that they all accord in this that the vmbilical Arteries were made for the vse of the whole body not of the Lungs alone By these Arteries the whole Embryo doeth transpire and draweth the mothers spirits not the Lungs alone The vse therefore of the Arteries is common to the whole body of the infant And this Hippocrates teacheth in his Bookes de Natura pueri and de Octimestripartu in these words In the middle of the flesh is the Nauell separated by which the whole Infant doth transpire and attaineth his encrease Do not the artery in their Diastole or dilation draw aer and expel the sooty vapors in their Systole or contraction There are made manie inoculations from the arteries into the veynes therefore the aer is transported out of the arteries into the veines not out of the veynes into the arteries Galen in his fourth and sixt Booke de Locis affectis in his Booke De vsu pulsum in his Commentarie vpon the sixt sect lib. Epidem teacheth vs that transpiration is through the arteries not through the veines and in his first Booke de semine he sayeth The hole or passage of the membranes about the Nauel is alwayes open for the transmission of bloud and spirits for bloud floweth out of the Veines but out of the Arteries spirits with a little thin and hot bloud VVhat could he say more playnely what more perspicuously This also auoucheth Auicen the Prince of the Arabians and finally it is the vniform consent of the Schoole of the Grecians and Arabians and with vs this common consent of so great learned men shall euer stand for a law But Petraeus one man of his owne head taxeth and challengeth all antiquity of error VVell wee will therefore no more contend with him with authorities but by waight of argument It is an axiome in Aristotle that all liuing creatures doe breath For as a flame pent vp in a straight roome and not ventilated or breathed with aer groweth dimme and at length Spiration double Transpiratiō and respiration is extinguished so our naturall heate is also extinguished vnlesse it be ventilated and wafted with aer as it were with a fanne This spiration which the Grecians call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is double the one insensible called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or Transpiration which is made by the arteries and other blinde breathing holes of the body the other may be seene with the eyes and is made by conspicuous passages as the mouth the nosethrils which Galen calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Respiration That the Infant in the wombe doth not Respire it is most manifest because The infant doth not respire he neither ought nor can as well shall proue in our next question It is necessary therefore that he must haue Transpiration which is not by the vmbilicall veine nor by the vrachus therefore by the two vmbilicall arteries for there are no more but these foure vesselles in the Nauell VVherefore this vse of the vmbilicall arteries is common to the whole Infant not proper onely to his Lungs Now that in the arteries not only aer as Erasistratus thought but also a vitall spirit and arteriall bloud is conteined we are taught by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or inspection The arteriall bloud then which the Infant draweth by the vmbilicall arteries is it not prepared for the life of the whole Embryo and the conseruation of the naturall heate Doth the redde and thick Parenchyma of the Lungs not at all as yet moued stand in need of so great a quantity of thinne and arteriall bloud If one veine which they call the Nurse of the Embryo sufficeth for the That all the arterial blood is not spent in the nourishment of the lungs nourishment of the whole Infant why should not one small artery haue been sufficient for the nourishing and cherishing of the Lungs which are a little part of the Infant But Nature made two vmbilicall arteries and those notable ones which are branched through the Chorion with infinite surcles Moreouer if all that bloud that the Infant draweth by the vmbilicall arteries were consumed in the nourishing of the Lungs then these absurdities would follow First that the Lungs are not nourished with bloud like vnto their substance nor with pure bloud For the vmbilicall arteries doe returne the bloud into the Iliacke branches and from them into the trunk of the Aorta or great arterie wherefore the arteriall bloud of the mother shall bee mingled with the arteriall bloud of the Infant which hee sayth is generated in the left ventricle of the Heart and thence diffused into the pipes of the great artery and so it will come to passe that one of them shall offend another for in the same vessel there shall be at one the same time perpetually two contrary motions one of the bloud ascending from the Iliacke braunches to the Lungs and another of the arteriall bloud
the Lungs follow the motion of the chest for the auoiding of vacuity as in the next booke we shall more plainly proue Neither is the distention and contraction of the Chest simply necessary for the maintenance Respiration is not absolutely necessarie to life of life for those creatures which lurke in holes all winter we cal thē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 some women do liue without that motion of the chest Respiration therfore in the Embryo or young infant is not absolutely necessary Some there be who thinke that infants doe respire in the wombe as diuing Fisher-men who will remaine more houres then one in the bottom of the water and returne fresh vp That the Infāt doth rispire A comparison and laden with Fish Why should not the infant being warme in the womb as wel liue his weazon haply a litle helping him as the cold fisher draw aer out of himself with his mouth being compassed round about with cold water The same thing also they confirme by the authority of many authernticall authors Hippocrates in his Booke De Natura pueri saith First the infant breatheth a little and draweth a little blood from the wombe and his breathing is encreased Authorities when he draweth more blood it descending more plentifully into the womb Galen de locis affectis If the heart be depriued of Respiration the man must of necessity instantly perish Is not the infant a man Furthermore women feele their infants to mooue with Animall and voluntary motion Why therefore are not the Lungs and the heart moued As therefore in the first months when the infant beginneth to moue he is truly said to mooue though it be obscurely so though he breatheth obscurely yet he may truly be saide to respire Galen in his 4. Book de causis pulsuum saith that women with child haue greater quicker and swifter pulses then they haue when they are not with childe because they are compelled to breath not onely for themselues but also for their infants But all these thinges do prooue indeede that infants do transpire but they do not prooue that they do respire For in respiration the Chest is contracted and distended and aer is breathed in by the mouth the nose which that it is not so in the infant we haue already demonstrated Indeede by the The Solution of the Arguments vmbilical arteries there is aer transported togither with the spirituous blood into the whol body of the infant from the arteries there are many inoculations into the veins whence it commeth to passe that though the arteries be tied yet the creature doth not presently die as being a while sustained by that aer which the whole body receiueth from them QVEST. XXVII Whether the vitall Faculty which procreateth the spirits is idle in the infant and whether his heart is mooued by it owne proper power A Paradoxe COncerning the life of the Infant that is how hee excerciseth his vital faculties A paradoxe that the vitall Faculty of the heart in the infant is ydle there is a new Paradoxe which we will Discusse I doubt not but at the first view it will seeme to many men absurd but if it bee better attended I presume it will appeare so strong and so wel supported with strong demonstrations that it will be hard for a contentious spirit to shake them The Paradox is this There is in the infant no necessity of the lungs the heart because he liueth without their official action This if I can prooue I shall ouerthrow the iudgement and determination of Aristotle the Peripatetiks concerning the soueraignty of the Heart in mans body The demonstration of our Paradox shal be wholy Physiologicall and Anatomicall The Faculties of the Soule are reckoned by Aristotle to be three the Vegetatiue the Sensatiue and the Intellectuall The Physitians account so many but giue them other Names The Demonstration The Naturall the Vitall and the Animal That which the Peripatetiks call the Vegitatiue differeth nothing from the Physitians Naturall For as we say the whole Natural Faculty is conteined in the Increasing Nourishing and Procreating vertues so Aristotle in his second de Anima saith that the same vertues serue the vegetatiue soule This vegetatiue faculty is common to all things that are animated that is which haue any kinde of life in them and proper to them onely For all things that haue life are nourished but the Vital faculty of the Physitians which is the procreator of the spirits of life which shineth in respiration and in the pulse doth not appeare in plants and things without bloode because their colde and crasse spirits are scarse at all expended or wasted In hotter creatures there was neede of a fire-hearth from whence the vanishing heate of the particular parts might bee redintigrated and refreshed by the influence of another That liuely and quickning Nectar is the vitall spirit which the heart 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Originall of heate and life continually generateth of bloode and aer mingled together by his admirable motion as a water Engine worketh vp a streame That this vital faculty of the Physitians doth not shine in the infant neither yet his heart mooue by a proper and ingenite power although he liue we are fully perswaded by these arguments The heart is mooued to generate vitall spirits and the same to diffuse out of his left ventricle The first Argument as out of a liuing fountaine to the channels of the great Artery to refresh the fading decaying heat to supply by his sourse of vitall spirits the liuelode of the particular parts This is all the necessity of his perpetual motion this the Final cause But in the infant there is no generation of vitall spirits in the ventricles of the heart neither are vitall spirits deriued from his heart into the Arteries Ergo his heart mooueth not there being no necessity What necessity there is of the motion of the heart of the motion The Maior proposition of it selfe is cleare enough For who seeth not that in the Diastole or distension of the heart both the matters of the spirit Aer and Blood are drawn into the heart The Aer by the Venall artery into the left ventricle the bloode by the hollowe veine into the right againe that in the Systole or contraction of the heart both the sooty vapors which are the recrements of the spirits are purged and the vitall spirits driuen into the pipes of the great artery as into water-courses Insomuch that this generation of the spirits which it accomplisheth by his perpetuall motion seemeth to be the onely officiall action of the heart The Minor proposition is thus confirmed The vitall spirit is generated of aer and blood mingled together Both the matters before There is no generation of vitall spirits in the infant they attaine the left ventricle of the heart do stand in neede of preparation The aer by his abode in
the substance of the Lungs attaineth a quality familiar to the inbred spirit The blood is prepared in the right which they call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the bloody ventricle But in the infant there is neyther any plenty of aer conueyed into the Lungs for the Weazon is idle neither is there any bloode powred into the right ventricle There is therefore in the heart of the infant no shop nor worke-house of the vital spirits That neither Aer nor Blood is deriued into the Ventricles of the infants heart is manifestly prooued by the structure of his vessels For the vessels are vnited the hollow veine and the venal artery by a large hole the great artery and the arteriall veine by an arteriall pipe or Canale wherefore the Hollow veine doth not poure blood into the right ventricle as it doth after we are borne but into the venall artery through that hole for the nourishment of the Lungs The venal artery leadeth not aer but blood and that thicke and venall The great artery doth not drawe spirits from the heart but from the vmbilicall arteries which it transmitteth by the arteriall pipe into the arteriall veine Now if the vitall spirits were generated in the left ventricle of the heart what need were there of that Arteriall pipe seeing there is in the heart a wide vessell which is diuersely dispersed through the whole substance of the Lungs I meane the venall artery This surelie is a strong demonstration whose force no man can perceiue vnlesse he be skild in Anatomy for it dependeth wholly vpon ocular demonstration and the credite of a mans owne sight But this we will establish by other reasons There is in the infant no necessity of that common storehouse or worke house of the spirits because the two vmbilicall arteries do supply vnto him arteriall blood and a sufficient The second argument proportion of vitall spirites and those very pure and bright as beeing made by the strong heate of the Mothers heart Nature doth nothing idly or in veine why therefore should she make two vmbilicall arteries if new arteriall blood were to be generated in the infantes heart You will say that the Mothers arteriall blood was vnprofitable and not so fit for the There is no necessitie of new vital spirits vse of the infant and therefore it needed to be re-boyled by his heart But I desire to bee shewed the wayes whereby that arteriall blood can be transmitted into the left ventricle by the mouth of the great artery it cannot passe together ward because Nature hath bolted it with 3. values which look from within outward albeit we think with Galen that some small quantity of the bloud sypeth into the Heart to nourish it and preserue his life From the great artery it is freely powred into the arteriall veine through the arteriall pipe but from the arterial veine into the heart there is no way open for the membranes or values of this vessell are open outwardly but closed within which giue way to any thing that commeth out of the hart but do intercept the returne of it into the heart Seeing therfore that the arteriall bloud of the mother doth not forsake the Arteries neither hath any accesse vnto the left ventricle of the Infants heart wee cannot admit any new preparation of the old or preparation of any new Again if that the spirit of the mother and the arteriall bloud be prepared for the nourishment The third argument of the Lungs and for the conseruation of their heate as Petreus would haue it why also should not the other parts of the body liue by the influence and illustration of the same spirite Or if the heart of the Infant doe generate vital spirits whereby the life of the whole is preserued why shall it be thought insufficient for the preseruation of the Lungs which are but a little part of the whole Wherefore the Infant truely liueth by his owne proper life but he neuer ingendreth new spirits nor hath any vse of the motion of the heart Notwithstanding Why the hart of the Infant cannot be said to be idle wee must not say that therefore the heart is idle for Philosophers say that is onely idle which doth not worke when it ought and when it can The Heart of the Embryo neither can make vitall spirits nor ought if it could It ought not because the two vmbilicall Arteries doe supply both a sufficient number of spirites and those also very pure Nether can it because there is a want of matter for it hath no ayre which it should draw As therefore we doe not acknowledge any new Chilification or Sanguification in the Infant for where should the recrements of either of them be reserued or treasured for seauen months together So neither doe we admit a new generation of vitall spirites in the Heart of the Infant But you will obiect that Infants Arteries are mooued and all motions Obiection of the arteries are from the Heart because the Heart and the Arteries are continuated together VVherefore if the Arteries be mooued together with the Heart it will follow necessarily that we must admitte in the Infant the vitall faculty by which the spirites are ingendred I answere that the Arteries of the Infant are indeed moued but that their motion followeth Answere or floweth from the Arteries of the mother so that his Arteries doe not beate by a proper and ingenite faculty of their owne nor by any power issuing from his heart but by The arteries of the Infant are moued after the motion of the mothers arteries a force and efficacy transmitted from the heart and the arteries of the mother That these things are thus this elegant demonstration I thinke will sufficiently proue It is most certaine that the Veines and the Arteries of the wombe doe so adhere to the Veines and Arteries of the Chorion that both arteriall and venall bloud doe flowe out of one vnto the other And this continuity of the vessels Galen maketh often mention of for in his Booke The first demonstration de dissectione vteri he sayeth The end of that vessell which is propagated through the wombe giueth beginning to that which is in the Chorion so that you may call these two one vessell for their mouthes are so vnited that the Veine draweth bloud from the Veine and the Artery spirit from the Artery If this be true in the Arteries so opening into the mouths either of other it must needs follow that the end of the artery of the mothers wombe when it beateth must driue arteriall bloud into that part of the Chorion which is continuall therewith otherwise that arteriall bloud must either recoyle into the wombe out of the which it is issued or else there must bee a conculcation of two bodies confused and mingled in the same time and place mutually penetrating one the other whence it shall come to passe that if we graunt there is a
dilatation in the diastole wee must also yeelde that there is at the same time and in the same vessell a compression in the systole Furthermore is it not true which the Philosopher so often vrgeth that a part of that The second which is continuall being moued the whole is moued vnlesse it bee hindered The arteries of the Infant are continuated with the arteries of the mother therefore when the mothers arteries are dilated it is of necessity that the arteries also of the Chorion must be dilated But if that pulsatiue faculty did flow from the heart of the Embryo there should flowe also vitall spirits from the left ventricle into the arteries of the Infant which alwayes be accompanyed with arteriall bloud and so the arteriall bloud of the mother should bee alwayes mixed with the arteriall bloud of the Infant and there should be a double motion in the arteries of the Infant one from the heart of the Embryo the other from the mothers arteries which would not be answerable but contrary the one to the other VVe conclude therefore that the Arteries of the Infant are moued after the mothers arteries because they are continuated with them and therefore that that vitall faculty which procreateth the vitall spirits and the arteriall bloud must by no meanes be admitted to bee in the Infant Galen sometimes seemeth to haue beene of this opinion for in his Booke de formatione Galens opinion foetus hee sayeth that the Infant liueth after the manner of a Plant and therefore standeth neither in neede of the action of the Heart nor of the Brayne as neither of the eyes nor of the eares As therefore a Plant oweth all his life vnto the earth so the Infant oweth all to the mother yea sometime hee sayeth that the Infant is as it were a part of the mothers body As therefore a part of the body needeth not any particular respiration nor any particular stomacke to digest his Aliment yet of necessity requireth the pulsation of Arteries so the Infant liueth contented onely with transpiration which is accomplished by the Dyastole and Systole of the Arteries In the 21. Chapter of his sixt Booke de vsu partium Galen sayeth Wee neede not wonder Galen that the Heart of the Infant to his proper life needeth but a little spirit which he may draw out of the great Artery seeing it sendeth neither bloud nor spirits to the Lungs nor to the Arteries of the whole body as it doth in perfect creatures VVhere marke that hee sayeth The Heart may draw a little out of the great Artery For the values or floud-gates there set by Nature do not hinder a little arteriall bloud and spirites from siping into the Heart but they hinder a sudden and plentifull consluence such as should be necessary if of them the Heart shoulde make vitall spirits and arteriall bloud for the whole body of the Infant This I say was Galens opinion yet in many places he seemeth to say the quite contrary that the Arteries of the Infant are moued by a faculty sent from his Heart vnto them The contrary opinion That the arteries of the Infant are moued by a power issuing from his hart Authorities out of Galen and that the Heart itselfe is moued by an in-bred and proper motion In the 22. Chapter of the seauenth Booke de vsu partium The Heart sayth he not onely in perfect creatures but also in Infants supplyeth to their Arteries the power by which they are moued and in 21. Chapter of the sixt Book If you tie the Arteries of the Nauel whilst the Infant is in the womb all the Arteries which are in the Chorion will cease beating yet those Arteries which are in the body of the Embryo will continue their pulsation but if with the vmbilicall Arteries you tye also the vmbilicall veines then will the arteries which are in the body of the Infant leaue beating also By which it is manifest first that that power which moueth the arteries of the Chorion proceedeth from the heart of the Infant againe that the arteries get spirits from the veines by their inoculations In the same Booke in another place hee sayeth The Heart in the Infant when it dilateth itselfe draweth bloud and spirites from out of the venall Artery In the ninth Chapter of his Booke de formatione foetus When the Heart of the Infant commeth to haue ventricles and hath receiued venall and arteriall bloud then it pulseth and together with it selfe moueth the Arteries so that it liueth now not onely as a Plant but also as a Creature This opinion may also be confirmed by reasons Seeing the Heart is the hottest of all the Bowels and as it were a fire-hearth if you depriue it of motion it hath nothing left wherewith it may bee refrigerated by transpiration The first argument it cannot because it is included in a hotte and narrow roome nor by the appulsion of externall ayre for the solidity and thightnesse of the membranes wherewith it is compassed hinder the accesse thereof adde hereto that those watery excrements doe hinder the perspiration Neither hath the Heart of the Infant any refrigeration from the mothers arteries by the accesse of a new matter or spirit for nothing can ariue into the Heart of the Infant from his arteries because of the membranes which lye vpon the mouth of the great arterie The motion therefore of the Heart was necessary by the benefite whereof both bloud and spirit are drawne into it and from thence communicated to the whole body The credite The 2 argument also of this opinion is increased by Histories For many women report that some haue beene cut out of their mothers womb after they were dead and so saued as Scipio and Manilius Histories of many cut out of their mothers wombs The Ciuill Lawyers doe condemne him as a murtherer that shall bury a woman great with childe before he hath taken the Infant from her because togither with the dead mother he seemeth or his held in construction to haue buried a liuing Infant which Law being made with the consent of Physitians doeth sufficiently declare that the Infant may suruiue after the Mother is dead It is reported that Gorgias the Epirote after his Mother was dead and vppon the Beere to be buried yssued aliue from her wombe which could not haue beene vnlesse the heart of the infant had had in it a vitall faculty which without the assistance and communion of the mothers heart for a while did sustaine his life But I thinke it will not be hard to giue a sufficient answere to all these authorities and arguments For Galens authority we make the lesse account of it because it contradicteth Answeres to the authorities and arguments himself Moreouer we say that the experiment which Galen biddeth vstry is impossible for you cannot intercept the vmbilicall veine and arteries of the infant vnlesse the Mother bee dead and her wombe opened and
an example propounded by Hippocrates for sayth he if you giue That it is part of our drinke a Pigge that is very dry water mingled with minium or vermilion and presently stick it you shall finde all his winde-pipes along dyed with this coloured drink some would haue it to be generated from moyst vapours and exhalations raysed from the humours of the heart and driuen forth by his perpetuall motion and high heate vnto the Pericardium by whose density they are turned into water and of that opinion are Falopius Laurentius Archangelus who remembreth sixe opinions concerning the matter of it which we shall hereafter make mention of This humour is found not onely in dead bodies as some would but also in liuing but That it is found in liuing bodies But more in dead and why more plentifull after death except in those that die of consumptions in whome it is little and yellowish because the many spirits which are about the heart the body being cold are turned into water euen as those vapors which are raysed from the earth are by the coldnes of the middle region of the ayre conuerted into water wee also affirme that it must of necessity be in liuing bodies and not onely in those that are diseased as they that are troubled with palpitation of the heart but also in all sound bodies yet in some more plentifull in others more sparing but in all moderate because if it bee consumed there followeth a In sound bodies as wel as in diseased consumption if it be aboundant palpitation of the heart and if it bee so much that it hinder the dilatation of the heart then followeth suffocation and death it selfe That it is in liuing bodies may be proued by the testimony of Hippocrates in his Book of the heart where he sayeth there is a little humour like vnto vrine as also by the example of our Sauiour out of whose precious side issued water and bloud It appeareth also by the dissection of liuing The example of our Sauior creatures which euery yeare is performed for further aduertisemēt especially a sheep or such like great with young Vesalius addeth an example of a man whose heart was taken out of his body whilest he liued at Padua in Italy Finally the vse and necessity of it doth euict the same For the vse of it is to keepe moyst the heart and his vessels a hot part it is so as the left The vses of it ventricle will euen scald a mans finger if it be put into it and so continually moued that vnlesse it were thus tempered it would gather a very torrifying heate by cooling it also it keepeth it fresh and flourishing It moystneth also the Pericardium wherein it is conteyned which otherwise by the great heate of the heart would bee exiccated or dried vp By it also the motion of the heart becommeth more facile and easie and this motion spendeth it and resolueth it insensibly by the pores as it is bred but if in the passage it bee stayed then saith Varolius are there many hairs found growing right against it on the brest Finally it taketh away the sense or feeling of the waight of the heart because the heart swimmeth as it The cause of haue vpon the brest were in it euen as we see the infant swimmeth in sweate in the wombe aswell to take away the sense of the waight of so great a burthē from the Mother as also that it might not fal hard to any part in her body you may add to this if you please that it helpeth forward the concretion of the fat about the heart In the cauity also of the Chest there is found such a like water mingled with blood with Another water and blood mingled in the Chest which the parts of the chest are continually moistned and cooled And thus much of these circumstances of the heart Now followe the Vesselles of the chest CHAP. IX Of the ascending trunke of the Hollow veine Tab 5. Fig. 1. sheweth the diuision of the Hollow-vein in the Iugulum or hollow vnder the Patel-bones On the right side is shewed how it is commonly beleeued to bee diuided into two trunkes the one called the Sub-Clauius the other Super-Clauius from whence came that scrupulous choise of the Cephalica and Basilica Veines in Phlebotomy or blood-letting On the right side is shewed how the trunke is but one out of which both the foresaid veines of the arme do proceede Fig. 2. sheweth a portion of the Hollow veine as much as ascendeth out of the right ventricle of the hart vnto the Iugulū wherin is exhibited the nature of the Fibres which are in the bodies of the veines TABVLA V. FIG I. FIG II. The 2. Figure FIG III. Fig. 3. sheweth a rude delineation of the Fibres in the bodies of the veines FIG IV. Fig. 4. sheweth the distribution of the Veine Azygos which we shal shew more distinctly in the 7. Table Before the diuision it sendeth out foure branches Table 6. sheweth the trunk and branches of the hollow vein as they are disseminated through al the three Regions of the body TABVLA VI. Afterward the Hollow-veine perforateth the Pericardium againe and againe groweth round but much lesse then before and riseth vp where the right Lung is parted from the left and so passeth to the Iugulum but aboue the heart in the middest of the bodye it parteth with a notable trunke or branch to be distributed to the Spondels and the spaces betweene the ribs And this is the third branch called Vena 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or sine pari that is the vn-mated Veyne Vena 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which we haue before called Non-paril Tab. 5. fig. 1. C. fig. 2 B Fig. 4 B because commonly in a man it is but one as also in Dogges and hath not another on the other side like vnto it Although it shewe the Trunke of the hollowe verne disseminated thorough both the Bellies notwithstanding it serueth especially to exhibit the distribution of the veine Azygos and the coniunction of the branches thereof with the veynes of the Chest which heere is onely shewed on the right side TABVLA VII yyyy The outwarde Veines of the Chest which are vnited with the inner braunches of the Azygos z A branch of the Basilica which is ioyned with the Cephalica A. A branch of the Cephalica which is ioyned with the Basilica z B The veine called Mediana or the middle veine Commonly from the trunke of the veine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tab. 5. fig. 4. B Tab. 6. FF Tab. 7. d out of the backside of it as well on the left hand as on the right but on the right especially branches The branches of Vena sine pari are distributed to the distances sometimes of all but most what of the ten lower ribs Tab. 5. fig. 4 which are called Intercostales rami Tab. 6 GG braunches betweene the ribs This Veine also without his
scituation of the hart and particularly the fore-parte thereof TABVLA IX FIG I. The second Figure FIG II. The coate is proper to the heart very thin and fine Vesalius likens it to the Membrane that compasseth the Muscles this inuesteth it as that of the Muscles and so strengthneth The Coate his substance from which it cannot be seuered The fat called pinguedo with Columbus or Adeps with Galen and Aristotle or both with Archangelus is very plentifully gathered about it like Glue especially at the Basis where the greater vessels are placed because there is the concoction celebrated of those things that are conteined in it not in the Cone or point The Fatte of what kind it is This fat is harder then it is in any other part and therefore it should seeme rather to be Adeps then Pinguedo and that is Galens and Aristotles reason for if it were Pinguedo it would melt with ●●e extreame heate of the heart to great disaduantage Howsoeuer the vse of this fat ●●to moisten the hart least being ouer-heated with his continuall motion it should The vse of fat grow dry and exiccated but this kinde of fatty humidity is hardly consumed but remaineth to cherish it and to annoint and supple the vessels that they cleaue not with too great heate and drought Moreouer the heart being the fountaine of heate which continually flameth it serueth for a sufficient and necessary Nutriment whereby it is cherished and refreshed in great affamishment nourished and sustained least otherwise the heart should too soone depopulate and consume the radicall moysture Wherefore Galen ascribeth this vse to fat that in great heates famines violent exercises it should stand at the stake to supply the want of Nature at a pinch So sayeth Auicen Fat 's of all kindes are increased or diminished in the body according to the increase or diminution of heate wherefore heate feedeth vppon them We haue often obserued in opening of the ventricles of the heart in the very cauities of them a certaine gobbet or morsell if not of fat yet of a substance very like it so that A substance like fat obserued in the ventricles of the heart we haue more wondred how that should in such a furnace congeale then the other in the outside The cone is alwayes moystned by the humor contayned in the Pericardium The vesselles of the heart are of all kinds which doe compasse the heart round about table 9. figure 2. l and branches from these LL table 10. figure 2. D The veine is called Coronaria The veine called Coronaria or the Crowne veine arising from the trunke of the hollow veine table 6. E before it bee inserted into the right ventricle and sometimes it is double this engirteth round like a crowne the basis of the heart and hath a value set to it least the bloud should recoyle into the hollow veine From this crowne veine are sprinkled branches downward along the face of the heart which on the left side are more and larger because it is thicker more solid then the right side This bringeth good and thicke bloud laboured onely in the Liuer to nourish this thicke and solid part that the Aliment might be proportionable to that it should nourish What nourishment the hart needed By this vessell also it may be beleeued that the Naturall Soule residing in the Naturall spirite is brought into the heart with all his faculties It hath also two Arteries called Coronorias table 12. figure 1. BB proceeding from the The Arteries descending trunk of the great Artery which together with the vein are distributed through his substance to cherish his in-bred heate and supplying vitall spirites doe preserue his life for if the heart did liue by the spirits perfected in his left ventricle and carried vnto his substance without Arteries then also might the same spirit passe through the pores of the hart By what spirits the heart liueth and so be lost It hath also Nerues but very small ones from the sixt coniugation table 10. figure 1. K or from the nerues which are sent vnto the Pericardium which are distributed into his basis The nerues table 10. figure 2. h close by the arteriall veine but not very perspicuously and as some thinke for sence onely and not for motion because his motion is Natural and not Animal But saith Archangelus if there must be but one and not two principles of motion in vs then shall the Brayne be also the originall of all motions because it is the seate of the sensible Soule for that opinion of Aristotles who attributeth vnto the heart onely all the powers and faculties of the foule Galen and the later writers do with one consent disauow and so Archangelus his conceit that the motion of the hart commeth frō his nerues this nerue shall minister vnto the heart not onely sence but also motion and both their faculties and also the faculty of pulsation or the motion of dilatation and constriction And this nerue sometimes though seldome is suddenly stopped whence commeth hasty and vnexpected death which wee call sudden death the faculties of life and pulsation being restrayned so that they cannot flow into the heart But we with Gal. in the 8. Chap. of his seauenth A cause of sudden death Booke de Anatom Administ will determine for our partes that the faculty of pulsation ariseth out of the body of the heart not from the nerues for then when these are cut away the pulse should cease and the hart taken out of the chest could not be moued which we find otherwise by dissection of liuing creatures CHAP. XII Of the substance ventricles and eares of the heart THE substance of the heart is a thicke table 10. figure 3. sheweth this and red The substāce of the heart Why so thick flesh being made of the thicker part of the bloud it is lesse redd then the flesh of muscles but harder more solide and dense that the spirits and inbred heare which are contayned in the heart and from thence powred into al parts of the body should not exhale and that it might not bee broken or rent in his strong motions and continuall dilatation and constriction And it is more compact spisse and solid in the cone then in the basis because there the right fibres meeting together 〈◊〉 more compact right as it is obserued in the heads or tendons of the muscles This flesh is the seat of the vitall Faculty and the primary and chiefe cause of the functions of the heart which Where is the seat of the vital faculty consiste especially in the making of vitall bloud and spirites For it hath all manner of fibres right oblique and transuerse most strong and most compact and mingled one with another and therefore not conspicuous as in a muscle as well for the better performance The heart hath all kinde of fibres of his motion as for a defence
against iniuries wherefore according to the opinion of Galen in the 6. Chapter of his third book de motu musculorum and in the 7. Chapter of his 8. Booke de vsu partium who sometime calleth it after the common name of the bowels a parenchyma sometime the fleshy bowell it is not a muscle because it hath all kinde of fibres and is not moued with a voluntary motion for after Gal. determination a muscle is the instrument of voluntary motion but the motion of the heart which dependeth vppon his substance and flesh is not Voluntary but Naturall neither can cease so long as the creature liueth but the action of the muscles resteth sometimes and is againe set on woorke according to the determinate purpose of the Creature to which it is obedient Notwithstanding Hippocrates in his Booke de Corde calleth it a very strong muscle and not vnwoorthily How Hippoc. is to be vnderstood when he calleth the heart a muscle for he defineth a muscle to bee flesh rowled into a globe and such is the flesh of the heart wherefore both of them resting vpon their own definitions haue deliuered the trueth And therefore Picholomenie answered for Hippocra that there is in vs one motion Naturall whose muscle is the heart another motion voluntary to which all the other muscles of the bodye are obedient and he maketh a generall definition of a muscle that it is a fleshy instrument working motion in a creature vnder which the heart also may be contayned The perpetuall motion of the heart because of the continuall generation of spirites because The double motion of the heart Contrary motions must haue a rest between thē euery part standeth in neede of them is double consisting of a Dyastole or dilatation and a Systole or contraction which is accomplished by the fibres for as long as the Creature liueth it is dilated and contracted and betwixt either of these motions commeth a rest or cessation for contrary motions saith the Philosopher cannot be without a rest between them It is dilated when the cone or end is drawne to the basis with right fibres and then it becommeth How the hart is dilated short indeed but his sides are so distended that it appeareth sphericall or round The vse of this motion is to drawe bloud into the right ventricle by the hollow veine and How it is contracted ayre into the left by the venall artery the values falling downe and giuing way to their entrance but it is contracted when the cone or poynt departeth from the basis and then the heart becommeth longer indeed but narrower the right fibres being loosed to their length and the transuerse which encompasse the heart round being strongly gathered together straightned the values of the hollow veine and the venall arterie partly shutte but those of the great artery the arteriall veine are opened yeelding out-gate to the bloud out of the right ventricle by the arteriall veine into the Lungs and to the vitall spirite out of the lefte ventricle into the great artery and to a portion of the vitall bloud together with the soote through the venall artery This motion of the heart is called Systole or contraction and depression This contraction is not a little helped if not altogether performed by certayne strong Ligaments in the heart helpers or authors of contraction ligaments table 10. figure 6. L figure 7. HH which are streatched in the inmost parts of the ventricles of the heart for when these being contracted doe fall they also drawe together with them the coats of the heart inward Finally the oblique fibres which lye obliquely along the length of the hart are the cause The rest of the hart how wrought of the small rest that is betweene these contrary motions and those things whether bloud or spirits which are drawne into the heart by their helpe are a little while reteyned in the ventricles the heart being on euery side straightned about those things it contayneth but 4. Motions in the heart distinguished by their times and places if in the dissection of a liuing creature you carefully obserue the motion of the heart you shall discerne foure motions distinguished by their seuerall times and places whereof two are proper to the eares of the heart and two to the ventricles The cauities of the heart which we call ventricles Hippocrates called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Bellies so doth Galen in the 11. Chapter of his 6. Booke de vsu partium but by a diuerse name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 They are two very notable differing in largenes and in form Figure II. Figure III. Figure 4. and 5. Fig VI. Fig. 7. A the trunke of the great Artery DA portion of the arteriall veine CC the orifice of the venal Artery DD A bunching circle in the same orisice EF the two Values of the venal artery GG Filaments drawne downward from the Values HH the fleshy portions to which they are fastned I the left eare of the heart turned inward K the wall or partition betwixt the ventricles L A bosom or canity reaching the orifice of the great Artery M M. A portion of the heart compassing the left Ventricle Fig 8. A the orifice of the great artery B C D the Values that are set belore that Orifice E F the beginning of the Coronall Arteries G Portions of the same arteries shutting foorth H the Orifice of the Venal artery I K h●● two Values L the Filaments of the same M the fleshy portions to which they grow N. The left eare of the heart inuerted O. A portion of the arterial Veyne P Q. the substance of the heart compassing the left Ventricle R. the wall betwixt the ventricles of the heart called Septum SS A certaine substance at the roote of the great Artery which sometimes in Beasts is bony FIG I. Table 10. Fig. 1. sheweth the right side of the heart freed from the Pericardium or purse which together with the Lungs is reflected to the left side that the continuity of the Hollowe veine with the heart at his basis might better bee discerned together with the vessels and a part of the Midriffe FIG II Fig. 2. sheweth the heart turned vpon the right side that so the left side the venall Artery with his Nerue might better be discerned III. Fig. 3. sheweth the heart cut ouerthwart that the thicknesse of the ventricles might better appeare IV Fig. 4. sheweth the bones of the heart as some expresse them V Fig. 5. sheweth the heart freed frō the Lungs the midriffe the right ventricle the orifice of the hollow-veine dissected VI. Fig. 6. sheweth the heart cut thorough the right ventricle and the orifice of the Arteriaell veine VII Fig 7. sheweth the heart cut through the left ventricle as also the orifice of the venall Artery cut open VIII Fig. 8. sheweth the heart cut through the left ventricle the orifice of the great artery Tabula X. The left ventricle table 10. figure 3. HH is made iust in the middest of the heart if
you The left ventricle take away that part which made the right you shall better perceiue it It is narrower then the former because it is made to contayne a lesse quantity of matter and his cauity is rounder and goeth sayth Galen in the first chapter of his 7. booke de Anatom Administ though Vesalius be of another minde as we haue sayed vnto the verie end of the cone His flesh or The reason of his thicknes wall is thrice so thicke table 10. fig. 8. RQ as that of the other as well because of the smalnesse of his cauity which must needs leaue the sides thicker as also for that it preserueth the in-bred heate it is also harder and more solide to keepe in the vitall spirits that they do not exhale or vapour out and to poyse the body the thicknes of this and subtilitie of the contents answering to the largenes of the other and thicknes of his contents that so the hart might not incline too much on either side In this the vitall spirites are laboured and contayned The poyse of the heart together with the arteriall bloud wherefore Galen in the 7. and 11. chapters of his sixt booke de vsu partium and Russus call it the spirituall others the spongie ayry and arteriall ventricle For in the cauity of this ventricle the vitall spirits are laboured and from hence by the What is contained in it arteries are distributed through the whole body to cherish the in-bred heat of the parts to reuiue it when it growes dull or drowsie and to restore it when it is consumed The matter of this spirite sayeth Galen is double ayrie and bloudy mingled together The matter of the vital spirit The ayre drawn in by the mouth and the nose prepared in the Lungs is carried through the venall artery into the left ventricle whilest the heart is dilated And the bloud attenuated and concocted in the right ventricle is partly distributed into the Lungs by the arterial veine for their nourishment partly is drawne by the left ventricle through his wall and retayned by an in-bred propriety which being mingled with the ayre is absolued and perfected by the proper vertue of the heart his in-bred spirit heate and perpetuall motion and so putteth on the forme of a spirit which is continually nourished by the arteriall bloud This bloud thus fraught with spirits in the contraction of the heart is powred out into the great artery to sustayne the life of the whole body for all life is from the heart and the vitall spirite The inward face of both the ventricles is vnequall and rugged that the substances which The inward superficies of the ventricles come into the heart should not slippe out before they are perfected for which purpose also the values doe stand in great stead That inequality commeth partly by reason of many small dennes which are more notable Whence the inequality is in the left ventricle wherefore Hippocrates in his booke de Corde sayeth it is more broken and abrupt then the right because here Nature hid the diuine fire which the Poets feyne Prometheus stole from heauen to giue life vnto man and Hippocrates because of the great heat of this place thought it to be the seate of the Soule partly because there are Prometheus fire certaine small fleshy particles table 10. figure 5. OO figure 6. L figure HH figure 8. M table 12. fig. 2. s● which about the cone of the heart appeare small slender to which the neruous fibres of the values table 10. figure 7. GG figure 8. L called by Galen in the 8. Chapter of his ● Booke de vsu partium and by Archangelus the ligaments of the heart do grow These ventricles are diuided by a wall or partition table 10. figure 3. H figure 6. HH figure The wall of the ventricles 7. ● figure X. R least the contents should bee mingled and shufled together which on the right side beareth out as we sayed and is gibbous on the left concaue and hollow and is of the same thicknesse with the left side of the left ventricle as if the heart were only made for the left ventricles sake This wall is also full of holes and small trenches it may be Aristotle therefore called it ● third ventricle that in them the bloud might be wrought into a further thinnesse porous also it is especially on the right side that the bloud might more freely passe out of the right ●nto the left side for the generation of vital spirits which Galen insinuateth in these words in the 15. Chapter of his third booke de Naturalibus facultatibus Out of the right ciuity that which is thinnest is drawne by the pores of the wall whose vtmost ends a man can scarce discerne because in dead bodies all such passages fall together That the bloud is carried by these passages it appeareth because nature neuer endeuoured any thing rashly or in veine but there are many trenches as it were and deep caues in the partition which haue narrow determinations Thus far Galen These breathing passages are most conspicuous in an Oxe heart after it is long sodden How best discerned But there are some as Varolius Columbus and Vlmus who deny that there is any such passage and wil that the bloud should be carried by the arteriall veine out of the right ventricle The opinion of some learned men into the Lungs part of which to remayne for their nourishment and the remayd●●● to be conuayed after some alteration in the Lungs mingled with the ayre which is drawne by the breath through the venall artery into the left ventricle of the heart for the nourishment and generation of the vitall bloud and spirits But wee will leaue this subtle question to Philosophers for vs it shall bee sufficient to haue made this mention of both waies by which it may passe leauing the Controuersie to farther disquisition At the Basis of the heart on either side hangeth an appendixe Table 9. figure 2. ●● ●● 10. figure 3. BE which is called the Eare not from any profite action or vse it hath sayeth The deafeeares Galen in the fifteenth Chapter of his sixt Booke de vsu partium and therefore wee in English call it commonly the deafe-eare but for the similitude for it hath a long Basis and endeth in an obtuse or blunt cone or poynt These are placed about the ventricles before the orifices or entrances of the vessels Their scituation The right which carry matter into the heart The right Table 9. figure 2. 1table 10. figure 1 B fig. 3. 2 which is placed neare table 10. figure 3. A the hollow veine is the larger and maketh as it weere a common body together with the veine and his cone or poynt looketh vpward But the left Table 10. figure 2 F figure 3. E placed
as especially for matter to make the arteriall bloud and spirites afterward to bee perfected in the left ventricle The greater part of which is afterward sent out in the contraction of the heart by the arteriall veine Table 10. figure 5. P. To this orifice groweth a membranous Table 10. figure ● HH circle which addeth The circular membrane strength to the heart it passeth inward and not farre from the beginning is diuided or slitte into three small but strong portall membranes Table 10. figure 5. KLM or values whose Basis is large and they end in an obtuse or dull poynt and when they are shutte and doe as it were wincke together they are like broade headed Iaulins or broade arrowe heades triangular and euery angle forked all which forks consist and growe together of small threds of fibres Table 10. figure 5. NN which Aristotle mistooke for nerues ioyned together with fleshy breaches Table 10. figure 5. OO which by those fibres as by ligaments are stretched in the contraction of the heart and those being streatched the orifice is almost cleane shut Breaches vp But when this circle is open together with his fibres it resembleth a Crowne such as Princes in old time wore But these Values as also those of the venall Artery doe encline from without inwarde that the bloode in the contraction of the heart should not regurgitate into the Holloweveine how then is it possible that blood should bee laboured in the heart for the nourishment of the whole body when as no blood can passe out of this Ventricle into the hollow veine but onely into the Lungs Wherfore it was necessary that Nature should prouide away out of the Lungs into the hollow vein from whence branches might be dispersed thoroughout the whole body The other Vessell of the right Ventricle is the Arteriall Veine Tab. 9. figure 2 o. Tab. 10 figure 6 C D Tab. 11 figure 1 C The Arteriall Veine A veine by office An artery by substance his Originall or the arteriall vessell A veine it is because of the office it hath to transport blood an artery because his frame and substance is like that of an arterie It is fastned to the ventricle with a lesse orifice Tab. 10 figure 6 C D then the hollow vein Tab. 10 figure 5 CCC and from thence some say it hath his originall yet it may better be imagined to be a branch and off-spring of the great arterie because as saith Archangelus it is most likely that a veine should come from a veine and an artery from an arterie Archangelus his argument therefore the Venall artery which though it haue the vse of an Artery yet hauing the single coate but of a veine hath his Originall from the Hollow-veine made also of one single coat And so the arteriall veine hauing the vse of a veine but the double coat of an arterie most likely proceedeth from the great arterie which hath a double coate Of which opinion also are Varolius and Laurentius it is further confirmed by their Connexion which in the Infant vnborne is more conspicuous But the verie trueth as I conceiue is that it ariseth as other spermaticall parts do from The true original of the arterial veine the seede His coate is not simple as that of a veine but double Tab. 11 fig. 3. B C as an arterie and that for the vse as well of the Infant in the wombe as of the man afterward of the Infant that the Mothers arteriall blood and vitall spirit which it carrieth into the Lunges The vse of the single coat of this Arterie dooing therein the office of an arterie should not breath out as it would if it were as thin as a veine of the man afterward and in him it dooth onely the dutie of a veine not of an arterie partly because in respirations it was not fit it should bee easily dilated and contracted as it would haue beene if it had had the single coate of a veine for then there woulde not haue beene capacitie sufficient in the Chest for the instruments of breathing and beside the blood should haue had too free and full accesse to the heart partly because the Lungs which are of a spongy and light substance required to be nourished with a thinne and vaporous not with a thicke and crasse bloode for euery thing is nourished with aliment likest vnto it selfe which could not haue beene either so prepared or so conteined in a vessell with a single coate as in one with a double Wee will add also that cause whereof Hippocrates maketh mention that is that the right Hip. his good vse of this single coate ventricle which is not so hot as the left might not be as much cooled as the lefte and so at length his heate extinguished For seeing that the branches of the Weazon which drawe in the cold aer are diuided betweene the branches of the arteriall veine and venall arterie Tab. 11 figure 1 BCD if the coate of the arteriall veine were but one it would receyue as much aer as the venall artery whose coate likewise is but one and so both ventricles should be alike refrigerated whence it must needes follow that the lefte hauing more heate then the right the heat of the right must of necessity be in time extinguished the heat of the left remaining inviolate wherefore Nature made this vessell thicker and so narrower to carry aer not so much for refrigeration as for refection This is a verie notabl● vessell that so much as it becommeth lesse by the thickenesse of his coates might be recompenced in the largenesse of the Vessell and so the Lunges haue sufficient nourishment It leaneth vpon the great Arterie and turning his bulke vnto the left side is diuided into two Table 10 figure 6 C D. Tab. 11 figure 3 FF trunkes which are carried to the lefte his amplitude His diuision and the right Lungs and there distributed quite through into inumerable Tab. 11 Fig. 3 GG branches The vse of this vessell is in the contraction of the heart to receyue the greater part of the blood out of the right Ventricle in which it is made thinner and lighter that it might His Vse passe out more forcibly and to carry it into the Lunges for their nourishment For the heart seemeth to make retribution to the Lunges yeelding them bloode for their nourishment because they sent aer vnto him for his refection Table 11. Figure 1. sheweth the fore-side of the Lungs taken out out of the Chest from which the Heart vvith his Membranes are cut Fig. 2. sheweth the backe and gibbous side of the Lunges as it lyeth vpon the backe Figure 3. Sheweth the Arteriall Veine Figure 4. Sheweth the Venall Arterie separated from the substance of the Lungs TABVLA XI FIG I FIG II FIG III FIG IV. These Values haue their Originall from the very coate of the Veine and beeing placed inward do looke outwarde and each of
them is like a semi-circle or halfe-moone or the Whence the Values are Their figure Latine Letter ● If all these three be together stretched and set vpright they seeme to bee but one great Value stopping vp the whole Orifice whilst they are stretched carry their Figure of the halfe-Moone but when they sinke or flagge then they become rugous and resemble the Moone in the first quarter Their outward Couering or Circūference as also is that of the great Artery is more solid The Vtter coate of this Vessel then the rest of their body for where in both Orificies they touch themselues or ioyn some way together they become so indurated that they appeare to bee like a long and rounde tilage The Venall artery Tab. 10 fig. 2 G H not rightly expressed Table 11 fig. 1 D is a vessell of the left Ventricle An artery because of his vse for it containeth and bringeth aer The venal arteries as also because it beateth as other Pulses doe not so indeede that it can bee discerned by the eye but so it must of necessity bee because it is continuated with the left ventricle It hath pulsation though not visible where is the originall of pulsation A veine it is as being of the substance that veines are of It proceedeth out of the left ventricle of the heart at his Basis with a spacious round open orifice table 10. figure 7. CC greater then that of the great artery It is supposed to haue his beginning out of the softer part of the ventricle but it may better be beleeued to haue sprong out of the hollow veine if wee marke the connexion that is found in Infants vnborne It hath but one thinne and simple coate in growne bodies that the Lungs might bee His coate but single nourished with defaecated thinne and vaporous bloud brought by it but sent by the heart and that in a greater quantity then a thick stiffe vessell would carry because the Lungs are parts of great expence as well because of their continuall motion as also for the rarenesse and loosenesse of their substance which suffereth the thinner part of the bloud to exhale Why this vessel is to be capacious many reasons from them againe it was needfull that this vessell should be capacious becaue the heat of the left ventricle required great store of ayre for the tempering of it beside that it needed for the reparation of spirits for in growne men it hath the vse of an artery to carry ayre not of a veine as it had whilest the Infant was in the mothers wombe and againe the larger it is and more spacious the better may the smoake and soote passe through it into the braunches of the weazon without infecting the ayre it brinketh into the heart which in a narrower passage would necessarily haue beene mingled and in the Infant it had no vse of a double coate because it onely carried the Aliment of the Lungs vnto them from the hollow veine It is a notable vessell and as soone as it is gotten out of the heart is diuided into two trunks table 11. figure 4. BBCD so that it seemeth to be a double orifice of the same vessell The right of these is sent vnder the Basis of the heart into the right Lung table 11. figure 1. D The left into the left like the arteriall vein and so they are both disseminated through The right branch The Lest the Lungs and make the representation of rootes tab 11. figure 4. ●●●● and may be compared to the rootes of the gate-veine for as it doth sucke the nourishment with his ends or extremities so the venall artery is deriued into the Lungs to draw ayre out of the branches of the weazon But at the originall of this vessell and the great artery they both meete and are ioyned together by the interposition of a good thicke and large particle which in the Infant was perforated and made a passage as we shall declare hereafter The vse of this venal artery is in the dilatation of the heart to draw ayre out of the Lungs for the generation of spirits and in his contraction to expell or drawe out into the Lungs a portion The vse of the venal artery of the vitall bloud for their nourishment and life as also the soote and smoake that ariseth from the flame of the heart but least all the ayre should returne again out of the hart His values into the Lungs there groweth to the orifice of this vessell a membranous circle table 10. figure 7. DD out of the substance of the heart which is ledde inward and deuided into two values table 10. figure 7. FF table 12. fig. 2. r bending from without inward which as they exceede in largenes the values of the hollow veine so also they are stronger hauing longer thredy strings Table 10. figure 7. GG to which more fleshy Table 10. figure 7. HH table 12. figure 2 ss explantations or risings do accrew one of these values looketh to the right side another to the left which when they are ioyned do resemble a Bishops myter They are but two because this vessell was not to be ouer closely shut and that for two Why but two causes first seeing that all parts need vitall spirits and bloud to be sent vnto them for their life the Lungs also must neede them wherefore as they receiued Alimentary and nourishing bloud by the arteriall veine so were they to receiue vitall by the venall artery therefore in the venall artery there is alwayes contayned subtile and arterial bloud which that it may be it hath onely two values set to it that in the contraction of the heart the way might not be altogether stopped vp but so much space lefte as was necessary for the transvection of vitall bloud But if the values were wanting then would the arteriall bloud in contraction flow forth in greater quantity and with more violence and so the great artery and consequently the The necessity of them whole body should be defrauded Againe that if there should bee any smouldry excrements ingendred betweene the ayre attracted and the natiue heate which is conteyned in this ventricle they might haue free egresse this way into the Lungs and so goe out by the weazon which otherwise if they were retayned might endanger the suffocation and extinction of the creatures naturall heate The second vessell of the left ventricle is the great artery of which though wee doe entreat at large in his proper place yet it will be necessary to discourse of it here so far as shall make for out present purpose CHAP. XIIII Of the great Artery and his values and vse about the Heart THis great Artery called Aorta was made before the heart hauing as the heart The great artery a beginning of generation from the seed out of which it is immediately made at the same time that the other parts are Albeit his originall of dispensation and radication be from the left ventricle of
the heart from whence it issueth with an open mouth and patent orifice to receiue from the same when it is contracted bloud and vitall spirit laboured in it to be distributed together with the heat into the whole body Which bloud and spirits that they should not returne into the heart againe when it is dilated there are set in his orifice Table 10. His values figure 8. A three Table 10. figure 8. BCD Table 13. character 1. 2. 3 values like halfe Moones bending from within outward as it is in the arteriall veine but greater and stronger because the body of the great artery is harder then that of the arteriall veine these values are also a hinderance that the nourishment or Chylus drawne by the mesaraicke arteries out of the guttes should not be presently conuayed into the heart There is also placed at his orifice to establish him the better a hard substance sometimes The cartilage gristlely Table 10. figure 8. SS which in some Creatures are red Deere is a very gristle sometimes in greater creatures it is a bony gristle for it seldome growes into a very bone Or bone as Galen sayeth in the 10. Chapter of his 7. Booke de Administ Anatom it doth in an Elephant but in a man it is not so to bee found And these are the particles of the heart in a perfect Creature after it is brought into the world nowe it followeth that we speake of the vessels in the heart of an Infant before the birth CHAP. XV. Of the vnion of the vesselles of the heart in the Infant vnborne which is abolished after they come into the world THE structure and connexion of the vessels of the heart in an Infant vnborne or any other creature yet in the Dammes belly differeth much from that it appeareth to be afterward when the burthen is brought into the world This Galen the true obseruer of these vnions Galen most perfectly and manifestly explayned in the 10. Chapter of his sixt Booke de vsu partium And albeit most Anatomists after him haue lightly passed it ouer yet will we stand somewhat more vppon it We sayed before that there were foure vessels of the heart two in the right ventricle to wit the hollow veine Table 12. figure 1 2 3. ab and the arteriall veine Table 12. fig. How the vnions are made 1. m and two in the left the great Arterie Table 12. fig. 12 and 3. df and the venal artery Table 12. figure 12 and 3. which in the second figure is manifest which vessels in the Infant are so vnited and coupled two two together The hollow veine a vessell of the right ventricle with the venall artery a vessell of the left ventricle and the great Artery a vessell of the left ventricle with the arteriall veine a vessell of the right ventricle which vessels in men after they are borne are disioyned asunder But these vnitings are not alwayes after one manner for the former partly because of the neighbour-hood of the vessels partly because of the likenesse of substances they being The former both veines is accomplished by the coniunction of their mouthes called Anastomosis wee call it inoculation from the similitude it hath with that poynt of husbandry where a science or but a leafe is so fitted to another kinde as that the sap may runne equally through them both The latter vnion because of the distance of the vessels to be vnited is accomplished by a Canale or Pipe The first vnion which is by Anastomosis or inoculation or apertion and The satter opening of two vessels one into another is of the hollow veine with the venall artery tab 12. fig. 1 2. ag which is to be obserued vnder the right eare of the hart before the hollow veine open it selfe into the right ventricle Table 12. figure 2. appeareth at h and near that region where the coronall veine ariseth For touching one another so that you may easily thinke them to be but one vessell Nature Their common bore or hole bored them with one hole common to them both Table 12. agh which is large and patent and of an ouall figure by which the bloud passeth out of the hollow veine into the venall artery and so is carried to the Lungs But least the bloud should flowe backe into the hollow vein there is set to the regiō of this bore or hole which looketh toward the venal artery a membrane like a couering or lid Table 12. figure 2. and 3 1. thin hard and transparent The membrane larger then the hole or passage which is fastned onely at the roote but the rest of the body of it hangeth loose in the cauity of the vessell that falling loosely and flagging into it selfe it might the more easily bee turned vp to the vessell of the Lungs i. the venall artery and giue way to the bloud flowing forcibly out of the hollow veine but hindering it The vse of the venal artery in the infant from returning thither againe Wherefore the venall artery in the Infant doeth the office of a veine to the Lungs but after the birth the office of an artery for in these whilest the heart is dilated the bloud is powred out of the hollow veine into the right ventricle and from thence when the heart is contracted thrust out by the arteriall veine into the Lungs In the child alter-birth But in the Infant the heart being not moued and yet the Lungs requiring nourishment encrease Nature deuised the former way by which the bloud brought vppe by the hollow veine is not powred into the ventricle of the heart seeing neither the Lungs stood in need of attenuated bloud neither was there any generation of vitall spirites but runneth straight into the venall artery and thence into the Lungs These are admirable workes of Nature but the conglutination or ioyning together of the foresayd hole presently after passeth all admiration for as soone as euer the creature is The admirable worke of God borne into the world breatheth and the heart is mooued it hath no further neede of this hole or passage wherefore by degrees the membrane is dryed vp and the bore closeth and groweth together so that if you looke for it a few weekes after either in the heart of an Infant or of a Calfe you would deny that euer it was perforated but in dryer creatures it sooner groweth vp in moyster creatures later The other vnion is of the great artery with the arterial veine Tab. 12. figure 1 2 and 3 fg by a canale or pipe Table 12. figure 1 l for seeing the venall artery performed the office The 2. vnion by a pipe of a veine to the Lungs it was necessary that the arteriall veine should chaunge his vse into that of an artery wherefore Nature also made a perforation into the great artery But because these two vesselles
were a little distant one from the other Table 12. figure 1. d● she made another third vessell but very small by which they might bee ioyned so that they are ioyned not by inoculation but by a pipe or canale This canall or pipe beginneth Table 12. figure 1. l not from the trunke or stocke of the great artery but from that region of the trunke carried downward Table 12. figure 1 2 3. f where the left nerue of the sixt payre or coniugation making the Recurrent is circumvolued Where the pipe beginneth or rowled about the pipe passeth not ouerthwart but obliquely or sidelong from the great artery Table 12. figure 1. from d to m to the arteriall veine where it is deuided into two trunkes and appeareth as if the arteriall veine were deuided into three trunkes of which the first passed vnto the left Lung the second vnto the right and the third which is a little lesse then the other two should obliquely reach vnto the great artery and is from the Basis of the heart in an Infant distant about the breadth of two fingers in a grown child after birth the breadth of foure and the longitude of it is so notable that you may put vp your finger betweene the two vesselles but in Oxen you may easily put vp two fingers or more This canale or pipe or vessell call it which you please hath no membrane ioyned to it Why it hath no membrane or couer as the former perforation hath which might hinder the regresse of the bloud out of the great artery into the arterial veine because the length and obliquity of the pipe it selfe is sufficient for that purpose This canale or pipe is not encreased as other parts of the creature are but as Nature drieth vp the vmbilicall or nauel-veine arteries which are at the spine when shee hath no further vse of them and maketh of them small tyes after the same manner the forenamed coniunctions of the vessels which reach vnto the heart when the creatures is brought forth are abolished this pipe is by degrees attenuated so that in a short time it is quite dryed vp But in children of three or foure yeares of age it may be found because of the thicknesse of his roote but not perforated or hollow Table 12. in 3. Figures sheweth the vnion of the vessels of the heart as it is found in the Infant but abolished soon after it is brought into the world TABVLA XII FIG I. FIG II. FIG III. The first vnion which is by inoculation doth elegantly appeare if the Trunk of the Hollow-veine carried through the Chest from the Midriffe vnto the right eare of the heart bee How to finde out these vnions in dissection diuided in the middest for then will appeare two holes ●r passages the greater which is that of the inoculation into the venall artery and the lesser which is the hole or passage of the the coronary veine of the heart But the second vnion which is by the Canale or pipe is demonstrated if the descending trunke of the great Arterie be diuided thorough the middest euen vnto his outgate out of the lest ventricle of the heart for then withinwarde will appeare the small and narrow passage of the pipe into the arteriall veine CHAP. XVI Of the Branches of the great Artery disseminated through the Chest and the Necke Table 13. Fig. 1 sheweth the trunke of the great Artery together with his branches as they are disseminated through the three bellies or Regions of the body The second Figure sheweth a portion of the Arterie as it is on the backeside from whence it sendeth branches to the distances betwixt the Lower ribbes The thirde Figure sheweth a portion of the great Artery where it yssueth out of the Heart is heere shewed open by that meanes wee may better perceyue his Coates and Fibres TABVLA XIII FIG I. II III Out of the greater descending trunke Tab. 13. fig. 1 D which in the Chest is large and The descending trunke thicke these branches following do yssue The lower Intercostall Arteries Tab. 13 fig. 1 HHH which are sent vnto the distances of Intercostalis the eight low ribs The Artery called Phrenica that is of the Midriffe on each side one Table 13 fig 1 KK Phrenica which are disseminated through the Midriffe and the Pericardium The remainder of the trunke pierceth through the Fissure or perforation of the midriffe Tab. 13. fig. 1 * and cleauing to the bodies of the Spondels or rack-bones doth diuerselie communicate it selfe through the lower belly The lesser and ascending Tab. 13. fig. 1 F trunke being fastned to the Weazon is communicated The ascending trunke to all the parts of the body aboue the heart and first of all it is forked into two notable branches which vnder the Pattell or coller-bones bendeth to the first ribbe of his owne side and therefore it is called Arteria subclauia for the Latines call the coller Bones Subclauia Clauiculae Tab. 13 fig. 1 FG then the trunke is diuided into the two arteries called Carotides or the sleepy Arteries The right Subclauiae Tab. 13 fig. 1 F his originall is at 2 issueth out of the great artery euen where it is parted into the sleepie arteries it is higher larger and runneth more ouerthwart The right then the left whose course to the arme is rather oblique then transuerse From these Subclauiae before they fall out of the Chest for after they are out of the chest they are no more called Subclauiae but Axillares Tab. 13. fig. 1 P● as soon as they touch the first rib do passe certaine propagations From their Lower part that which is called Intercostalis superior Tab. 13. fig. 1 II Intercostal sup-Mammaria From their Vpper part yssue first the Mammaria Tab. 13. fig. 1 LI which vnder the brest-bone being reflected together with a Veine descendeth vnto the Paps and the Muscles Tab. 13. fig. 1 CLC betwixt the gristles of the true ribbes and so descendeth vnder the right Muscles of the Lower belly vnto the Nauell where it is diuided into many surcles Table 13 figure 1 dd and so meeteth with the Epigastricall Arterie ascending vpward Table 13 fig. 1 cc Secondly the Ceruicalis Tab. 13 fig. 1 MM which yssueth more backeward toward the Ceruicalis 2. bodies of the rack-bones and at the 7. spondell of the necke entreth in at the holes of the transuerse processes of those spondels and so is communicated to the Muscles the marrow of the necke and the Spondels themselues Betwixt the first spondell and the nowl-bone these Arteries on either side Tab. 13 fig. 1 NN enter into the scull and at the Basis of the braine they are vnited Thirdly the Muscula Tab. 13 fig. 1 OO because it watereth the Muscles of the necke Muscula 3 From the Axillary Artery Thoracica super Thoracica infer Scapularis From the Axillary artery Tab. 13 fig. 1
yet so that in a man they adhere together by Membranous Fibres so that there is rather a note or footstep of diuision then any true diuision indeede though it bee otherwise in Dogges and the lower is longer then the vpper And it is so diuided as well that the whole Lungs might more safely and swiftly be dilated and contracted the act breathed in more easily penetrating into their narrowest passages as also that they might the more firmely embrace the heart and not be compressed when we bow downward And althogh they be found to be distinguished though not with any true diuision somtimes into three sometimes into more sometimes into two yet rarely shall we find in a man because of the shortnes of his brest fiue Lobes in a dogge and an Ape often and if it happen to be so then saith Galen in the 2. and 10. Chapters of his 7. Booke de vsu part they ly very high into the throat vnder the hollow-vein Their substance Tab. 14 fig 2. is fleshy wherupon it is called Parenchyma a fleshy bowell wouen with three sorts of vessels Tab. 14 fig. 2 BCD and Their substāce couered with a thin Membrane which varieth in softnes and colour according to the age How their substance and colour differeth before after birth of the party In yonger men it is faster in the prime of our age rare caue and hollow For the Lunges being not mooued in the wombe of the Mother as neither the heart are then thicke and firme as is the substance of the Liuer red also from the colour of their nourishment for nourished they are in the Mothers wombe with that wherewith they were generated that is blood brought out of the Hollow veine to the venall artery by inoculation and spirits sent from the great artery to the arteriall veine by the pipe or canale before mētioned but the infant being borne when the heart beginneth to mooue his motion and heate softneth and puffeth vp their flesh by little and little and so being mooued with the motion of the Chest they also become pliable to the motions thereof and are lifted vp and fall againe with ease they lye also bedded as it were betweene the diuisions of the Plato his Mollis saltus Why they ioyne after death being cut or sliced vessels filling vp the empty places and by that meanes are a defence and strengthning vnto them that they be not broken in their continuall motions And this is the reason that Plato calleth their motion 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saltus mollis a soft motion which is furthered in that their substance is full of a slimy and viscid moysture insomuch that Varolius saith that after death if they be cut yet will they glue together againe by this viscidity Their substāce Their substance also is laxe spongy and rare made as it were of the froth of the blood that it may better admit the aer drawne in like a paire of Bellowes and be freely filled therwith Their colour is yellowish oftentimes ashie spotted with certaine dull and blackish Their colour speckes or cloudye streames and in those that dye of any long and lingering disease they grow yet blacker They haue a Membrane bred out of the Pleura for where the vessels passe into the lungs Their Membrane Tab. 14 fig. 1 CD ther their common coate sprung from the Pleura departeth from them and is finely stretched ouer the superficies or vpper face of the Lungs to forme containe their soft substance which otherwise being shaken with continuall motions would quickly breake off by peece meale This Membrane is thin that it should not be burthensome and soft that it might better stretch with the motion of the Lungs full also of pores though after death insensible that if any quitture or matter should be gathered in the chest in a pleurisy or inflamation of the Why the mēbrane is porous Lungs called Peripneumonia it might by these pores haue yssue so be spit out by Cough albeit we are not ignorant that in both these diseases the Lungs themselues are affected which we are taught by the dissection of Pleuriticall bodies and also by them which haue recouered of Pleurisies in whom doth remaine difficulty of breathing and some payne in the weakned side as long as they liue This porosite also makes their vpper face smooth and bedewed with a kind of slimy moisture Into this Membrane because it needed but a little sense there are smal Nerues disseminated from the sixt coniugation on the right side Tab. 8. fig. 1 t after the right Recurrent is framed but on the left side Tab. 8 fig. 1 q before the framing of the recurrent these Why Vlcers of the Lunges are with paine Nerues do not reach vnto the substance of the Lungs least they should be pained or wearied in their continuall motion and hence also it is that all the vlcers of the Lunges are without paine Table 14. Figure 1. sheweth the fore-side of the Lungs taken out out of the Chest from which the Heart vvith his Membranes are cut Fig. 2. sheweth the backe and gibbous side of the Lunges as it lyeth vpon the backe Figure 3. Sheweth the Arteriall Veine Figure 4. Sheweth the Venall Arterie separated from the substance of the Lungs TABVLA XIIII FIG I FIG II FIG III FIG IV. Two vessels it receyueth from the heart of which wee haue spoken before one called the arteriall veine tab 14. fig. 1 C Fig. 13. the whole arteriall veine which out of the right The Arteriall veine ventricle ministreth to the Lungs Alimentarie blood therein attenuated for their nourishment and with this blood the naturall spirit and the naturall soule therein residing with all her powers and faculties are communicated to the Lungs The other called the venall artery tab 14 fig. 1 D figure 4 the venall arterie separated which is an instrument onely of the spirits but conteyneth also pure thinne and vaporous blood wherefore the aer which was attracted by the winde-pipe and prepared in the lungs it leadeth to the heart and from the lefte ventricle bringeth foorth vitall bloode with the vitall spirit and faculty to the Lungs partly that therewith they may bee nourished partly Whence life it for their life that the in-bred heate may be cherished for life is from the vitall spirite and the arteriall bloud perfected in the left ventricle of the hearte partly that by it the smoake and soot may be carried out of the heart These two vessels are farre greater then the magnitude of the Lungs may seeme to require if the proportion be compared to that of other parts that because the Lungs with their perpetuall motion do consume and dissipate much moysture and moreouer because they serue not onely to carry out naturall bloud and vitall bloud with vitall spirits but also by their extremities doe receiue from the ends of the winde-pipe ayre which they lead into the
betwixt each of these is a rest or cessation one following the distētion the other following the contraction For it is not possible that two contrary motions should immediately succeed one another but in the poynt of the refluxion or returne from one contrary to another there must needes be a rest otherwise there could be no beginning nor end of one motion distinct from the beginning and end of another and so the motions could not be contrary which had no distinct beginning nor end particular to either of them because there is no rest from which the beginning of the motion should arise or into which the end of the motion should determine wherefore whatsoeuer hath any reflexion hath also some rest before the reflexion A manifest instance hereof wee haue in the Tyde which when it hath flowed to his An instance in the tyde height standeth sometime at a stay before it begin to Ebbe which stay we call a high water when no motion of the tide can be perceiued But what is done in these contrary motions In the Dyastole the heart draweth bloud by the gate of the hollow veine into his right ventricle Dyastole what and ayre by the arteriall veine into the left In the Systole the heart driueth out vitall Systole what spirites into the great artery or fumed and smoky vapours together with a small portion of the spirits by the venall artery In the Dyastole the ends of the heart are corrugated contracted the Basis being drawne to the mucro or poynt and the poynt to the Basis so that the heart becommeth shorter in his longitude but is so amplified to his sides that his figure commeth neere to the spherical which is the figure of most capacity Contrariwise in the Systole the ends of the heart are distended but the sides fall and flag as it were and so the heart becommeth longer but narrower Both these motions are performed by the helpe of the fibres for the right which passe The vse of the fibres of the heart directly from the Basis to the poynte contracting themselues make the dilatation The transuerse or circular straighting the sides doe make the contraction the oblique serue for retention and make that double rest whereof we spake Againe in the Dyastole all the values are extended in which distention the forked values make many chinkes or crannyes as it were but the semi-lunarie values do close vp the ends of their vesselles In the Systole all these membranes are contracted and then the forked shutte those chinks and crannyes How the values are in the motions which they made when they were dilated and the semilunarie being corrugated or wrinkled leaue such distances or rifts by which the bloud freely passeth forth Moreouer the dilatation of the heart is before the contraction in time for ayre is first drawn in before the smoky excrement is shut out and againe inspiration must needs be first because expiration is last for the life vanisheth in expiration But whether is of greater necessity VVe answere that in hayle bodies they are of alike Greater vse of expiration then of inspiration necessity In Agues especially rotten and putrid there is more necessity of expiration as wee see in those that dye their Systole and expiration is greater because Nature is more diligent to exclude that which is hurtfull then to drawe that which is profitable now wee know that the ayre that is drawne is familiar to the heart but the smoaky and sooty excrement is an offence vnto it Lastly it is questioned whether it strike the breast which wee feele with our hand about Whether the heart striketh the brest in the Dyastole or in the Systole the left brest in the dilatation or in the contraction Galen seemeth to differ herein from himselfe for in one place he saith Quando rur sum euacuatum fuerit Cor in naturalem figuram recurrerit tunc prosilit pectori et percussionem facit et ita concidens pulsum perficit that is Againe when the heart is emptied and returneth to his naturall figure and position Galens authority then it leapeth against the brest and maketh that percussion and so falling accomplisheth that pulse To this authority may bee added this reason when the heart is dilated it becommeth Reason to the authority short and againe long when it is contracted VVherefore when it is distended it goeth from the brest and when it is contracted it flyeth to the brest and so striketh it beside almost all Anatomists say that the flesh of the heart is more solid in the mucro or point then The consent of anatomists in the Basis that in the violent motions of the brest it should touch the bone to which it is very neere and so be hurt so vitiate his motion the point therefore striketh the brest What the trueth is but experience and waight of reason is on the contrary part The reasons are these If you lay one hand vpon the brest and another vpon the wrest The reasons to proue it you shal perceiue in either place at the same time the same stroke and this both Galen hath obserued in the 3. ch of his 3. Book de praesag expuls we daily proue it true by diffections of liuing creatures but it is most certaine that the stroke of the artery is in the ende of the dilatation for the end of the contraction cannot be felt therefore that stroke of the heart we feele is the end of the dilatation not of the contraction It may bee obiected that when the arteries are distended the heart is contracted and Obiection when the heart is contracted then are the arteries dilated if therfore you place your hand vpon the wrest or the temples and there finde the stroke of the artery and with the other hand vpon the breast finde also the stroke there at the same time it must follow necessarily that the heart is then contracted when the arteries are dilated but the vanity of this obiection Answere with reference shall appeare in the next exercise For the heart and the arteries are distended at the same time and in the same motion Moreouer if the heart when it is contracted should strike the breast with his mucre or poynt the stroake should not be felt at the left breast but somewhat lower for the point of the heart reacheth to that place of the chest into which the midriffe is inserted The brest therefore is beaten not with the poynt of the heart but with the left ventricle when it is distended which is the originall of the arteries for when the poynt is gathered to the Basis in the Diastole the heart is made larger and so striketh the breast at the left Pap but when it is contracted the heart becommeth longer narrower and so falleth back into the chest and of this also is Galens opinion in his Anatomicall administrations and in those golden Hymnes
they haue gotten the measure of heate that they had in the liuing body will be dilated but neuer fall because there wanteth a faculty but they are both deceiued For if both the Dyastole and Systole came not from the faculty but from the constitution How both were deceiued of the artery then the artery should euer keepe the same magnitude and the same vehemencie of pulsation but we see that the pulse is now greater now lesser as the strength is great or little sometimes the Systole sometimes the Dyastole is greater as the vse of either is increased There want not some who striue to prooue that the motion of the arteries is from the brayne standing vpon one authoritie of Galens where hee sayth in the 2. Booke That the motion of the arteries is not from the braine de causis pulsuum When in a man the pulse beginnes to be convulsiue presently he is taken with a convulsion which seemeth to intimate that there is one originall of the faculty of pulsation and of that to which convulsion doeth belong But Galens owne obseruation bewrayeth the vanity of this opinion For if the brayne be compressed sence and motion will perish but the arteries will still beate If the nerue which commeth from the brayn to the heart bee cut or intercepted the creature becommeth dumbe but the arteries beate still Seeing therefore that the arteries neither moue by a power of their owne nor from the The true cause whereby the motion is moued Elementary forme nor onely from heate nor from a spirit or spumy bloud it remayneth necessary that they should be mooued by pulsatiue power of the heart For if they should be moued by any thing saue by a faculty their motion should be not continual but violent neither would there bee any attraction of ayre in dilatation but the boyling bloud would take vp all the roome This Faculty or power pulsatiue is in a moment carried not through the Cauitie but along the coats of the Arteries and that it is carried in a moment this is an argument that Which waie the Faculty is led all the Arteries are mooued with the same motion all together in the same time vvhen the heart is mooued If it be obiected that Galen in the 1. de different pulsuum de 2 prima cognitione ex puls speaking of those that haue hot hearts and cold Arteries in whom the parts of the Arterie that are neerer to the heart are dilated sooner then those that are more remote is constrained to confesse that the pulsatiue power is mooued through the What may hinder the motion of the heart arterie slowly by degrees I answer that the faculty floweth in a moment vnlesse it be hindred But it may be hindred sometimes by his owne fault sometimes by the fault of the Instrument by his owne when the heate is weake by the instrument when the arteries are either cold or soft or obstructed It remaineth therefore that when al things are aright disposed it floweth in an instant and not through the Cauitie but along the coats of the Arteries Galen in the last Chapter of the Booke Quod sanguis Arterijs delineatur giueth an An instance for experiēce instance from experience If you put a Quill or Reede into the Arterie which will fill the whole cauity yet will the Artery beate but if his coats be pressed with a Tie it will cease instantly If it be obiected that the Arteries in an Infant beate before the heart and therefore the pulse is from the spirit not from the heart I aunswere that the Infants Arteries Obiection Solution do mooue by a vertue that proceedeth from the heart of the Mother for the Arteries of the infant are continuall with those of the Mother and receiueth as well life the pulsatiue Faculty from her as the Liuer and all the other parts do nourishment QVEST. V. Whether the Arteries are dilated when the Heart is dilated or on the contrary then contracted THere ariseth now a more obscure thornie and scrupulous question then A difficult question the former and that is whether the Arteries and the heart are mooued with the same motion For the explication whereof we must first resolue that the Arteries are filled when they are dilated and emptied when they are contracted The Arteries are filled in their dilatatiō that they draw when they are dilated and expell when they are constringed The reason is manifest For the vessels must needs draw with that motion whereby they are made most fit to receiue but the vesselles by how much they are more enlarged by so much are they more capeable now they are enlarged by dilatation therefore when they are dilated they draw and are filled so that Archigines is no way to be hearkned vnto Archigines who was of opinion that in the Systole the arteries do draw and are filled and in the Diastole do expell and are emptied whose argument for this was because in inspiration the lippes are streightned and the Nosthrils contracted but whether this Diastole of the Arteries The first opinion Erasistratus be at once and together with the dilatation of the heart that is indeede a great controuersie Erasistratus was the first that thought their motions contrary that is that when the heart is dilated the Arteries are contracted and when the heart is contracted the Arteries are dilated Amongst the new writers these haue sided with him Fernelius Columbus Cardane Sealiger and truely his opinion may be confirmed by authorities and reasons Galen in his Authorities Booke De Puls ad Tyrenes saith that the Vitall Faculty dooth mooue diuers bodies at the same time with diuers motions which can be vnderstood of nothing else but the motions of the heart and of the arteries Auicen Fen. 1. cap. 4. doctrin 6. affirmeth that the vitall Reasons The first Faculty doth together dilate and constringe The reasons beside these authorities are In the Diastole the heart draweth blood by the hollow veine into his right Ventricle and aer by the venall artery into the left Therefore at that time the heart is filled and the vessels are emptied Contrariwise in the Systole the heart expelleth the Vitall spirit into the arteries therefore at that time the heart is emptied and the arteries are filled but when the arteries are filled they are distended and when they are emptied they fall wherefore when the heart is distended the arteries are contracted and when it is contracted they are distended Beside there is the same proportion betweene the arteries and the heart which The second there is betweene the heart and the deafe eare but it is most certaine which our eie-sight teacheth vs that the motion of the heart and of the eares of the heart are diuers for when the heart is dilated then those eares doe fall and when the heart is contracted then they are distended and filled wherefore the heart and the
arteries are mooued with a diuers motion Thirdly as attractions and expulsations are in other parts so it is likely they are in the heart The third but when the stomack driueth out the Chylus the messentery veines do draw it and therefore when the heart driueth out blood and the vitall spirit then the arteries draw it and so their motions are contrary Fourthly when the heart is dilated then becommeth it shorter and draweth vnto it The fourth selfe the arteries that are continual with it and therefore maketh them narrower but when the heart is contracted the arteries are dilated and become longer Lastly if one hand be placed vpon the brest another vpon the wrest the same stroke will at the same time be perceiued but the stroke and percussion of the brest is done by the The fist contraction of the heart for when it is contracted it commeth to the brest and striketh it but when it is distended it becommeth shorter and recedeth from the Chest Now the stroke of the Artery is not from the contraction but from the dilatation Wherefore the heart and the Arteries are moued with a diuers motion But notwithstanding all these The truth it selfe proued by reasons yet are we perswaded with Galen in his booke de vsu puls 3. depraesag expuls 6. de vsu partium that the heart and the Arteries are moued with the same motion And this we are taught first by experience then by strong inuincible force of argument The experience is instanced by Galen which euery man may make tryall of in himselfe If one Experience hand be laide vpon the brest and another vpon the wrest the same stroke will be perceiued at the same time and beside in diffections of liuing creatures we haue often obserued the very same But beside these reasons doe euince it We haue already proued that the arteries are not moued by the impulsion of the bloud not by the boyling or heate of it but Reason First by a faculty and that not of the Arteries but yssuing from the heart therefore they are contracted by the faculty which contracteth the heart and distended by the same force and power by which it is distended But if they were moued with diuers motions it would follow that the dilating faculty must flow from the heart in the same moment wherein it is contracted which no Philosopher will dare to admit Beside that motion is the same which hath the same efficient and finall causes but the pulsatiue power is the same which Second moueth the heart and the Arteries and the end also is the same to wit nutrition temperation or qualification and expurgation Thirdly the motion of the part and of the whole is all one and a part of that beeing Third moued which is continuall with the whole the whole is moued as is seene in the strings of Instruments but the Arteries and heart are continuall together wherefore if they bee An instance moued by the heart as is most euident then will it follow necessarily that they shall both be moued together by the same motion Fourthly vnlesse the heart and the Arteries were together distended and together Fourth contracted the hart should not be refrigerated in his dilatations because the Arteries being contracted there would follow an exclusion of the smoky excrments into the left ventricle and so the hart and the artery should mutually striue their motion be in vaine Fiftly it would follow that in the contraction the heart should draw ayre from Fift the dilated and distended arteries For sometimes the vse of respiration being taken away as in passions of the mother the hart doth not draw ayre from the Lungs and the venall artery because then no ayre is drawne in by the mouth and the nostrils yet the hart moueth and the arteries beate Now it is moued for the generation of vitall spirits but this generation is not without the admistion of ayre it draweth therfore ayre from the arteries not contracted because then are the excrements expelled but from the arteries distended But if when the arteries are distended the heart be contracted then the contracted heart shall draw from the distended arteries and so shall the motions of the heart become contrary Sixtly this faculty is incorporeall communicating it selfe in a moment wherefore at Sixt. what time the hart beginneth to dilate it distendeth all the arteries and so on the contrary Finally the pulses which are in anger sorrow and other passions doe sufficiently shew that the heart and arteries are moued with the same motion For if when the hart Seuenth is dilated the arteries should be contracted then in anger the pulses should bee small in griefe great because in anger the heart is somewhat contracted and therefore the arteries should be but a little dilated Contrariwise in griefe the arteries should be very much dilated because the heart is strongly contracted but how false this is common experience will witnesse Let vs therefore settle our selues in Galens opinion and determine That the What deceiued the former learned men arteries are dilated and contracted when the heart is dilated and contracted The structure of the vesselles of the heart deceiued those learned men which hold the contrary opinion together with the obscure maner of the hearts motion For there being in the Basis of the heart foure notable vessels the hollow veine the arteriall veine the venall artery and the great artery they imagined that the heart in his Dyactole did draw somthing from these foure vesselles and in his Systole driue something into them all and that therefore in the Dyastole of the heart they were all emptied that the heart might bee filled and in the Systole of the heart they were all filled because the heart is emptied Beside they seeme to haue been ignorant of the Efficient cause of the motion of the heart and the arteries For they would haue the heart and the arteries to bee dilated because they are filled with ayre or bloud But the trueth is that the arteries are not dilated because they are filled but because they are dilated therefore are they filled onely the power What the trueth is pulsatiue faculty which floweth from the heart distendeth the arteries not the bloud contayned in them For whether they be distended or contracted they remayne alwayes full of bloud but if you shall thinke that they are distended because they are filled then The arteries in both motions are still lust of bloud will it follow that at the same time they cannot be all distended for how can that corporeall bloud bee carried in a moment from the heart to the arteries of the foote I will giue you for illustration of this matter an elegant example The Smithes bellowes because A fit example they are dilated are therefore filled with ayre and the chest because it is distended by the animall faculty is presently filled but
wee shall heare afterward The vses of this vitall spirite are according to his nature deuine also both within and The vses of the vitall spirit within without the heart Calor influens without the heart In the heart to bee the principall instrument of the functions of the heart without the heart his vse is double one to bee the subiect of the heat of the heart which wee call Calor influens the influent heate which it may receiue as the ayre doeth the light and so exhibite it to the whole body and the other to bee the marter of the Animall spirit This vitall spirit hath a double matter aery and sanguine for it is made as Galen saith in His matter double his seuenth Booke de placitis Hipp. Platonis of aer and blood mingled together That it is made of aer Hippocrates taught in Epidemijs when he saith Such as is the aer such are Ayre the spirits a foggie and cloudy aer engendreth a grosse and duskish spirit and againe Hippocrates The Southwinds dull the hearing are misty and breed a dissolution of the spirits This aery substance alone cānot contein within the body the vital heat It is necessarie therfore that there should be an admistion of thin and subtle blood which should restraine the Bloud impetuous force of the aire And both these matters before they come vnto the left ventricle of the heart stand in neede of preparation The aire drawne in by the mouth and the How wher the aer is prepared nose is prepared in the Lungs his vessels and his whole soft rare and spongie substance by a long delay doth acquire a qualitie familiar to the in-bred spirite This aire thus prepared is conueyed by the venall Artery into the left ventricle And this is the preparation of the aer these the passages by which it is conducted to the heart Concerning the preparation of the blood in what place it is made and accomplished How the blood is prepared 4. Opinions and by what waies it is deriued into the left Ventricle the Anatomists do striue with implacable contention I haue read and turned ouer many of the Monuments both of the Ancients and also of later Writers and I finde foure opinions euerie one repugnant to another The first and the most ancient is that of Galen He thinketh that the blood is carried The first and truest of Galē through the Hollow veine which with an open mouth gapeth into the right ventricle of the Heart as into a Cisterne and is there boyled attenuated and subacted and then a part of it is sent by the arteriall veine into the Lungs distributed into thē for their norishment the remainder is carried through the middle partition which like a wall seuereth the two Ventricles asunder into the left where it is by the in-bred vertue of the heart mingled with the aer and doth there acquire the forme of a vitall spirit assisted partlie by the inbred spirit of the heart partly by an exceeding heate flame whereby it is wrought as in a Furnace into a more pure Elementary forme This opinion of Galen which of all the rest is most true some of later times haue condemned For they do not thinke it possible that in so short a time so great a quantity of blood as is sufficient for the generation of Obiections vitall spirits for the vse of the whole body can sweate thorough the wall of the heart into the left ventricle there being no apparant and sensible passages and the wall also beeing very thicke and solid Moreouer they obiect that if it should be so then the labour of the heart were vaine and idle for why shold not the blood and aire being thus attenuated repasse again out of the left into the right seeing the same way is open for them the same passages no values or gates to hinder it But these Obiections are of lesse weight then that they shold weaken Galens minde explained by himself the authority of so great an author of our Art and Galen himselfe foresaw in the 15. cha of his 3. Booke De Facultatibus Naturalibus that there would be some which would make these childish Obiections Wherefore in another place he thus elegantly explaineth him selfe Out of the right Ventricle that which is the thinnest is drawne through the pores or passages of the partition whose vtmost ends can hardly be perceyued because after death all such yea all other passages that are not distended by the matter conteined in them doe fall together But that it is this way transmitted hence it is manifest because Nature neuer endeuoureth any thing rashly or in vaine but there are certaine dens in the fence or partition deep bosomes very many which grow narrower to their outlet by which the blood may freely and with a large streame yssue out of one ventricle into another But the cause why this blood doth not returne againe out of the left into the right side may be well referred to the peculiar force and vertue of the heart The left Ventricle drawes this bloode and retaineth it by an inbred propriety and for a while enioyeth it and then thrusteth it foorth into the Tunnels of the arteries So the blood which either hath sweate through the coates of the veines or is powred foorth at their mouths into the substance of each part returneth not into the veines againe because it is reteyned and receyued into the substance of the part The truth of this opinion albeit it be most cleare of it selfe yet it will bee better manifested vnto vs after wee haue taken knowledge of other mens conceites and discussed them to the full The second opinion therefore is that of Columbus That the bloode indeede is attenuated and prepared in the right Ventricle of the heart but is carried into the left ventricle by The second opinion of Columbus other passages and not through the pores of the Fence or partition And what neede we seeke for so small and secret pores when it hath an open channell the arteriall veine which sayth he carryeth all the bloud out of the right ventricle into the Lungs where a part of it is distributed for their nourishment the rest is returned into the venall artery and from it together with the ayre into the left ventricle and this opinion of his he strengthneth with two reasons The arteriall veine sayth he is greater then was necessary for the nourishment of the Lungs it is therefore like that it was destinated also for the conueiance of the bloud for the generation of the vitall spirits His other reason is this there is alwayes in the venall artery thinne and arteriall bloud this bloud is receiued not from the left ventricle for the three-forked Membranes wil not suffer it therfore frō the veine of the Lungs These things are very probable and cloked with the vaile of truth yet not to be admitted for
currant For whereas he saith the veine of the Lungs is larger then their small body The answere to Columbus his First reason stands in need of we vtterly deny it For the rare lax and spongy substance of the Lungs is easily dissipated it is also continually moued and by reason of the neighbourhood of the heart is easily inflamed whence comes a huge expence of the threefold nourishment but where there are great goings out there also had need be great commings in now the bloud could not come plentifully in but by a wide vessell therefore the vessell of the Lungs was of necessity very ample and large Besides saith Galen Nature made this vessell large that how much was abated in the nourishment of the Lungs by the vessels thicknesse so Lib. 6. de vsu part cap. 10. much might be recompenced in his amplitude and largenes To the second reason we may answere thus The bloud that is found in the venall artery To the secōd is a portion of the vitall sprits and arteriall bloud which the heart poured foorth into the substance of the Lungs for all life being from the heart and the vitall spirit and no deriuations of vessels from the great arterie vnto the Lungs it is likely yea necessary that vitall spirits should bee conueyed to the Lungs by the venall artery neither is there any reason they should obiect the opposition of the thre-forked Membranes for there are but two in the orifice of this vessell because it behoued not that it should bee perfectly closed vp Happly they may obiect the contrary motions and the mixture of smoky vapor with the An obiection Answere spirits but they attribute very little to the wonderfull prouidence of Nature and are ignorant what the diuers appetites and attractions of particular parts can do The veines of the messentery do together and at once distribute Chylus and bloud Milke passeth sometimes out of the brests all along the trunke of the hollow veine yet is not mingled with the Pure milke auoyded by vrine bloud but passeth out by vrine pure and sincere and as we shall by and by proue the matter and quitture of those we call Empyici is purged by the left ventricle of the heart and so through the arteries into the kidnies and the bladder yet is not the vitall spirit stained with this filthinesse if all things be in good order with the patient and so much for Columbus The third opinion is that of Iohn Botallus the french Kings Physition who boasteth The third opinion of Botallus that he found a passage open which no man euer knew out of the right deafe eare into the left by which he imagineth that the bloud prepared in the right ventricle passeth into the left This he saith is very euident in Calues and other young creatures but in man creatures that are growne it is not so open This opinion of Botallus hauing no reasons to establish it ouerthroweth it selfe for if Confuted Nature made this passage for this vse to transfuse the bloud from the right ventricle vnto the left then should it be manifest in all creatures in all times of their life yea the creature growing large and the naturall heat daily increasing the passage also should grow more manifest as whereof there is euery day greater vse But Botallus confesseth it is not found in Oxen nor in creatures of any growth Beside this passage is in the orifice of the hollow veine how therefore should the attenuated bloud flow backe from the right ventricle vnto the veine seeing there are three values open without and shut within which doe admit the bloud indeed into the right ventricle but will not suffer it to flow backe into the hollow veine This good honest man was ignorant of the vse of his passage which Galen acurately describeth first of al men in his golden Botallus ignorant of the vse of the passage he thinkes hee found bookes of the vse of the parts My selfe haue seene this passage very often with the other arteriall pipe but they serue onely for the Infant before it be borne because his life and nourishment is much vnlike to that it is afterwards and therefore after the birth the passage is altogether shut the pipe so dryed vp that a man would deny that euer any such thing was the vse of this passage pipe we haue at large described aboue and thether do we transmit the Reader that is not satisfied concerning them The last opinion of the preparation of the bloud is that of Vlmus a Physition of Poy●●● The fourth opinion of Vlmus who set out a very eligant booke of the spleene He is of opinion that the arteriall bloud is concocted attenuated and prepared in the spleene and thence conueied into the great artery and so to the left ventricle of the heart where by an admirable and mysticall worke o● Nature it is mixed with the ayre already prepared by the Lungs I must needs confesse that the opinion of Vlmus pleased me wondrous well both for the nouelty of the conceite as for that he handled the matter with great subtilty of argument and deepe discourse but because he leaneth vpon vnsound foundations to establish a new doctrine which do shaddow A subtile disputation the brightnes of the Art of Anatomy it wil not be amisse to recal the principal points of it to the touch-stone in this place First of all hee thinketh that the bloud cannot passe out of the right ventricle into the left by the fence or partition because sayth hee if this way were not sufficient in a tender Infant in whome the vesselles are more laxe and the substance of the wall more rare and thinne and wherein there is lesse dissipation or wast of spirit then surely it will much lesse suffice in an older man but this way is not sufficient in the Infant so that nature prouided another to wit two arteries which are carried from the Nauel to his crural arteries Therefore in a growne man it is necessary there should be other more open passages An argument truely most subtile but most false and stuffed with error For in the Infant Answere to Vlmus the bloud doeth not sweate through from the right ventricle to the left because there is no generation of vitall spirits in the ventricles of the heart but the Infant draweth the mothers spirite by the vmbilicall arteries which is diffused into all the streames of the great artery The Lungs are not nourished with pure and thin bloud but with thicke carried vnto them by the hollow veine wherefore from that hollow vein to the venal arterie there is a cleare passage and a conspicuous pipe from the great artery to the arteriall veine by whose interposition the vessels of the heart in the Infant are vnited The opinion therefore of Vlmus is false because in the Infant there is no shop of the spirits neither doth the orifice
of the hollow veine powre out bloud into the right ventricle of the heart for that as Galen sayth in the 15. Chapter of his 6. Booke de vsu partium the Lungs in an Infant are redde dense and immouable and are nourished with thick and grosse bloud Secondly the membranes placed in the orifice of the great artery which hee calleth not well three-forked for the values of the hollow veine and the venall artery one are three forked the rest are semicircular he doth not imagine are made to that end that they should prohibit bloud for going out of the great artery into the hart because while the Infant was in the wombe they hindered not the arteriall bloud from entring into the left ventricle of the heart But here Vlmus offendeth at the stone at which he stumbled before for nothing Nothing goeth into the Infants heart out of any of the vessels floweth into the ventricles of the Infants heart by his foure orifices Not bloud by the hollow veine for what need is there of his attenuation when the Infants Lungs are nourished with thick bloud Not ayre by the venall artery for the Infant breatheth not in the womb Not arteriall bloud by the Aorta or great artery for this labor were vaine because in a moment it should bee thrust backe into the same Aorta againe adde to this that there should haue beene no neede of that arteriall canale or pipe going from the great artery to the arteriall veine vnknowne to thee Vlmus as I see and almost to all Anatomists Thirdly whilest Vlmus assenteth to Botallus and fashioneth to himselfe a peculiar vse of that hole or passage he walloweth in the same puddle with him and deserueth the same reproofe Botallus had In confuting of Columbus he is most subtile at length he bringeth Vlmus opiniō to the birth his witty conceite which he trauelled with and after many sharpe throws and pinches is deliuered of it To wit that in the spleene the arteriall bloud is prepared because the spleene is made as it were of a woofe and web of veines and arteries inexplicably wouen How it cannot be true together that when it is so prepared it is sucked away by the arteries and carried into the trunk of the great artery and so into the left ventricle of the heart but there be indeed many obstacles which will hinder this ready passage if wee will but stay a while and follow the streame a little First of all in the orifice of the great artery there are three membranes shut without against it so that by them the arteriall bloud cannot passe This our very eies teach vs and beside our great Dictator in his Booke de Corde hath in direct wordes deliuered the same Vlmus I know also will deny this vse of the values and yet I know also hee will not say that Nature formed them in vaine I say then that if they doe not altogether interclude or hinder the egresse and regresse of the bloud yet as he himselfe is constrayned to confesse they break and stay the aboundant and violent influence of the same which if they doe then cannot the whole matter of the vitall spirits bee brought from the spleene by the great artery vnto the left ventricle of the heart because seeing the generation of the spirits must bee sudden and aboundant their matter also had neede to bee ministred with a full streame and not drop or sipe by degrees into the heart Furthermore in the structure of the heart there is one point of Natures excellent worke-manship that draweth by one vessell and expelleth by another It draweth blood by the Hollow-veine the same it expelleth by the Arteriall veine it draweth aire hy the venall artery which it mingleth with the blood and expelleth the vitall spirit into the great artery but if by the great arterie it should draw the matter of the spirites and almost in the same moment shoulde expell the spirit into the same great artery againe there would be a mixture of those iuices and in the arteries would there also be perpetually two contrary motions one of the bloode ascending from the spleene to the heart another of the arteriall bloode descending from the heart to the spleene which as we admit may be sometimes in criticall euacuations in notable Maister-prises of Nature so we deny it to be perpetuall but the generation of spirits is perpetuall Vlmus will obiect that the venall Arterie leadeth aire vnto the heart and shutteth also out into the Lungs smokie vapours together with some portion of bloode but we will answere Obiection that there is not the like reason of aire and of blood Aire by reason of his subtilitie Answere and finenesse can passe through the blood and the coats which blood cannot do Moreouer if the Arteriall blood be prepared in the Spleene and not in the right ventricle of the heart as Galen thought why doth the Hollow veine open into the heart with so wide a mouth Was it onely for nourishment of the Lungs No verily for the orifice An argument of the Hollow veine is much larger then the orifice of the arteriall veine as Galen saith in his 3. booke and 15. chapter De facultate Natural was it for the nourishment of the heart Nothing lesse For the heart hath a peculiar veine called the Crowne veine by which it is nourished therefore that patent orifice of the Hollow veine at the right ventricle of the heart was ordained to cast in the seede of the spirites into the wombe of the heart where they are forced and sent out into the little world of the bodye Finally from hence I gather that the Spleene was not ordained for the preparation of the Vitall spirites because why thesplene cannot prepare the blood for the heart the Spleene is very subiect to obstructions not by reason of his vessels which are very ample and large nor by reason of his Parenchyma or flesh which is rare and spongie and therefore by reason of the foeculent and muddie humour conteined in it but how shall it serue for the expurgation of the drosse and the bloode and for the preparation also of the same blood Wee therefore conclude that the bloode is prepared in the right Ventricle of The conclusiō the Heart and thence is deriued into the left by the holes and nooks of the partition wal QVEST. VII Whether the Matter and Quitture of those that are called Empyici maybe purged by the left Ventricle of the Heart and the Arteries and how it is purged by the Vrine by the Seidge and by Apostemation THis Question hath wrung the wittes of many Schollers a long time notwithstanding according to the meane modele of our wit we will heere if Who be Empyici it may be vntie that knot Wee call those Empyici with Hippocrates who haue an impostume as we call it or a bladder broken in the side or the Lungs the matter of which
Fallopius that oculate Anatomist thinkes he found a neerer and more ready way for it describeth a small branch which runneth from the Non-paril or vena sine pari along by the ribs and so pierceth the midriffe ioyneth it selfe with the fatty veine called Adiposa and the emulgent This excretion of the pus or matter by the veines I do not altogither gainsay yet I think it to bee a very vneouth way because their mouths opē not into the chest neither are the veins stirred any motion whereby they might sucke so thicke and foeculent a matter and that it should sweate through their coates is a very difficult matter and hard to be beleeued Some there are which dreame of certaine secret meatus or pores for this expurgation because when men are aliue all passages yea euen substances are open and the body perspicable both Strange passages which nature findeth within and without True it is that the body is so open for we know as saith Hippocrates in his 2. Booke de Epidemijs and the 55. Aphoris sect 7. That nature maketh way for Apostumations euen through the bones the dropsie water passeth out of the capacity of the abdomen into the guts and sometimes into the wayes of the vrine the vrine is transcolated through the flesh of the kidneis the seed through the substance of the testicles the flegmatick humors of the ioynts sometimes are drawne into the guts sometimes in a slimy spittle they are auoided out of the mouth by vnctions of quick-siluer All these things I say we admit but why Answere to the obiections should we seek such insensible passages for this expurgation of purulent matter when ther be many very patent and easie to be perceiued But what are they Let vs heare Galen chalking them out vnto vs in his 4. chap. and 6. Book de locis affect is This question saith he doth not a little trouble Erasistratus followers who thinke that there is nothing contained in the What the passages are arteries but onely spirits but to vs it is of no difficulty because we vnderstand that the venall artery of the Lungs can leade so much of the purulent matter of an impostumation as it receiueth into the left ventricle of the heart to be thence conueyed into the kidneyes by the great Artery His meaning therefore is that the substance of the Lungs doth sucke vp the pus or matter and deliuer it vnto the venall artery that vnto the left ventricle of the heart the heart vnto the trunke of the great artery and that vnto the kidneyes and so to the bladder by the ●●eters And before Galens time Diocles acknowledged the same way of expurgation But let vs heare now the exclamations of some new Writers against Galen How may Obiections it be say they that so noysome purulent and mattery a humour can be purged through the left ventricle of the heart the shop and worke-house of the vitall spirits and through the arteries the store-houses of the same spirits without great danger vnto the patient Shal not the spirits which of their owne nature are most pure be infected and tainted in that medley For if but a malignant vapor or poysonous ayre do breathe from a bone or any vessell vp vnto the heart straight we are ouertaken with a fainting or swounding Why therfore shall not an vnsauory and noysome quitture or pus gotten into the very heart it selfe do at least so much But we know nature to be so wise and prouident that shee vseth not to moue her excretions but by wayes that are safe and of auaile now who will call the heart and the arteries places safe or conducible to lead away such foeculencies These and such like obiections they make who do not allow of the passages assigned by Galen But they do not remember that it is one thing for a thing to be done critically and another thing Answere to them to be done symptomatically one thing to be done by force contention of Nature another by the force and contumacy of the malady one thing to be done by a faculty another thing by a disease and finally one thing by a strong and vigorous another thing by a weake and feeble faculty If this transfusion of the purulent matter be criticall and the spirits strong then is this passage by the heart without any damage to the patient for nature retaineth and preserueth the spirits and auoydeth onely that which is hurtfull But if the strength be feeble then doth the patient dye in the very expurgation and if you cut him vp when hee is dead you shall finde the left ventricle of the heart ful of purulent matter which deceiueth A mistaking of an apostumation of the heart many vnskilfull people who cry out that his heart was apostumated Finally beside the authority of Galen in his Commentary In Coacas praenotiones and Anatomicall demonstration I will adde for confirmation of this poynt two Histories The Two Histories Hollerius first Hollerius reporteth where hee treateth of the heate of the vrine A certeine woman sayth he with intolerable torment did make a purulent water after the fourth month she dyed and was opened there were found in her heart two stones with many small Apostumations the Kidneyes and all the wayes of the vrine being sound Wherefore this purulent matter was purged by the great artery Of the other History Laurentius one of our trusty guides in this trauell is a witnesse Laurentius An honest Citizen of Mompelier in France was sicke or indisposed with a hypochondriake melancholy for 3. yeares and the disease was sharpe at length an acute Ague ouertooke him and he dyed but a whole month before his death twice in a day lightly hee was troubled with a light swounding or fainting with some little heate of his vrine and an incredible desire of making water but after he had auoyded a thin red and stinking vrine hee came presently againe to himselfe After he was dead and opened we found the whole cauity almost of his chest filled with that thinne red and abhominably sented humour and the like wee found also the left ventricle of his heart to be full of which sayth Laurentius when I saw and wondred at presently the place in Galen before quoted came into my minde and in the presence of some maisters in Chirurgery and many young studients in phisicke I opened that the cause of his frequent defections and vnconstant strangury was to bee referred to the transfusion of the virulent matter through the left ventricle of the heart and the arteries which my opinion they all applauded because the humour contayned in the chest and the vrine that hee auoyded in his defections or swounds were both of a colour substance and sauour And thus much to redeeme Galen from the vniust impuration layd vppon him by some otherwise not vnlearned but in this not so considerate as I thinke they ought to haue been QVEST. VIII
it is whitened After it is so praepared it is conveighed to the Epididymis thorough whose insensible passages it sweateth into the spongie and friable substance of the Testicles themselues where hauing atteined the forme and perfection of seede it is deliuered ouer by the eiaculatory or rather the Leading-vessels to the Parastatae and from them transcolated to the Prostatae which reserue the seed being now turgid and full of spirits for the necessary vses of Nature Hence it followeth that that power which is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is the seede-making Faculty or the Faculty of generation is from the Testicles immediately by which Faculty the parts being stirred vp do poure out of themselues the matter of the seede when Venus dooth so require This Faculty is the authour in men of Virility and in women of Muliebrity and breedeth in all creatures that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by which the heate being blowne vp is the cause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so that the bloode being heated and attenuated distendeth the Veines and the bodie or bulke of that part groweth turgid and impatient of his place which the Grecians call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And thus much of the Lower Region In the Middle Region there are many parts of great woorth but the excellencie of the The Middle Region Heart dimmeth the light of the rest which all are to it but seruants and attendants The Heart therefore is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifieth to beate because The Heart it is perpetually mooued from the ingate to the outgate of life This is a Pyramidal Bowell whose Basis is in the middle of the Chest the mucro or point reacheth toward the left side The magnitude but small that the motion might be more free and nimble the flesh very fast and exceeding hot intertexed or wouen with all three kinds of Fibres and nourished with bloode which it receiueth from two branches of the Coronary Veine On the out-side it hath a great quantity of fat and swimmeth in a waterish Lye which is conteyned in the Pericardium wherewith as with a purse the Heart is encompassed On the inside it is distinguished by an intermediate partition into two Ventricles The right is lesse noble then the left and framed most what for the vse of the Lungs It receiueth a great quantity of blood from the yawning mouth of the Hollow-vein and after it is prepared returneth the same blood againe through the Arteriall veine into all the corners of the Lunges This right ventricle hath annexed to it the greater care and sixe Values are inserted into the Orifices of his vessels The left Ventricle which is also the most noble hath a thicker wall then the right because it is the shop of thin blood and vitall spirites Out of this Ventricle do two vessels issue the first called the Venall artery which receyueth the ayer prepared by the Lungs and for retribution returneth vnto them vitall blood and spirits at which artery the left deafe care is scituated and in whose orifice there slande two Values bending from without inward The other vessell of the left Ventricle is the Aorta or great Artery which distributeth vnto the whole body vitall blood and spirits For according as the opinion of some is it draweth the better part of the Chylus by the Meseraicke Arteries into the bosome of the left ventricle for the generation of arteriall blood and at his mouth do grow three Values opening inward We say further that the Heart is the The Vitall faculty habitation of the vitall Faculty which by the helpe of Pulsation and Respiration begetteth Vital spirits of Ayer and Blood mixed in the left ventricle And this Faculty although it be vitall yet is it not the life it selfe and differeth from the Faculty of Pulsation both in the functions and in the extent and latitude of the subiect The Faculty of Pulsation is Naturall to the heart as proceeding and depending vpon the Vitall Faculty For it is not mooued 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or voluntarily as is the Animall Faculty but onely obeyeth the command of the necessity of Nature From the foresaide Faculty of Pulsation do proceede two motions the Diastole the Systole betweene which there is a double Rest These motions in the Heart and Arteries are the same and at the same time but so that the cause of the motion is supplied from the Heart vnto the Artrries as from a principle both mooued and moouing Finally to come vnto that which we are now in hand withall In the vpper Region wee meete with the Braine compassed with the strong battlements of the scull adorned with The vpper Region the Face as with a beautifull Frontispice wherein the Soule inhabiteth not onely in essence and power as it is in the rest of the body but in her magnificense and throne of state This Braine is the most noble part of the whole body and framed with such curiositie so many Labyrinthes and Meanders are therein that euen a good wit may easily bee at losse when it is trained away with so diuers sents in an argument so boundlesse and vaste Notwithstanding we will as briefely and succinctly as we can giue you a viewe of the Fabricke and Nature thereof referring the Reader for better satisfaction to the ensuing discourse wherein we hope to giue euen him that is curious some contentment The substance therefore of the Braine is medullous or marrowy but a proper marrow not like that of other parts framed out of the purest part of the seed and the spirites It is The Braine moouable and that with a naturall motion which is double one proper to it self another comming from without It is full of sence but that sence is operatiue or actiue not passiue For the behoofe of this braine was the head framed nor the head alone but also the whole body it selfe being ordained for the generation of animall spirits and for the exhibiting of the functions of the inward senses and the principall faculties in this brain we are to consider first his parts then his faculties The Braine therefore occupieth the whole cauity of the skull and by the dura mater or hard membrane is diuided into a forepart and a backpart The forepart which by reason of the magnitude retaineth the name of the whole and is properly called the Braine is againe deuided by a body or duplicated membrane resembling a mowerssy the into a right side a left both which sides are againe continued by the interposition or mediation of a callous body This callous body descending a litle downward appeareth to be excauated or hollowd into two large ventricles much resembling the forme of a mans eare through which cauities a thrumbe of crisped vessels called Plexus Choroides doth run wherein the Animal spirits receiue their preparation and out of these Ventricles doe yssue two swelling Pappes which are commonly called the Organes of smelling and do determine at the
also to adde something vnto the perfection of his concoction there is no doubt but these values were ordayned to stay the course and violence of the bloud that the veines might haue time to bestow their trauell vpon it Thirdly they adde strength vnto the veines for were it not for these it is likely that where a varix hapneth there either the veine would breake or at least the dilatation be much more offensiue For because the veine is of a membranous simple and thinne substance it may easily be streatched or broken Fourthly when we exercise our ioynts vehemently and often the heat of the parts is stirred vp and the bloud partly disturbed partly called into the ioints where the values do breake the force of it and so keepe it from mischiefe Finally if it were not for them in those violent motions of the ioynts the whole masse almost of bloud would be called into the armes and the Legs and so the principall parts or bowelles of the body bee defrauded of their allowance and thus much of the Values Onely because they are not so well knowne nor so ordinarily demonstrated as the other particles of the body we haue exhibited in this Chap. 4. tables Two of the Hand and 2. of the Foote wherein the values of the veines are very liuely described and so we proceed vnto the second part of this Booke which is concerning the Arteries The second part of the Eleauenth Booke concerning Arteries CHAP. XII Of the Arteries in generall AS the Liuer is the beginning of Radication and Dispensation to the Veines so is the Heart to the Arteries This Artery the Grecians call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because it is as an Arke or Conceptacle of arterial bloud Aristotle in his third Booke de histori 〈…〉 thinketh The names of an artery it was called aorta because his neruous part 〈…〉 euen in a dead body others thinke it was calle● 〈…〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is to draw ayre Others 〈…〉 which signifieth to lift vp for in their dilatation th● 〈…〉 themselues Hippocrates cals Arteries 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but micantes that is beating 〈…〉 manner did the Arabians stile them and Auicen calleth them venas audac● 〈…〉 Pliny calles them spiritus semita the path or walke of the spirites Wher 〈…〉 of the Ancients which wrote before Galen you meet with the word 〈…〉 must you vnderstand it of the Rough Artery for so Hippocrates Plato 〈…〉 call that pipe which descendeth out of the mouth into the Longues and 〈…〉 ●nspirated ayre into them and by which wee returne our breath out But Galen and th●se after him called it aspera arteria and if they speake of an Artery simply we must vnderstand it of the smooth Arteries There are three forts of Arteries the first is called the Rough Arterie of which wee 3. sorts of arteries spake in the sixt Booke The other is called the Venall arterie of which also wee spake in the history of the heart The third is called the great artery which is the subiect of our discourse at this time Wee consider it therefore as it is Similar and as it is Organicall As it is similar in An arterie as it is similar may bee defined A Colde and dry part engendred of the slimy part of the Seede Colde it is of his owne Nature for by euent it is most hot in respect of the bloode and spirits therein contayned It is drie lesse drie then a Tendon and more dry then a Nerue But against this it may bee Obiected that Galen in his second Booke ad Glauconem sayth That Neruous parts require more drying then Arteriall and therfore are dryer then they Obiection Solution I answer that by neruous parts in that place he doth not vnderstand nerues properlie so called but neruous bodies as Ligaments and Tendons If wee consider an Artery as it is an organicall part it may be sayde to be a common instrument of the bodie long rounde and fistulated compounded of two peculiar Coates intertexed or wouen with Fibres receyuing and contayning Bloode and Vitall As Organical Spirits laboured of a permixtion of Blood and Aire in the left ventricle of the hart which also it conueyeth vnto all the parts of the bodie together with heat to sustayne their life The substance thereof is membranous or neruous that it might better be distended or The substauee compressed which conformation was more necessary for Arteries then for veins because of their motion The coats are one outward which is thin rare and soft like the coate of a veyne wouen with many right fibres and some oblique but none transuerse Another inward fiuefolde Coats thicker then the former fast and hard partly that the arterial and spirituous blood which is thin pure and vaporous and the vitall spirit might not exhale or vanish away partlie that by reason of his continuall Diastole add Systole which it receiueth from the Heart as from a beginning of dispensation it might not be broken It is also full of transuerse fibres the better to distribute the blood and vitall spirit to the whole body in his action motion for the inner coate onely of the arteries hath these transuerse fibres To these two coats Galen addeth a third in the fift chapter of his seauenth booke De administrationibus Anatom which some say is produced from the coate of the heart It is in the inner surface of the vessell much like a Cobweb and most conspicuous about the productions of the greatest arteries Moreouer they receyue a common and fine membrane in the lower belly from the Rim in the Chest from the Pleura which couereth them firmeth them or tyeth them to the neighbour-parts yet those arteries which run through the bowels haue not this coat The great artery is sometime called simply great sometime the greatest sometimes the thicke artery sometime Aorta and is indeed the mother of all the rest of the Arteries The great artery except the Rough artery and the venall and vmbilicall arteries being like a trunk or body of a tree out of which all the branches do yssue It was engendred saith Bauhine out of Galen de formatione foetus before the Heart was formed and hath one principle of Originall that is the seede out of which it is immediately made as beeing engendred at the His originals same time with other spermaticall parts Another of Dispensation and Radication which is the heart or the left ventricle thereof out of which it yssueth with a patent or open Orifice whereby it receyueth from the heart in his contraction Blood and vitall spirites together Values with heate to be transported to the body But because in the dilatation of the hart this blood and these spirits should not returne againe into the ventricle there are placed in his orifice three values yssuing from within outwarde as also there are in the arteriall veine But these of the artery are stronger
and greater because the body of the arterie is harder then that of the arteriall veine These values also doo hinder the aliment which is drawne by the Meseraicke arteries from the guts that is the Chylus which Hippocrates in his Booke De Corde cals Alimentum Hippocrates non principale as if he shold say an aliment at the second hand lest I say this Chylus shold get into the Heart The Orifice also of this artery is established with a hard substance which is sometimes gristly in some greater creatures a bony gristle for it is very rare if it be found a true bone notwithstanding that Galen saith it is a bone in an Elephant but in man there is no such thing found The branches of this great Arterie are distributed into the whole body as may appeare by this Table which we haue heereto annexed In this distribution of the branches of the great Artery they accompany the branches of the Gate and the Hollow-veynes yet are their propagations not so frequent because Tab. xv sheweth the great Artery whole and separated from all the parts of the body together with his diuisions and subdiuisions TABVLA XV. CHAP. XIII Of the vse of Arteries THE vse of the great Artery and of his branches may bee considered two wayes eyther as they are Canales or Pipes or as they mooue and beate A double consideration of their vse perpetually As they are Canales or Pipes they haue three vses or ends First to contayne spirituous and vitall bloud and to distribute it vnto the whole body partly for the perfect nourishment of the particular parts 3. vses as Canales for the parts sayth Galen in the tenth chapter of his sixt Booke de vsu partium which are neare vnto the Arteries doe draw out of thē vaporous bloud though it be but little partly for the nourishment and generation of the animall spirits The second vse is to leade vnto the parts vital spirits to cherish and sustaine those vitall spirits which are seated in the parts Thirdly with the same spirit to transmit heate and the vitall faculty perpetually into the whole body to cherish the in-bred heat of the particular parts to moderate and gouerne their vitall functions and to defend their life As the Arteries doe beate so haue they also a treble vse The first is to preserue the in-bred heat of all the members which they do by ventilation or wafting ayre vnto them 3. vses in respect of their motion For if it were not breathed it would by degrees languish and be extinguished Their second vse is by their motion to make a kinde of commotion in the bloud for the arteries accompany the veines which if it were at rest would putrifie like standing waters for bloud sayeth Hippocrates is water The third vse is to solliciate and to compell the bloud to fall out of the veines into the substance of the parts for more speedy nourishment This motion of the Arteries is called pulsus or pulsation of the worde Hippocrates Pulsation as Galen witnesseth was the first authour which is absolued by dilatation and contraction qualities not bred with the artery or seated in their substance but flowing into them from the heart which may be demonstrated if you intercept a part of an arterie with a tie for the part that is vnder the tye will haue no motion but as soone as the tye is taken away the motion will returne Erasistratus conceiued that the Arteries mooued quite contrary vnto the motion of the heart but wee agree rather with Herophilus Aristotle and Galen who thinke they are dilated and constringed in the Diastole and Systole of the heart onely we must remember that the motion of the heart is swifter and more vehement then that of the arteries which you may thus make experience off Lay your right hand vpon your heart and with your left hand touch the wrest of the right hand and then you shall perceiue whether the motion of both bee the same or contrary but the more certaine knowledge of this poynt is taken from the dissection of liuing creatures In the contraction of the Arteries they strongly driue vital spirits into the whole body and expel by expression sooty and smokie excrements arising from the humors which otherwise would suffocate the head When they are dilated they snatch from the heart spirits as a new matter which in their contraction they communicate to the particular parts to be a vehikle of the heat and do assume out of the neighbour veynes natural blood for their proper nourishment by the inoculations which are betwixt them and the veines and that is the reason especially why the veines the arteries do walke together throughout the whole body vnlesse some great obstacle be in the way But the arteries lye vnder the veynes vnlesse it be at the holy-bone not so much for defence as because by their motion Why they lye-vnder the veines they might constraine the veynes to powre out their blood as also to make a conspiration or consent betwixt the vessels and a communion of their matters that the arteries might affoord vnto the veynes spirit and life and the veynes vnto the Arteries naturall blood Againe by this vicinity of the vessels the membranes which couer the veynes tye them vnto the parts by which they passe are also of great vse vnto the Arteries It is also thought that these Arteries by the pores of the skin do draw Aier whereby the heate which is within is breathed which breathing is called Transperation But concerning the motions of the Arteries and by what faculty they are mooued whether they moue as the heart mooueth or contrary vnto it wee haue intreated in the second third fourth and fift Questions of the Controuersies of the sixt booke to which place we referre the Reader CHAP. XIIII Of the ascending Trunke of the great Artery THE great artery at the left ventricle of the heart from whence it ariseth is exceeding large whence Hippocrates Plato Aristotle and Galen haue al agreed The great Artery that the heart is the fountaine and originall of Arteries Tab. 16 fig. 1 A and before it fall out of the Pericardium or purse of the heart aboue the values Tab. 16 fig. 3 char 1 2 3 it affoordeth sometimes one sometimes two coronary arteries Tab. 16 fig. 1 BB which like a Crowne do compasse the Basis of the heart and through the length thereof together with the veyne dismisseth branches which The coronary Arteries are more and larger in the left side and those make the substance of the heart viuide or liuely Presently after a little vnder the trunke of the Arteriall veyne it ariseth vpward pierceth through the Pericardium is diuided into two vnequal parts one of which ascendeth vpward Tab 16 fig. 1 E vnto the head which is the lesser the other and the greater by much runneth downward Tab. 16 fig. 1 D because the parts of the creature
The causes of the periodicall euacuation of the menstrua 293 13. The vicious or faulty Conceptions and especially of the Mola 297 14. Of Monsters and Hermophradites 299 15. Whether all the parts are framed together 300 16 Whether the membranes which encompasse the Infant bee first formed and whether they bee made by the forming faculty and seed of the woman 304 17. The number of the vmbilicall vessels 305 18. The originall of the vmbilicall vessels 306 19. The times of the conformation of a man of a woman childe 307. 20. Whence it commeth that children are like their Parents 308 21. How Twinnes or more Infants are generated 312 22. How superfaetation is made why only a woman whē she hath conceiued desireth the company of the male Folio 313 23 Whether the Infant draweth his nourishment at his mouth 316 24. Whether the Infant bee nourished onely with bloud and whether he accomplish onely one concoction Folio 317 25 Of the communion of the foure vesselles of the heart in the Infant Ib 26. Whether the Infant in the wombe doe respire and stand in need of the labour of his Lungs 326 27. Whether the vitall faculty which procreateth the spirits is idle in the Infant and whether his heart is moued by his owne proper power 327 A Paradox 28. Whether there be in the Infant any generation of animall spirites and what position the Infant hath in the wombe 337 29. Of the nature and differences of the birth 332 30. How many times there be of a mans birth what they are 334 31. What are the vniuersall and particular causes of the birth 338 32. Whether in a desperate birth the Caesarian Section be to be attempted 343 33. Whether in the birth the share and the haunch bones depart asunder 344 The sixt Booke CHAP. I. OF the Thorax or Chest and the diuision of it Fol. 347 2. The Skinne and Fatte of the Chest and the necke 348 3. The muscles of the middle belly and parts of the necke 349 4. Of the muscle between the ribbes called Intercostale 350 5. Of the midriffe called diaphragma 352 6. Of the membrane called pleura 355 7. Of the Mediastinum 356 8. Of the Sweet-bread and purse of the heart 358 9. The ascending trunke of the hollow veine 361 10. Of the nerues in the Chest and neck 365 11. Of the Heart 367 12. Of the substance ventricles and eares of the heart 371 13. Of the vessels of the heart and their values 374 14. Of the great artery and his values 379 15. Of the vnion of the vessels of the heart in the Infant vnborne Ibid 16. Of the great artery in the Chest and in the necke 382 17. Of the Lungs 384 18. Of the weazon or winde-pipe 388 19. The muscles and nerues in the cauity of the Chest 391 20. Of the clauicles brest bone and Ribs 392 21. The bones of the chest 394 22. Of the shoulder blade racks of the neck 396 The Controuersies of the sixt Booke QVEST. I. AN Anatomicall demonstration concerning the phrensie of the Midriffe 399 2. Of the motion of the heart and Arteries 400 3. Of the manner of the motion of the heart 403 4. By what power the arteries are moued 405 5. Whether the arteries be dilated with the heart 407 6. Of the generation of the vitall spirits 410 7. How the matter of the Empyici is purged 414 8. The Temperament Nourishment and Flesh of the heart 417 9. Whether the hart wil beare any grieuous disease 419 10. Of the nature of Respiration and the causes thereof 420 11. Of the temperament and motion of the Lungs 423 12. Of the Cough the drink falling into the lūgs 426 The seuenth Booke CHAP. I. OF the names situation forme and partes of the head 432 2. Of the common contayning partes of the head 434 3. Of the muscles about the head 436 4. Of the figure and sutures of the head 437 5. Of the bones proper to the scull 441 6. Of the bones common to the scull and the vpper Iaw 442 7. Of the Meninges or membranes of the head 443 8. The vessels disseminated through the brain 450 9. The excellency situation figure substance and temperament of the braine 452 10. Of the substance and parts of the braine 455 11. The ventricles of the braine the Arch and the Plexus Choroides 460 12. Of the resemblances in the brain the fourth ventricle 466 13. Of the vse of the braine 469 14. Of the Cerebellum or After briane 475 15. Of the spinall marrow or pith of the back 479 16. Of the organs of smelling 483 17. Of the opticke nerues 485 18. Of the third and fourth Coniugations of the braine 486 19. Of the nerue of hearing c. 487 20. The 6. seuen and eight coniugations of the sinewes Ibid. 21. Of the nerues of the spinall marrow 488 22. Varolius his maner of dissecting the head 493 The Controuersies of the seauenth Booke QVEST. I. VVHether the Braine be the seate of the principall faculties 502 2. Of the marrow of the backe 504 3. Whereupon the principall faculties depend 506 4. The vse of the Braine against Aristotle 507 5. Why the contrary side of the wounded head suffers convulsion 509 6. Why the part opposite to the wounded is resolued 512 7. The nature generation and place of the animall spirit 514 8. Argenterius his conceyte of the animall spirit disproued 516 9. How the braine is moued 519 10. Whether the braine hath any sense 522 11. The temperament of the braine 524 12. The manner and wayes of the braines excrements Fol. 525 13. The number and vse of the ventricles 528 14. Which of the ventricles are most excelent Ib. The Eight Booke CHAP. I. OF the Face his vessels and muscles 532 2. Of the Eye and parts thereof 535 3. Of the Eie browes and eye lids 540 4. Of the fat and muscles of the eies 547 5. Of the vessels of the eies 551 6. Of the membranes of the eies 553 7. Of the grapy membrane 559 8. Of the Cobweb c. 564 9. The humors of the eies 565 10. The vse of the humors of the eye 568 11. Of the outward eares 573 12. The parts of the outward eare 578 13. The muscles of the outward eares 580 14. The gristle of the eare 581 15. Of the inward eare 582 16. The canale out of the eare into the mouth 586 17. The membrane of the Tympane or drum 588 18. The small bones of the chord 593 19. The muscles of the inward eare 597 20. The cauities of the stony bone 601 21. Of the windowes and watercourse in the first cauity 602 22. Of the Labyrinth and Cochlea 603 23. The nerue which ariueth at the eares 605 24. Of the implanted or inbred ayre 608 25. The maner of hearing nature of sounds 609 26. Of the Nose 613 27. Of the coate and vse of the nose 614 28. Of the inner nose and maner of
sence onely discouereth that is the hardnesse or softnesse of the part for whatsoeuer appeareth hard to him that toucheth it that we resolue is dry because in a liuing creature there is nothing hard by concretion or curdling whatsoeuer feeleth soft is moyst The cōformation of a part consisteth in the Symmetrie that is the natural proportion The conformation what it is The figure The seite or constitution of many things to wit of the figure magnitude number scituation To the figure we referre the superficies or surface the pores and the cauities To the scituation wee referre the seate and position of the part as also his connexion with others for the parts doe not hang loose in the body or separated one from another but they haue a coherence being tyed together by ligaments and membranes And therefore it behoueth a Physitian and Chirurgion to know which parts are tyed to which that when one part is affected he may know what parts may be drawne into simpathy and consent with it To this conformation Galen referreth the beauty of the part which hee conceiueth to The beauty of a part Galen reside in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is in the equality of the particles but wee place the beauty of the whole body in the inequality of the parts that is in their vnlike and different quality and magnitude but yet such a difference as whereby the parts doe answere one another in an apt and neate correspondencie of proportion euen as musique is made of different sounds but yet all agreeing in a harmonious concent and thus much of the Structure of a part Next followeth the action which Aristotle calleth the end of the Structure because for the The action of a part Arist actions sake the part hath his substance temper conformation So the heart because it was to be the mansion and habitation of the vitall faculty and the store-house of arteriall bloud had giuen vnto it a fleshy and solid substance a temper hot moyst a figure somewhat long but comming neere to the Spherical hollowed also with two ventricles or bosomes and many obscure cauities in which the houshold Goods and fire-harth of the body were to remaine from whence there should issue and spring a continuall supply of Natiue heat spirits I define an Action with Galen a motion of the working Parts or a motion What an action is Galen of the Actor to distinguish it from an affection for an affection is a passiue motion or a motion of a passiue or suffering body but an action is motus effectiuus an effectuating or working motion so pulsation is an action of the heart palpitation is an affection or a passion the first proceedeth from a faculty the second from a sickly or vnhealthfull cause which we commonly call causa morbifica Of actions some are common some are proper the common actions are found euery The differences of actions where the proper are performed by one particular part Nutrition is a common action for all liuing and animated parts are nourished because life is defined and limited by Nutrition Proper actions are performed by a particular Organ and they are either principall or such as minister to the principall againe of actions some are Similar some Organicall A Similar action is begun onely by the Temper and by the same is perfected and is performed by euery sound and perfect particle of euery part The Organical is not commenced by the temper onely neither is it accomplished by the particles but by the whole Organ or instrument Finally and in the last place the vse of the part must be considered by the Anatomist The Vse of a part Arist For the Philosopher sayth that wee are led vnto the knowledge of the Organ not by his structure but by his vse The Vse which the Graecians call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is two fold according The vse is double Galen to Galen One followeth the Action that is ariseth from the Action it selfe and is the end of it as by the Action of Seeing the Creature hath this vse that hee can auoyde that which is hurtfull and pursue that which is behoofefull This Vse if you respect the generation and constitution of the part is after the Action but in dignity and worth it is before it because it is the end of all actions nowe the end is more excellent then those things that appertaine or leade vnto that end The other Vse goeth before the Action and is defined to bee a certaine aptitude or fitnes to doe or worke So in the Eye the Christalline humor doth primarily make the sight the other humors the coates the optick nerues afford a vse and are ordained to perfect the action of Seeing This Vse is in dignity behinde the Action but in generation before it by which it is manifest that the Action differeth and How the vse differeth frō the action is another thing from the Vse although many men vse to confound them for the Action is an actiue motion of the Part but the Vse an aptitude for Action The Action is onely in operation the Vse remayneth also in the rest or peace of the Member the Action in euery Organ is onely the worke of the principall Similar part in that Organ the Vse is likewise of all the rest to conclude there are many parts which haue vse without any action as the haires and the nailes The differences of Parts and first Hippocrates his diuision of Parts CHAP. XVIII THE diuision of the diuine Senior in his sixt Booke Epide is of all other the most ancient into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is Containers contained those that are impetuous To vse the Martialists word doe make impression Alexander more plainely diuideth the body into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 What are cōtaining parts that is into solid humid and spirituous partes Wee diuide them into parts Nourishing to be nourished and impulsiue parts The containing parts are solid such as are to be nourished The name of solide I do not take as the common people do for that which is hard and tight or dense nor for that which is contrary to rare hollow but with the best Philosophers by solid I vnderstand that which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tale that is which is wholly full of it selfe not of any other thing or which hath a Nature euery way like vnto it selfe For solum and solidum in Latine do come of the Greeke worde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by changing the aspiration into a hifsing and so s. is set before 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and thus the fleshy parts also may be called solid containing parts So the Heart a fleshy entraile containeth in his right ventricle venal in his left arterial blood So the marowy substance of the brain which hath in it many dens and cauities containeth both humours and spirits We call also all solid parts to be nourished because
other both Greeks and Arabians but they bring for confirmation of their opinion no necessary arguments but such onely as are probable shadowed ouer with a veile of truth It is more honourable say they and monarchical that there should be one principle The arguments of the Peripateticks The first then many and that the very name of a principle doeth necessarily import so much For if the soule of the Creature be but one in number and that indiuisible then must the bodye likewise of it bee either one whole or at least haue some one principall part for essences must not be multiplied without necessity And as in the great vniuerse which we behold there is one Principle which Aristotle in his eighth booke of his Physicks calleth Primum mouens and Primus motor that is the First mouer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ti 's naught to haue moe Kings then one Let him that raygnes raygne King alone So in the Microcosme or Little world there must be but one principle one prince which The dignity of the heart is the Heart whose excellencie and dignity aboue the rest of the partes these things doe cleerely demonstrate First because it first liueth and dyeth the last and therefore is the originall of life and the seat of the soule Next because it endureth no notable disease but yeildeth presently to Nature if it be afflicted Againe because it obtaineth the most honourable place that is the middle of the body Fourthly for that by his perpetuall motion all thinges are exhilerated and doe flourish and nothing in the whole Creature is fruitfull vnlesse the powerfull vigour of the Heart do giue foecundity vnto it There say they is the mansion and Tribunall of the soule where heate is to be found the first instrument of all the functions but the Heart is the springing fountaine of Natiue heate which by the arteries as it were by small riuerers is deriued into the whole bodie Moreouer The second the seate of the faculties is there where the Organs of the same faculties doe appeare but all the veines arteries sinewes doe arise out of the Heart For the arteries no man euer made doubt The veines doe surely arise thence where their end and termination doeth The third The heart the original of the veines appeare but that is about the Heart for the implantation of the great arterie and the hollow veine are alike Beside all the veines are continuated with the heart to it are they fixed where they also haue membranes set like dores vnto them which seeme to bee the beginnings and heads of the veines but through the Liuer they are onely disseminated and The heart the original of the sinewes Aristotle the rest of the entralles they make a passage through and so end into haire strings Aristotle also is of opinion that the hart is the originall of the nerues for his flesh is hard thight and somewhat membranous but the ventricles thereof haue in them infinite textures of manifest sinewes Finally the Heart is the first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The 4. argument The heart the first store-house of bloud that is Sanguifier Liuer Mouer Sensator That it is the first Sanguifier or the work-house wherein the bloud is made the Philosopher demonstrateth because in it the bloud is contained as in a vessell or conceptacle and receptacle whereas in the Liuer it remayneth but as in a pipe or conuayance and beside no where in the whole body is the bloud contained out of his vessels saue only in the Heart which therefore is the Treasurie thereof and therefore in all sudden passions of the minde it returneth and flyeth to the heart as to his fountaine not to the Liuer or to the Braine That it is primum sensorium the first sensator that is that the faculties offence motion The heart the first sensator The first reason and appetite are deriued from the heart the Peripateticks proue by these arguments Because in a Syncope that is a swounding where the vital spirits faile there appeareth a sodaine and head-strong ruine and decay of all the faculties Because in all sodaine motions of noysome and hurtfull things as also when we would auoide them the heat of the heart The second being drawne inward there appeareth a pale wannesse in the face and on the contrary when we conceiue ioy for any thing that is profitable or when wee pursue such things the heate of the heart being called outward there appeareth in the countenance a ruddinesse and alacritie Because if the arteries called Carotides be tyed or obstructed then followeth The third presently a sencelesse dulnes and a priuation of the Animality if I may so speake the patient lying like a senceles stocke Because Ioy Sorrow and Hope are motions of the The fourth Heart in which consisteth all the Appetite wee haue to pursue that which we like or to flye and auoyde that we dislike and abhorre Finally because in sleepe the Animall faculties The fift doe rest and cease from their labours now sleep is nothing else but a retraction or calling backe of the heate to the heart from the other partes wherein it was in continuall expence and that is the reason why a man after sleepe is so much refreshed and riseth strong againe to the labour either of minde or body albeit in both he were well wearied yea tyred out before As for the Braine they say it cannot be the authour of sence because it is of a cold temper vnapt for motion and made only to refrigerate and coole the exceeding heat of the Heart being of it selfe without all sence These and such like are the arguments of the Peripateticks by which they perswade themselues that there is but one Principle of mans body which is the Heart But these conceits of Aristotle and the Philosophers are long since hissed out of the A consutati of the Peripateticks Schooles of the Physitians and banished from amongst them because they assume those things for true which are vtterly false and obtrude things probable as if they were necessary And what I pray you is more absurd then to preferre the probability of a Logicall argumentation before the euidence of sence reason and experience ioyned togither Nowe that the veines doe arise from the Liuer that the nerues or sinewes which are soft and medullous or marrowy within and without cloathed with membranes are deriued Demonstratiue argumēts to proue that the heart is neither the original of the veines nor of the sinewes from the substance of the Braine he that hath but one eye may clearely discerne That great Philosopher obserued in the heart many Fibrous strings in both his ventricles wouen out of the extremities of the smal membranes and mistooke them for threddy nerues whereas indeede it hath but one smal nerue arising from the sixt coniugation of the
descending from the lefte ventricle of the Heart to the same Iliacke branches which thing albeit we confesse it somtimes hapneth in Critical euacuations and notable indeuours of Nature so that it should be perpetuall we cannot be perswaded Let vs then wipe away this myst from our eyes and let vs beleeue that the two vmbilicall arteries were made for the vse not of the Lungs alone but also for the whole body Now let vs come vnto the vse of the other Inoculation Petreus conceit is that the hollow Veine is perforated into the venall Artery that the His vse of the other in oculation impugned bloud might be powred into the left ventricle of the Heart for the generation of vitall spirits neither doth he acknowledge any other vse thereof But wee with Galen thinke that it was formed for the generation and nourishment of the Lungs For if there be a new generation of vitall spirits in the left ventricle of the Heart made of the bloud vvhich is conuayed in the hollovv Veine as Petreus vvould haue it then vvhat neede vvas there of that hole or perforation Doth not the hollow Veine gape into the heart with a wide mouth to poure abundance of blood into his right ventricle Why is not the blood there boiled attenuated and after sweateth through the partition into the left ventricle and there receiue the stampe or impression of the vital spirit The blood so attenuated in the right ventricle would be purer and more defaecated then if it should be transfused out of the hollow Veine into the left ventricle by that Anastomosis there would haue therefore beene no necessity of vitall spirits but for the nourishment of the Lunges there is absolute necessity thereof Againe it is an axiome in Physicke and Philosophy which Galen often beateth vppon that there is neuer made any perfect elaboration vnlesse a preparation go before So the 2. Reason Animall spirits are prepared in the webs of the braine the seed is delineated in the writhen complications of the seede vessels the blood attaineth a rudiment in the veines of the Mesentery and the preparation to the third concoction is made in the small veins of each particle But if according to Petreus Hypothesis the blood should be transfused from the hollow Veine into the venal Artery which toucheth it and from that into the left ventricle of the heart where I pray you shall that blood be prepared or attenuated If that newe conceite of the Generation of vital spirits in the infant were to be admitted at all it were more probable to say that the blood were powred out of the hollow Veine into the right Ventricle and there prepared because the Membranes do not hinder the ingate heereof and beside the partition is bored with so many passages to conuey it into the lefte For it is the opinion of all learned men that the right ventricle was ordained for the preparation of the vitall spirit Moreouer it is most certaine that there is a double matter of the vitall spirite Aer and Blood Now Petreus doth not thinke that aer is carried into the heart for the infant in the 3. Reason wombe doth not respire how then shall that vitall spirit be generated and preserued Out of doubt it will decay and bee extinguished beeing defrauded of conuenient Aliment Hippocrates in his Booke de Natura pueri saith Euery thing that is hot is nourished vvith that which is moderately colde Indeed Transpiration is sufficient to preserue a little heat but for the perpetuall generation of vitall spirits in bloody Creatures there is required great abundance of aer which onely can be supplied by Respiration But let vs pursue these Detractors a little farther If we shall admit this new and onely vse of the hole or inoculation that is that all the blood should be conueyed from the Hollow Veine through the venall Artery into the lefte 4. Reason ventricle of the heart with what blood shal then the Lungs be nourished Open the waies shew me the veine of the Lungs For now al the venall Arterie is taken vp forsooth to lead blood vnto the heart and the Arteriall Veine only leadeth vitall spirits and arteriall blood which it receyueth from the Great Artery by the Canale or arteriall pipe Shall the Lungs be without aliment He wil answere that it is nourished with arteriall blood which commeth from the Mother and that for that purpose the two vmbilicall arteries were ordained But hath he forgotten that all parts want two sorts of blood one Venall another Arteriall The venall blood by true assimulation turneth into the substance of the part The arteriall is appointed to conserue refresh and cherish the naturall heate of the particular parts which is but fugitiue I will not deny but some part of the Mothers arteriall blood is conueyed into the Lungs by the arteriall pipe to preserue their life and to defende their naturall heate but that the Lungs are therewith nourished I altogether deny For the Lungs of the Embryo are thicker faster and heauier then they are after the birth and therefore must be nourished with thicker blood for it is a constant truth that we are norished with that which is like vnto vs euen euery particular part is nourished with that which is most like vnto it This Law and Constitution of Nature Petreus by this new demonstration doth quite He abrogates the Lawes of Nature abrogate and annihilate because he appointeth thinner blood for the Lunges of the infant which are red heauy sad and thicke then for the Mothers which he must confesse are whiter and thinner For the Mothers Lungs are nourished with blood attenuated in the right ventricle of the heart and deriued vnto them by the arteriall Veine hee stiffely maintaines that the Lungs of the Embryo are nourished with no other then arteriall bloode laboured and heated in the left ventricle of the Mothers heart and brought vnto them by the vmbilicall arteries forsooth to make recompence for their want of motion Heere also we haue Another contradiction in Petreus demōstration a manifest contradiction He confesseth that the Lunges are thinner after birth thicker in the Embr●● and yet he saith that the first are nourished with thicker blood the latter with pure 〈◊〉 all blood ●●ll of spirits And whereas he buildeth vpon Galens foundation that the 〈◊〉 are made of the 〈◊〉 of the blood and therefore do require for their nourishment th●● and after all blood Hee Galen expounded see●h not that that place is to be vnderstood of the Lungs after the birth for in the Infant the Lungs are no●●●●athy nor whi●sh but red heauy and 〈◊〉 yea euen a while after the birth doe the Lungs remaine heauy and red whence it 〈◊〉 to passe that many Infants shortly after their birth are strangled because the Lungs cannot play themselues eythe● How children are often strang●●●● How to remedy it when the childe lyeth vpon his back or by some
then we say the infant doth respire not transpire And whereas they say that the heart hath not wherewith it may be refrigerated vnlesse it be moued VVe answere that the infant contained in the prison of the womb hath sufficient for the preseruation of his life from the mothers Arteries because it liueth as those creatures do which the Grecians call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beside it receiueth some refrigeration from the lukewarme water wherein it swimmeth The last reason from the cutting out of liuing Infants our of their dead Mothers may seeme to some to vrge much but the answere is at hande That the vitall faculty diffused through all the arteries without the communion of the heart may for a short time preserue the infant aliue after the Mothers death We haue seene sayth Galen in his second Booke de Placitis a Sacrificed Beast walke after his Galen heart was taken away and haue often made experiment of the same in a Dogge What also if I shall say that those Mothers were Hystericall and esteemed as dead when yet they were aliue which thing is not vnvsuall The truth therfore of our opinion remaineth firme that the heart and the arteries of the infant do pulse or beate from a power proceeding from the The Conclusion heart and arteries of the Mother not from any proper and ingenit faculty of their owne that no new Arteriall blood is generated in his left ventricle seeing the Mothers Arteries do supply a sufficient quantity and that very pure From hence let the Peripatetiks learne how vnaduisedly Aristotle calleth the heart the Against the Peripatetiks principality of the heart first liuer moouer and blood-maker For both the Arteries of the infant do mooue before his heart and the heart liueth onely by the pulsation of the Arteries Finally as long as the infant is included in the wombe of his mother we do not beleeue that his heart is the Shop or Store house either of vitall spirits or of Ateriall blood QVEST. XXVIII Whether there be in the infant any generation of Animal spirits and what position the Infant hath in the womb THE moouing Faculty floweth into the flesh of the Muscles from the brain by the Nerues not by a simple irradiation or separated quality but by a Corporeall substance which the Physitians call Animalem spiritum an Animal spirit Seeing then the Infant in the wombe mooueth of his own accord sometimes to the right side sometimes to the left and oftentimes kicketh with his neeles it followeth necessarily that he hath also Animall spirits But whether he draweth these from his Mothers wombe as he doth the vitall or generateth them in the sinus or substance of the braine by a proper and inbred faculty it hath of long time beene a The generation of the Animall spirits in the infant great question In thinke that they are generated in the braine and my reasons are these Because there is no Communion or connexion betweene the Nerues of the wombe and of the infant as there is betweene their Veines and Arteries Now onely the Nerues conuey the Animall spirits You will Obiect that the Animall spirit standeth in neede of aer for his conseruation expurgation but no aer is inspirated as long as the infant is in the Mothers wombe I answere Obiection Solution that this Animall spirit is cherished purged tempered by that transpiration which is made by the vmbilicall arteries but his generation we thinke to be the same in the womb that is after the infant is borne which how it is we shal declare more at large in the seuenth Booke where we shall of purpose entreate of it Concerning the time of the infantes motion Hippocrates seemeth not alwaies of one In the time of the infantes motion Hippo. varrieth minde For in his Booke de Morbis mulierum he saith that male children moue the third moneth and females the fourth but in the third Section of his second Booke Epidemi●n he saith the infant is mooued the seuentith day in these words Whatsoeuer is mooued the seuenth day is perfected in the Triplicities And in his Booke de Nutritione thirty dayes forme the infant 70 mooueth it and 210. perfect it You may reconcile Hippocrates to himselfe in my The places reconciled opinion if you say that there is one motion obscure another so manifest that the eye may iudge of it and the hand may feele it if it be laide vpon the belly In 70. dayes the Infant may mooue but the motion shall be neyther visible nor to bee felt till after the thirde or fourth month And surely my selfe haue knowne a woman in three children confidentlie That the Infant may mooue at viii weekes auouch that after 8. or 9. weekes she hath alwayes felt her infant mooue very sensibly which I could not beleeue till I had well considered of this place in Hippocrates Concerning the position also or scituation of the infant in the wombe which is referred to the moouing Faculty there are some places which neede to be reconciled Hippocrates Concerning the position of the infant Different places reconciled in his Booke De Natura pueri saith that in the womb the infants head is neere vnto his feet Thou canst not iudge saith he though thou shouldst see an infant in the womb whether his head be placed aboue or below But in his Booke de Octimestri partu hee writeth that the head is placed in the vpper part of the wombe in these words All Infants are begotten hauing their heads vpward Aristotle in the 8. chapter of his 7. Booke De Natura Antmalium seemeth to reconcile these places on this manner All creatures saith hee in the first months after their Conformation beare their heads vpward but when they encrease and grow toward their byrth their heads bend downward Againe in Hippocrates Booke De Natura pueri almost all Copies haue it thus The Infant A diuers teading in Hippo seated in the wombe hath his hands at his cheekes yet all interpreters translate it ad Genua at the knees I thinke that both readings may be maintained for there are some Copyes of both readings For the Infant hath his hands at his cheekes and at his knees The palmes How both readings are made good of his hands take hold on his knees and the backes of his hand touch his cheekes For if as Aristotle writeth in the place next before quoted the infant is so rowled vp that his nose is betwixt his knees his eyes vppon his knees his eares on either side his knees and that with his hands he take hold of his knees he must necessarily rest both his cheekes vpon his hands Those things some haue written of the different scituation of Males and Females are but deuices of their owne braine But those things which Aristotle hath written in his seauenth Booke De Natura Animalium concerning the different scituation of diuerse creatures are well woorth the
at the arteriall veine Table 10. figure 3. D is much lesse because the orifice of this vessell is much lesse then that of the hollow vein The left and beside ayre followeth more freely at a narrow passage then bloud It is also shape Why the ears haue correspondency with the ventricles and runs more on the side of the heart and is more rugged and vneuen on the outside then the right harder also and more fleshy and thicker for the eares haue a correspondency with the ventricles as seeming to bee by Nature framed to bee assistant in some preparation of the matters which belong to the heart They are hollow as making way vnto the heart Their substance is peculiar and such as is found in no other parte much like the scarffe-skinne and membranous that they might endure the force of attraction with out breaking and also that they might better follow the motion of the hart for they are like values streched and contracted when they are full and extended then are they gibbous and smooth but when they are contracted then they appeare outwardly rugous and wrinkled and with Their figure in they resemble the vnequall superficies Tab. 10. figure 5. the right inuerted 1 rugous fig. 7. the left inuerted 1. fig. 8. N of the ventricles They are thin that they might more easily be contracted soft and neruous for strength Substance for that is strongest which is most sinewy The vse of these eares is that whereas the bloud and ayre rush violently toward the heart Their vse these should take them vp by the way and keepe them as in a safe and let them into the heart by degrees otherwise the creature should bee in danger of suffocation and the heart of violence in their sudden affluence Moreouer they defend the vesselles to which they are set in the motions of the heart which haue a soft and thinne coate and therefore other wise when they are streatched in sudden repletion might be subiect to cracke or burst Hippocrates sayd they serued the heart as fannes to coole it or as bellowes to smithes forges to gather in the spirits as they gather in wind CHAP. XIII Of the vessels of the Heart and their values THere are seene about the Basis of the heart in the outward sides of the ventricles 4. vess●ls foure vesselles and so many orificies whose originall some woulde deriue from the heart as Vesalius and Varolius and they are in each ventricle two Hippocrates in his Booke de Corde calleth them the fountayns of humane Nature In the right the hollow veine Table 9. figure 2. F Table 10. figure 1. C figure 2. NN Their postiō and the arteriall veine table 9. fig. 2. G In the left the venall artery table 10. fig. 2 ● and the great artery Table 9. figure 2. H Table 10. figure 1. H figure 2. OP Within these vesselles are certaine values or leafe-gates placed which Hippocrates called the secret filmes The values of the heart and Galen membranes and the Epiphysis of membranes eleuen in number all arising from the orificies of the vesselles Some of these are three-forcked some like halfe 11. in number Moones some againe are carried from without inward into the ventricles of the heart to Their sorme which they are tyed with strong membranes especially to the partition toward the cone or poynt that in the dilatation of the heart the ligaments might draw the values vnto Foras intus Intus ●●ras themselues and as it were turne them vp to the body of the heart others are carried from an inward position outward as soone as the two vesselles do peepe out of the heart In those Where stronger and why vesselles which receiue matter into the heart they are strong because they are not onely to hinder the regresse but also are to drawe but in those that send out matter out of the heart they are weaker In the dilatation of the heart they are all extended the forked values making certain gaping The work 〈…〉 the values in dilatation fissures betweene their forkes by which the matters are let in those like the halfe-Moone or the semicircular values doe shut close the endes of their vesselles and so hinder those matters that are gone out for returning in againe In the contraction of the heart they are all likewise contracted then the forked ones do close vp those yawning fissures which they made in their dilatation and so hinder those In contractiō matters that are gone out for returning in againe These circular values flagging to the sides of the vessels doe leaue open way for the bloud and spirits to issue out Of these values Hip. first mentioned them Hippocrates made first mention and extolleth their structure as a wonderfull secret of Nature and they are sayeth Galen in the 11. Chapter of his sixt Booke de vsupartium framed with such exquisite Art that if they bee all at once streatched and stand vpright then they stop the whole orifice of the vessell They haue all one common vse which is to hinder that which is gotten into the heart Their vsecommon Proper for passing out againe They haue also proper vses the vse of those that are set within and goe outward is to leade out matters out of the heart and not suffer them to come back the vse of those that are set without and goe inward is to keepe the matters gotten in that they get not out againe and both these that the labour of the heart should not be in vaine But because the constitution of these vessels is one in the heart of an Infant whilest it is in the wombe and another in the heart after the birth wee will intreat of them seuerally And first as they are in a man after he is borne into the world The hollow veine hauing perforated Table 10. figure 1. D figure 2. NN sheweth the passage Of the hollow veine in the heart of the veine the midriffe and being come vnto the hearte first sending out a short braunch from his lefte side is receiued by the right deafe-eare with his ample and patent orifice Table 10. figure 1. from C to B thrice as large as the orifice of the great artery and is presently inserted into the right Table 10. figure 5. CC sheweth his orifice ventricle to which it adhereth so firmely that vnneth it can be separated from it Whence came the occasion of Aristotles error and his followers who thinke that there the hollow veine tab 10. figure 1. C as also all the rest haue their originall And for the strengthening of the heart this great braunch becomes like a ligament and his vse is to bring the bloud which is sent vpward from the Liuer vnto the right ventricle and there to powre it into the heart whilest it is dilated to bee farther attenuated therein as well for the nourishment of the Lungs which require a thinner bloud
ebullition or boyling of the bloud whereby it riseth and occupieth a larger place yea and powreth it selfe out into all the cauity adioyning thereto and this he illustrateth by an example taken from boyling water water when it boyleth riseth vp and occupieth larger place then it did A pregnant example before but if you blowe cold ayre into it it presently falleth right so is it sayth he in the heart of a man the heate boyleth vp the bloud and the cold ayre we draw in by inspiration settleth it againe and this is farther proued because the pulses of yong men are more liuely and stronger then of old of whole men then of sicke of waking men then of sleeping Another instance because their heate is more vehement and the feruor or working of their bloud more manifest These things are very probable and carry I must needs say a great shew of trueth but if they be weighed in the ballance of Anatomy they will bee found but light Herein was the Philosophers error that he vnderstandeth the heart to be distended or dilated because Wherein was the Philosophers error it is filled contrariwise the Anatomist vnderstandeth the heart to bee filled because it is dilated In the depraued motion or palpitation of the heart it is distended indeede because it is filled either with water or with vapours but in the proper and naturall it is dilated by an inbred Comparison power of his owne and being dilated drawes in bloud and spirits and so is filled like as a Smithes bellowes being opened by the power of the smith is filled with ayre whether hee will or no bladders whilest they are filled are distended those fill in the dilatation these dilate in the filling Beside this conceite of Aristotles others haue diuersly deuised concerning this motion Erosistratus Hiracledus Erasistratus Hiracledus Erithreus conceiued that the motion of the heart was from the Animall and vitall faculties together Auerrhoes that it was from the appetent and sentient soule and that the heat was but the instrument which the appetite vsed others thought Auerrhoes that nature onely moued the heart because alone it is sayd to bee principium motus or beginning Other opinions of motion in those things that are moued others that the dilatation of the heart was from the soule and the contraction meerly naturall the sides of the heart falling down with their owne waight like as in the disease called Tremor or the shaking palsie the faculty The cause of the snaking palsie of the soule continually rayseth vp the heade and the waight beareth it downe againe whence the perpetuall shaking proceedeth But trueth is the motion of the heart is no trembling but a constant and orderly motion neither is the contraction caused by the waight of the heart it buckling vnder the burthen of it selfe but the greatest strength of the heart is in the contraction whereby it hurleth The kinds of motions forth as the lightning passeth through the whole heauen his spirites into the whole body and excludeth oftentimes not without violence the fumed vapours into the arteriall veine But before we set downe our resolution concerning this matter a few things are to Voluntary motions be first established There is a threefold motion Violent Animal and Naturall of violent motions none at all can be perpetuall whereupon wee may conclude that no Art can make a perpetuall motion Animall motions are all voluntary this Galen well describeth in the fifth Chapter of his second Booke de motu musculorum where he sayeth If thou canst settle and appease those things that are moued or done at thy pleasure and againe mooue or doe that was at rest or was not done that action or motion is truely voluntarie if moreouer thou canst doe any thing swifter or flower oftner or seldomer at thy pleasure these actions are obedient to thy will Finally the Naturall motion is manifold as a thing may diuers waies Natural motions manifold be sayd to be naturall There is one simple naturall motion which is accomplished only by nature and the Elementary forme with this motion heauy things moue downeward and light things vpward Secondly all motions are called Naturall which are opposed to violent motions so the motions of the muscles though they be voluntary are sayd to be naturall if they be naturally disposed Thirdly all motions are called Naturall which are not Animall that is voluntarie So Galen sayeth in the place before quoted that the motion of the heart is not of the soule that is of the will but of nature againe the motion of the heart is of Nature the motion of the chest of the Soule So that Galen in his 7. Book de vsu partium deliuering but two kinds of faculties the one Animall the other Naturall vnderstandeth all that to be Naturall which is not Animall or voluntary Now we conclude that the motion of the heart is Natural in the third acception The resolution of the question that is that it dependeth neither vpon the will nor simply vpon Nature but vpon the vitall faculty of the Soule which is Naturall not vpon the wil because wee can neither stay it nor set it going againe neither slacken nor hasten it at our pleasure not simply vpon Nature for in a body that is animated that is that hath a Soule nothing mooueth but the Soule otherwise there should be more formes then one and more beginners of motion then one which true and solid Philosophy will not suffer This Soule is the Nature it selfe of the Creature which that it may preserue the vnion between the body and it selfe moueth the heart concocteth in the stomacke reboyleth in the Liuer and perfecteth the bloud in the veines When we say therefore that the motion of the heart is Naturall wee meane that it is from a naturall faculty of the Soule which is not voluntary And that this motion is natural all the causes of it do euidently shew There be three immediate causes of the pulse the Efficient the End or finall cause and Three immediate causes of the pulse The efficient the Instrument all Naturall The Efficient cause is the vital faculty which imploieth it selfe wholly about the generation of spirits which by that perpetuall motion are brought foorth for in the Diastole or dilatation it draweth bloud and ayre In the Systole or contraction it draweth out the spirits already made and their excrements The Finall cause which you may call either the vse or the necessity at your pleasure The Final is three-fold the nourishment of the spirituous substance which is kept in the left ventricle of the heart the tempering and moderating of it for there was great danger that because of the continuall motions the heart should be inflamed vnlesse it had beene ventilated with ayre as with a fan and the expurgation of smoky or fumed vapors The Instruments also of this motion are Natural not Animall Galen
Of the Temperament nourishment Substance and Flesh of the Heart COncerning the Temperament of the heart the Physicians are at great strife among Of the temperament of the heart themselues Auerrhoes was of opinion that the heart of his owne nature was cold because his greatest part consisteth of such things as are naturally cold as immoouable fibres foure great vesselles which are spermaticall parts and without bloud and cold and that it is hot by accident onely by reason of the hot bloud and spirits contained in it and his perpetuall motion This opinion of Auerrohes his followers strengthen with these reasons First because Auerrhoes that the heart is cold the flesh of the heart is thight and solide and nourished with solide thicke and cold bloud Secondly because at the Basis of the heart which is his noblest part there groweth a great The 1. reason The second The third quantity of fat whose efficient cause saith Galen is cold Lastly because it is the store-house of bloud now bloud saith Hippocrates in his Booke de Corde is naturally cold for as soone as it is out of the veines it caketh But to the first argument we answere that the fibres Answere to the first and the vessels are not the chiefe parts of the heart but the flesh and therefore Aristotle and Galen call it a fleshy viscus or bowell To the second that the fat groweth not in the ventricles nor about the flesh of the heart but onely about his Membrane which in To the second respect of his flesh is but a cold part beside Natures finallcause that was to keepe the heart from torrifying ouercame all the rest which thing in nature is not vnusuall To the To the third third we answere that there are two sorts of blood one venall and another arteriall the veniall indeed is lesse hot but the arteriall bloud is exceeding hot Now the hart is the shop or worke-house of arteriall not of venall bloud We conclude therefore that the heart is not onely hot but of all the bowels the hottest That the hart is hot Authorities which we are able to prooue by authorities reasons and experience Hippocrates de principijs saith There is much heate in the heart as being of all members the hottest Galen in the last chapter of his first booke de temperamentis The bloud receiueth his heate from the heart for that of al the bowels is by nature the hottest The reason is The hart is the fountaine Reasons of heat of the Nectar of life it ingendereth the arteriall blood the venall it attenuateth for the Lungs heere the vitall spirits the hottest of all others are made Finally heere is the hearth the fire wherby the natural heate of al the parts is refreshed Experience also For if you put your finger into the hart of a beast suddenly opened the heat of it wil euen burn Experience as Galen saith in his first booke de semine and experience proueth Againe the flesh of the heart is the most solid of all flesh because it is ingendered of most hot bloud made dense and thicke by the parching power of an exceeding great heate But some will say that the How the spirits are hotter then the heart by which they are made Comparison spirits are hotter then the heart I answere it is true that in the spirits there is a greater heat but in the heart there is more heate more sharped and which heateth more because of the density of his substance so fire in straw or stubble though it be a flame burneth but lightly for you may draw your hand through it without any great offence but hot glowing yron although it haue not the same degree of heate that the flame hath yet it burneth more strongly and cannot be touched without danger But it may be demanded if the spirits be Whence the spirits haue their heate that is hotter then the hart is hotter then the heart and are bred in the heart whence haue they that greater heat I answere The heart consisteth of three parts as it were or substances a spiritual a moyst and a solid The spirits are ingendered of the spirituall and hottest part of the heart and are hotter indeed then the whole heart but not hotter then that part that ingendereth the spirits Three substāces of the heart That this may be Galen giueth an instance in milke milke in his whole substance is either cold or temperate but his fatty and buttery part is hotter then the whole body of the milke so the heart is hot in his whole substance but the spirituall part of the heart is hotter then the whole heart and from that part haue the spirits their intense heat thus much of the actiue qualities of the heart Now for the passiue there is as great dissention Auicen de Temperamentis and Galen in his second Booke de Temper Cap. 3. and 12. and in his 3. Booke de Aliment facultatibus say it is dry and his flesh hard and solid now it is a sure rule Whether the hart be moyst or dry An axiome That whatsoeuer is hard to feele too in a liuing body that also is dry On the other side Auerrhoes will haue it moyst because life consisteth in heate and moysture but the heart is the beginning of life and the shop of moysture Galen in the last Chapter of his first Booke de Temperamentis calleth it a Bloudy Bowel therefore moyst and in the same Chapter It is a little lesse dry then the skinne therefore moyster then the skinne I answere it is true that the heart is moyster to feele too then the skinne But Galen when hee sayeth it is drie Resolution compareth it not to the skinne but to the other parts for so his words are The flesh of the heart is so much dryer then the flesh of the spleen or kidneyes as it is harder And so much of the Temperament of the heart Concerning his nourishment Galen in his first Booke de vsu partium and the 7. de Administ How the hart is nourished Anatomicis sayeth it is nourished with venall and thicke bloud many of the later writers say it is nourished with the thin bloud contayned in his ventricles On Galens side that is on the trueths are these reasons It is a Catholicke principle Euery thing is preserued An axiome and refreshed with his like The flesh of the heart is hard thicke and solid such therfore must be his nourishment beside there is a notable veine called Coronaria or the Crowne-veine which compasseth a round the Basis of the heart and sendeth foorth branches into all his substance but Nature vseth not to doe any thing rashly or in vaine it serueth therefore An argument from ocular inspection for his nourishment beside occular inspection prooueth it which no reason can conuince The braunches of the coronarie veine are more and more conspicuous on the left side
QVEST. 1. Whether the Braine be the seate of the Principall Faculties THE Animall Faculties are by the Physitians distinguished into Faculties of Sense Faculties of Motion and Principall A diuision of the Animal Faculties Faculties The sensitiue Faculty is double one Externall whose obiect is singular or one the other Internall vvhose obiect is common or manifold this Internall Facultie the The common sense Philosophers call the Primary or Common sense and this is it which alone maketh the differences of Images as wee call them or Abstracted Notions She sitteth in the substance of the Braine as in a throne of Maiesty beholding the Formes or Ideas of all things vnder her feet This is shee that discerneth betwixt sweete and bitter and distinguisheth white for sweete This common sense Aristotle compareth to the center of a circle because the shapes and formes receiued by the outward senses are referred or brought heereunto as vnto their Iudge and Censor After this inward sensitiue Faculty do follow the principall Faculties and first of all the Imagination which conceyueth apprehendeth and retaineth the same Images or representation The Imagination which the common sense receiued but now more pure and free from all contagion of the matter so that thogh those things that moue the senses be taken away or other wise doe vanish yet their footsteps and expresse Characters might remaine with vs. And this conception or apprehension we call Phansie By this Phansie that supreme soueraign Intellectual power of the Soule is stirred vp and awaked to the contemplation of the Ideas The Intelligence or Notions of vniuersall things Finally all these are receyued by the Memory which as a faithfull Recorder or Maister of the Rolles doth preserue store vp and dispose in due order all the forenamed Notions The memory or abstracted formes And these are the Principal Faculties according to the Philosophers and the Physitians concerning which we haue three things to enquire The first whether the Braine be the seate of them all Secondly whether in the braine 3. Questions these diuers Faculties haue diuers Mansions And lastly whether these principall Faculties do result or arise out of the temperament or from the conformation of the Brain and whither they be Similer or Organicall Concerning the seate of the reasonable Soule the opinions of the Philosophers and Diuers opinions Physitians are very different Herophilus placeth it about the basis of the braine Xenocrates in the top of the head Erasistratus in the Membranes of the braine Empedocles the Epicures Herophylus Xenocrates Erasistratus Empedocles Moschion Blemor and the Egyptians in the Chest Moschion in the whole bodye Heraclitus in the outward motion Herodotus in the eares Blemor the Arabian in the eyes because the eyes are the discouerers of the minde and so fitted and composed to all the affections and affects of the same that they seeme to be another Soule for when we kisse the eye wee thinke wee touch the soule it selfe Strato the Naturalist thought the soule inhabited in the eye-browes because they are the seate of Pride and Disdaine and therefore the Poets were woont to call pride the Eye-brow Strato Physicus Prouethe and we commonly say of an insolent man that we see pride sitting vpon his browe Moreouer from the haires of the browes the Phisiognomers gather signes of the disposition Strato his Phisiognomy of the eie-browes of the minde For if they bee straight it is a signe of a soft and flexible disposition if they be inflected neare the nose they are a signe of a scurrulous Buffon if they bee inflected neare the temples they argue a scoffing Parasite if they bend all downewards they are an argument of an enuious inclination The Perepatetickes and Stoicks doe all of them place the faculties of sence and vnderstanding in the heart because say they that that is the The opinion of the Peripateticks principle or beginning of motion is also the originall of sence But the heart is the principle of all motion because it is the hottest of all the bowels and a liuing fountaine of Naturall heate Moreouer in passions of the minde as Agonies Feares Faintings and such like the spirites and the heate returne vnto the heart as vnto their Prince And for this Hip authority they bring the authority of diuine Hippocrates in his golden Booke of the heart where hee sayth The Soule of a man is seated in the left ventricle of the heart from thence commandeth the rest of the faculties of the Soule and it is nourished neither with meate nor drinke from the belly but with a bright and pure substance segregated from the bloud We with Hippocrates Plato Galen and all Physitions do determine that The braine is the seate of all the Animall faculties for if the braine be offended wounded refrigerated The opinion of the Physitions inflamed compressed or after any other manner affected as it is in a phrensie Melencholia Charos Chatoche or Epilepsie wee may discerne a manifest impeachment of all the Animall functions which if wee desire to cure wee apply our remedies not to the heart but to the That the braine is the seat of the Animal faculties braine But if the heart were the seat of the principal faculties then in all affections or notable distemper thereof all the functions should be interrupted because the action is from the Temperament But in a Hecticke Feuer in which there is an vtter alienation of the Temperament the voluntary and principall faculties remaine sound and vntainted When the heart is violently moued as in Palpitation neither is the voluntary motion of the parts depraued nor reason it selfe Who will deny that the vitall faculty is oppugned by a pestelent aire the byting of a venomous creature or by taking of poyson but al those that are so affected do yet enioy their sence and reason If saith Galen in his 2. booke de placitis Hippocratis Plat. you beare the heart and presse it you shall perceiue that the creature will not be hindred in his voyce his breathing or any other voluntary action And whereas Hippocrates placeth the Soule in the heart happly hee speaketh after the manner of the common people as hee vseth oftentimes to doe now the vulgar imagined Hip. expounded that the Soule was in the heart So he calleth the Diaphragma or Midriffe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Minde when as notwithstanding those Vmbles haue no power whereby the creature doth vnderstand any thing as he teacheth in his Booke de morbo Sacro or the Falling sicknes Or we say that by the Soule in that place hee vnderstandeth the chiefe instrument of the Hip. often vseth the word Soule for heate Soule to wit the Heate So in his first booke de diaeta he commonly vseth the word Soule for Heat as when he sayth That the Soule of man is encreased euen vnto his death And againe in the same Booke
the heart then the Lungs and the left ventricle of the heart more excellent then the right by so much and for the same respects the backward ventricles of the braine are more noble then the foreward We conclude therefore with Galen That all the principall faculties doe promiscuously in habite in the same part of the Braine together that they vse the like corporeall Instrument The conclusion of the question that is the substance of the braine yet they worke after a diuerse manner according to the variety of the Temperament and the Medium QVEST. III. Whether the principall faculties doe depend vpon the Temperament of the braine or vpon the Confirmation that is whether they be similar or organicall actions IT is a most obscure quaestion whether the Braine do vse reason and apprehend phantasmes because it is of such a temper or because of the admirable structure it hath Some haue conceiued that these faculties are performed onely by the Conformation which their opinion they confirme by authorities and by arguments Galen writeth in his 7. Book deplacitis That the faculties proceede from the conformation that the cause of wisedome in man is the variety of the structure of the Braine and the magnitude thereof The figure of the head according to Hippocrates and Galen if it bee naturall that is sphericall or round somewhat long bunching somewhat out before and behind and depressed or flatted on the sides is a signe of a wise man and Authorities The 1. reason contrariwise a sharpe and Turbinated head like a sugar loafe which they call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 such as was Thyrsites head in Homer is an argument of a dull or stollid foole Againe all the principall faculties perish when the conformation or structure is vitiated although the Temperament be not yet vitiated as in the Apoplexy the Epilepsie and in wounds of the head The second when the ventricles of the braine are eyther stuffed or compressed For in the cracking of the Scull how can the temperament of the braine in a moment be altered or else in the oppletion or filling of the ventricles by any humor It appeareth therefore that the principall functions are performed only by the structure and conformation onely of the brain and that conformation being vitiated they are presently intercepted On the contrary there are others who thinke that the next and immediate cause of these principall faculties is the temper of the marrowy substance and of the spirits of the braine Let vs heere Hippocrates Apollos eldest sonne and the pillar of the family of Physitians The contrary opinion in his first booke de diaeta teaching the same thing in plaine words When in the body the dryest part that is the fier and the moistest part that is the water are aequally tempred then Authorities Hippocrates is a wise man borne And these are the words of the diuine Plato in Theateto The soule is not well disposed in a dense or muddy brain neyther yet in a soft or hard brain for softnes makes men of quicke apprehēsiō but then they are forgetful withal hardnes makes better memories but dulnes of capacity and Plato density contayneth duskish and obscure phantasmes or images Galen in his 8. booke de vsu Galen partium sayth It is better to thinke that the vnderstanding followeth not the variety of composition but a laudable Temper of that body wherewith we vnder stand for the perfection of the vnderstanding is not so much to bee attributed to the quantity of the spirits as to the quality The same Galen in his Booke de Arte parua referreth the causes of wit or capacity to the thicke or thin substance of the braine This wit hee calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is a working capacity which is defined 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is a promptitude or readines of lnuenting and coniecturing In the same Booke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is a facility of learning sheweth a soft and moyst substance of the brain and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is a ineptitude to learne a drie and a hard braine Those that are light witted and inconstant in their opinions are for the most part of a hot braine because heate is full of motion But those that are obstinate are of a cold braine because cold is sluggish to which if you adde drought then will such men become stubborne and refractary and hence it is for the most part that the Authours and fautors or defenders of Schismes and Sects are Melancholy Galen in his book intituled That the maners of the mind follow the temperature of the body calleth the Soule a consent of qualites doth not distinguish it from the temperament In his Commentary vpon the 6. Booke Epidemiωn and vpon the sixt Aphorisme of tho second Section as also in the 6. Chapter of his Booke de locis affectis he styleth the Temperament of the braine the Minde For so he expoundeth that Aphorisme of Hippocrates Melancholy men become Epilepticall and Epileptical men Melancholy as the humour ascendeth into this or that part so is there a transmutation made of these diseases For if the humour be transfused into the body and ventricles of the braine then they become Epilepticall Galen calleth the Soule a temper if into the minde they become Melancholicall where-by Mind he vnderstandeth the Temperament For the disease called Melancholy is a cold dry distemper of the brain But when Galen called the Soule a Temper he doeth not conceiue that that Temper is the How why forme of a reasonable man but the forma medica because that onely falleth into the Physitions consideration For that which can neither bee preserued when it is present nor restored when it is absent that doth not at all belong vnto the Physition but the intellectuall Soule can neither bee preserued being present nor restored being absent onely the Temperament may bee mantained when we haue it or restored when it is lost The Temperament therefore only is the Physicall forme of a man because the Physition considereth a mans body not as it is Natural consisting of Matter and Forme but as it is subiect to sicknesse and againe lable to Physicke And from hence some men doe imagine that it is sufficiently prooued that the principall faculties of the Soule are not excercised by the structure or conformation but by the Temper of the braine Our opinion concerning this question is that the efficient cause of all the simctions is neither the Temper alone nor only the wonderful structure of the braine but the intellectuall What we resolue of Soule which notwithstanding admitteth both these causes one Organicall which is the amplitude or largenesse of the braine and of the ventricles and the plenty of the spirits the other Similar which is the Temper of the marrowy substance and of the spirites From hence wee gather that Ratisionation that is the vse of Reason is neither
the right gut From this descendeth a notable branch called Haemorrhoidalis interna Tab. 2 gg the inward emrod veyne for the externall proceedeth from the hyppogastricall branch of the hollow veyne and it runneth by the end of the collicke gut vnder the right gut Tab. 2 ff The internall Hemrodveynes whose extremity which they call the Fundament it compasseth about with a fewe small surcles by which expurgation is made oftentimes in obstructions of the spleene of foeculent blood when it is too aboundant and that in many bodies at certaine and determinate times This veyne taketh his originall sometimes from the splenicke branch from which also the Short or Venall vessell issueth and thus much concerning the branches of the Gate-veine Now the difference betwixt the Gate and the Hollow veynes is that the Gate-veyne is more lax and soft the Hollow-veyne faster and harder because the Gate veyne serues The diference betwixt the Gate and the hollow veyne rather from attraction then for expulsion for by it the spleene and the Liuer draw more then they do expell On the contrary the gate veine serueth rather for expulsion then for attraction for by it the blood is expelled into the whole body although it is not a little assisted by the attraction of the members The vse of the gate-veyne is to distribute branches which may eyther serue for nourishment The vse of the gate-veyne and of his branches as those that leade blood into the naturall parts destituted and forsaken by the hollow veyne or for the expurgation of some excrement as the splenicke branch which draweth vnto it selfe out of the trunke of the gate-veyne before the Chylus attaine to the Liuer a thicke and foeculent humor yet mingled with much laudable Iuice and the vas Breue and the Hemorrhoid-veyne Other branches make for the distribution of the Chylus into the gate of the Liuer in which also it receiueth an alteration preparation of blood as the meseraicks and those veynes which we saide attained vnto the stomacke to draw a part of the Chylus euen from thence Finally others perfect the blood as those small veynes disseminated through the flesh of the Liuer which we called the rootes of the Gate-veyne Note moreouer that all the gate-veyne lyeth within the body neuer attaining vnto the Note skinne and therefore his branches are not opened vnlesse haply about the Fundament where they make the Emrods to which we do more often apply Horsse-leaches and in women at the necke of the wombe and so much of the Gate-veyne CHAP. V. Of the descending tranke of the hollow veine THE hollow veine called caua because of his large cauity is by the Grecians The name of the hollow veyne called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the great veine Galen sometimes as in the fifth chapter of his fourth booke de vsu partium calleth it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the greatest veine His begining Hippocrates callet it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iecorariam the liuer veine This is the common mother of all the veines except the vmbilicall and the gate veines It hath one beginning of Originall that is the seede for it is made at the same time with the other spermaticall parts which are made or generated together though some of them bee perfected and absolued before others Another beginning it hath of dispensation and radication and that is the Liuer and therefore it is said to issue out of the gibbous part of the Liuer where his substance is greter and thicker For although the orifice of the hollow veine at the right ventricle of the heart be much larger then his capacity is in any other place yet it doth not thence folow that it must arise from that right ventricle as Aristotle imagined and after him Vesalius rather to carpe at Galen then that he was mooued thereto by any waighty reason Whereof it is made For the making and framing of this hollow veine tab 3. fig. 2. and 3. and Tab. 4. shew it out of the vtmost circumference of the Liuer in the gibbous part thereof Tab. 2. fig. 2. C C. do arise innumerable propagations of small veines tab 3. fig. 4. C C c. Ta. 4. E E E E. which creeping by degrees toward the middle of the backside of the liuer tab 4. C. C. doe meete together or vnite themselues into larger veines these againe into greater till at length they all passe in the vpper part of the liuer where it regardeth the right side of the backe into two very notable branches tab 3. fig. 3. M N. the one dispersed into the right the other into the left part of the Liuer both which doe determine into one stalke Tab. 3. fig. 2. F. fig. 4. A. tab 4. which is called cōmonly the trunke of the hollow veine VVherefore this trunke applyeth it selfe or inclineth from the right side of the liuer to the backe side where it entreth as it were into a sinus or cauity and with a short passage groweth to his substance This trunke is seated according to the length of the backe and runs with a streight course throgh both bellyes that so it might conuay vnto the whole length of the creatures blood which is the common Aliment of all the parts laboured in the Liuer in the rootes Tab. 3 fig. 4. F F tab 4 K K K K of the Gate-veyne which rootes are implicated or intangled with the rootes of the hollow veyne Tab. 3 fig. 4 C C Tab. 4 E E E E dispersed confusedly through the flesh of the Liuer touching one another in many places ouerthwart ta 3 fig. 4 and tab 4 shew this The inoculations of the gate and hollow veine Many rootes also of the Gate-veyne do infix or fasten their extremities or terminations into the middle of the rootes of the hollow veyne tab 3 fig. 4 G G G G Ta. 4 L L L as on the contrary many ends of the rootes of the hollow veine are fastened into the middle of the rootes of the gate-veine By which Anastomoses or inoculations the blood is transmitted out of one veyne into another and so conueyed into the whole body For the hollow veyne is like a water-pipe full of blood which hath many riuerets some greater and some lesse issuing therefrom and distributed into all the parts For Nature in this administration is not onely very prouident but also equall indifferent and therefore diuideth this veyne into many small parts that each mēber might haue his due proportion that is to say Aliment answerable to the substance that wasteth away So hot and soft parts and those that are much exercised do suffer great expence as the Lungs and therefore their veyne is very large but colder and harder parts which are moderately exercised are not so easily dissolued as the bones which therefore haue very small slender veines Betwixt these are all the other parts whereof some haue more euacuation and some
Gastrica sinistra a propagation of the former Gastrica maior running on the right hand into the vpper parts of the stomacke and distributing surcles on both hands which attayne vnto the Pylorus or lower mouth of the stomacke From the lower part of the left branch issue likewise two arteries The first is called Epiplois postica Epiplois postica tab 18 fig. 1 β fig. 2 c the hinder kell-artery which presently is diuided into two surcles separated farre one from another and those into others which are propagated into the lower membrane of the kell and the collick-gut which is tyed thereto Table 18 is the same with Table 4. Lib. 3. folio 102. The second is called Epiplois sinistra the left kell-artery Tab. 18 fig. 1 It is also Epiplois sinistra sent to the lower membrane of the kell and runneth out into his left side That which remaineth of this branch Tab. 18 fig. 1 u attaineth to the spleene and is diuided into an vpper and a lower branch and these againe are diuided into others vntill many branches doe touch the hollow part of the spleene Tab. 18 fig. 1 ♌ and are dispersed through his substance Table 19 is the same with Table 7. Lib. 7. folio 448. Out of the lower part of this remainder issueth that artery which is called Gastro-epiplois Gastro-epiplois sinistra sinistra Tab. 18 fig. 1 ε which is supported by the vpper membrane of the Omentum writhen toward the right hand that it might creepe vp the left part of the bottom of the stomacke and sendeth crooked and bent branches to the fore side and back-side therof and to the vpper membrane of the kell Out of the vpper part of the remainder issueth that which is called Vas breue arteriosum Vas breue arteriosum The short arteriall vessell which is inserted into the vpper part of the left side of the bottome of the stomacke And this is the diuision of the Coeliacall Artery in the lower belly which is the first of the three that accompany the branches of the Gate-veine The second and third are the two Mesenterick Arteries both which yssue from the foreside of the trunke the vpper below the Coeliacal the lower below the Spermaticall The vpper Mesentericall artery Tab. 17 char 10 Tab. 18 fig. 1. ζ fig. 2 p is propagated into the vpper part of the Mesentery yea almost into all of it and sprinkleth abundant surcles Mesenterica superier into the Ieiunum the Ilion and the Collick guts at the right kidney The lower mesentericall artery Tab. 17 char 12 Tab. 18 fig. 2 q runneth vnder the lower side of the mesentery and is especially distributed into the left side of the collick Inferier and into the right gut and descending together with the veynes vnto the fundament maketh the Hemorrhoidall Arteries Tab. 18 fig. * The vse of these mesentericall branches is not so much to conuay heate vnto the parts Hemorrhoidales The vse of the mosenterical artery Varolius his conceite as by their motion and vitall spirit to preserue the mesentery and the guts from corruption and putrifaction Some are of opinion that these branches do sucke out of the guts the purest part of the chylus for the generation of arteriall blood and conuay it to the left ventricle of the heart but the values which are set at the beginning of the great artery and shutte vp the Refuted passage from the artery into the heart onely not out of it againe do contradict strongly that conceite Hauing thus brought the great artery through the middle and lower regions of the body we wil now returne vnto it again where we left it in the end of the 14 chapter diuided into two Soporary Arteries and climing vnto the Head CHAP. XVII Of the Arteries of the Braine THE artery called Carotis or the sleepy artery and by Archangelus Arteria Iugularis because it is accompanied on the inside with the internall Iugular The sleepy artery veyne ascendeth vnto the chops on eyther hand by the sides of the rough artery and there is diuided into two branches One externall of which we shal speake in the chapter following Another internall which is also the larger conuayed to the Chops which hauing affoorded certaine surcles to the tongue the Larinx is diuided at the basis of the braine Tab. 19 fig. 13 B into two vnequall branches His diuision The first artery of the brain according to Bauhine according to Vesalius the 3 ta 19 fi The first artery of the Braine 13. L. fi 15 cc is little lesser then the Trunk it selfe runneth vp whole ful til it come vnto a proper hole bored for it in the temple-bone through it attaineth into the cauity of the Scull at the saddle of the wedge-bone and being yet vnder the Dura mater first of al it affoordeth a branch on each hand into the side of the same Meninx Tab. 19 fig. 15 D Afterward in brute beasts it parteth with an infinite number of surcles and maketh that texture which is called Rete miraebile the wonderfull Net of which Galen wrote so curiously that Vesalius followeth him to a haire and that figure is the 14 of this 19 Table but Rete mirabile the 16 fig. of the same table exhibiteth the forme thereof as it appeareth in brute beasts especially in Oxen Calues and Sheepe In men though there be indeed such a knot or texture yet it is not so notable and but a very shadow in respect of that in bruite beasts and yet notwithstanding the Artery is not consumed into these propagations but remaineth alwayes sound Table 19. fig 16 BC Presently after it perforateth the dura meninx and runneth sometimes single sometimes double tab 19. fig. 15 F yet so that it presently vniteth again and when it hath transmitted the lesser branch K through the second hole of the VVedge-bone it creepeth out of the scull vnto the eye and the temporall Muscle tab 19. figu 11 H together with the Opticke nerue to giue it and his Muscles life sendeth the greater branch vpwarde which presently at the side of the Flegmaticke Glandule is diuided into two branches The inner wherof is vnited with the inner arterie of the opposite side and so being vnited they are consumed into many smal arteries which at the original of the optick nerues are disseminated through the pia Mater and the substance of the Braine Tab. 19. fig. 13 e The other being reflected tab 19. fig. 13. at the vppermost A fig. 15 G and entangled in the Pia Mater runneth into the forward ventricle diuided into many small braunches some of which are vnited with those small arteries which attained hither from the Ceruicalis or artery of the necke through the basis of the Head vnder the Braine Some others run disioyned through the pia mater or thin membrane and through the substance of the Braine it selfe which with
the measure and proportion of mans body for as the body of a man is in length three hundred minutes in bredth fifty in heighth thirtie so the length of the Arke was three hundred cubites the bredth fifty and the heighth thirtie Moreouer in this proportion of his parts you shall finde both a circular figure which is of all other the most perfect and also a square which in the rest of the creatures you shall The circular and square figure appearing in Mans body not obserue For the Nauell being placed in the middle of the whole bodye and as it were in the centre if you lay a man vpon his back and as much as may be labour to spred both his hands and feete and keeping one end of the Compasse vnmooued and set vppon his nauill doe turne about the other end you shall come vnto both the thumbes toes of the feete and the middle finger of the handes and if in any part this proportion fayle you may immagine there is a defect in that part Also if you conceiue a measure betweene the feete spread abroad and likewise betweene the hande and the foote on either side you shal haue a perfect quadrate drawne and portrayed within a circle And this is the true quadrature of the circle not those immaginary lines whereof Archimedes wrote and which Archimedes quadrature of the circle found in mans body haue troubled the heades of all our Mathematicians for many ages when as euerie one might haue found it in himselfe These be excellent things which we haue obserued touching the figure and frame of mans body the temperature thereof and the proportion of the parts but this last exceedeth all admiration that in it selfe alone it should containe all whatsoeuer this whole world in his large and spacious bosome doth comprehend so as it 4. Man containeth in himselfe althings in the whole world may worthily be called a Litle world and the patterne and Epitome of the whole vniuerse The ancient Magitians for so naturall Philosophers were of olde tearmed as also the great wise Priests of the Egyptians did make of this whole vniuerse three parts the one vppermost or superiour which they tearmed the intellectuall and Angelical part the seate Three partes of the world of the Intelligentiae so they called the Spirits which by tradition from the Hebrues they vnderstood were in the heauen by whose direction and command the inferiour or lower world is guided and gouerned another middle which they tearmed the heauenly part in the middest whereof the Sun ruleth as the leader and moderater of the rest of the Stars the 3. sublunary or Elementary which is admirable abundantly fertile in procreating increasing and nourishing of creatures and plants The Images and resemblances of which three partes who seeth not plainly expressed and as it were portrayed out with a curious The Collatiō of man with the world pensill in the body of man The head the Castle and tower of the soule the seate of reason the mansion house of wisedome the treasury of memory iudgement and discourse wherein mankinde is most like to the Angels or intelligencies obtaining the loftiest and most eminent place in the body doth it not elegantly resemble that supreame and Angelicall part of the worlde The middle and celestiall part is in the breast or middle venter most exactly and euen to the life expressed For as in that celestiall part the Sun is predominant The elegant Analogie betweene the Sun and mans heart by whose motion beames and light all things haue their brightnesse luster and beauty so in the middest of the chest the heart resideth whose likenesse and proportion with the Sun is such and so great as the ancient writers haue beene bolde to call the Sun The hart of the world and the heart the Sunne of mans bodie For euen as by the perpetuall and continuall motion of the Sun and by the quickning and liuely heat thereof al things are cheered and made to flourish the earth is decked and adorned yea crowned with flowers brings foorth great varietie of fruites and yeelds out of her bosome innumerable kinds of Hearbes the shrubs thrust forth their buds or Iems and are cloathed with greene leaues in token of iollity all creatures are pricked forward with the goades and prouocations of luste and so rushing into venereall embracements do store and replenish with a large and abundant encrease both Citties Land and Seas for which cause Aristotle calleth this Aristotle prosperous refreshing and comfortable Starre 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as beeing the procreator of all things and on the contrary the same Starre of the Sunne being departed farre from our Coasts the earth begins to be horrid and looke deformed the shrubs are robbed and dispoyled of their leaues berries and verdure and a great part of those things which the fertility of Nature had brought foorth is weakened and wasted so in like manner by the perpetuall motion of the heart and by the vitall heate thereof this litle world is refreshed preserued and kept in vigor and good life neither can any thing therein be either fruitfull or fit and disposed to bring foorth vnlesse that mighty and puissant power of the heart do affoord and yeelde an effectuall power offoecundity The Vital faculty floweth from the heart as from the fountaine the Celestiall faculty from heauen This latter is saide to be the preseruer of all inferiour things the former kindleth nourisheth and refresheth the Naturall The excellēt similitude of the vitall and celestial faculties heate of euery part The Heauen workes vpon the inferiour world by his motion and light the Heart by his continual motion and aethereall spirit as it were a bright light cleareth and beautifieth all the parts of the body The motion and light are in the superiour bodies the instruments of the intelligencies and of the heauens of the intelligencies as of the first mouers vnmooued of the heauens as of the first moouer mooued The vital spirits and pulsation or beating of the heart are instruments of the soule and of the heart Of the soule as of a moouer not mooued of the heart as of a moouer mooued by the soule Now further who seeth not the sublunary part of the world expressed in the inferiour venter or lower belly for in it are contained the parts that are ordained for nourishment procreation so as we neede not make any doubt to professe and affirme that all things are found in the body of man which this vniuersall world doth embrace comprehend Wilt thou see in this Microcosme or little world the wandering Planets The moyst and watrie The wandering Planets in the little world power of the Moone is resembled by the streaming marrow and pith of the back braine The power of Venus is proportioned in the generatiue parts To Mercurie so variable and withall so ingenuous the instruments of eloquence and sweet deliuery are answereable Of the
with his eyes or comprehend with his minde that eternall Father I say cannot be knowne but by his effects and all the knowledge of God that can be had must be deriued not à priori but à posteriori not from any cause or matter preceding but from the effects and thinges subsequent So we reade in the sacred Scriptures that Moses could not endure the bright shyning face of God his eyes were so dazled therewith The inuisible things of God saith the Apostle Moyses Paul ad Rom. are knowne by those things that are visible Who is it therefore that will not honor reuerence and admire the author and workeman of so great a worke if he do attentiuely aduise with himselfe how wonderfull the fabricke and structure of mans body is I will praise thee O Lord saith that Kingly Prophet because I am wonderfully made Phidias his Minerua Apelles his Venus Polycletus his Rule are admired by antiquity and therefore great and high honours haue beene decreed vnto them Ctesicles is commended for making a marble Image with such excellent art and cunning that the Samian young men in desire to obtaine the same were contented to lodge night by night in the Temple And wilt not thou admire the arch-type and patterne of all these I meane the body of Man They did imitate in the workes of Nature that which is of least respect and regard namely the outward face and feature for their workes are but dumbe without motion or life But by the view of Anatomicall dissection we see and are able to distinguish the variable and diuers motions of mans body and those also very strange and sometime vncouth Some of the ancient Writers haue dignified the frame of mans body with the name The frame of man is Gods Booke Heraclitus title of The Booke of God For indeede in all men there appeareth certaine sparkes of a Naturall diuinity or diuine nature as Heraclitus witnesseth who sitting in a Bakers shop and perceiuing some of his Auditors which desired to speake with him would not come vnto him into so homely a place Come in saith he for euen heere there be Gods also Iouis omnia plena All things saith the Poet are full of Iupiter For euen in the smallest and most contemptible creature there is matter enough of admiration but yet in the frame of Gods admirable power shineth in the frame of man mans body there is I know not what something more diuine as wherein appeareth not onely the admirable power of God but his wisedome euen past all beleefe and his infinite and particular goodnesse and bounty to Man For his power it is not onely visible but palpable also in that of so small a quantitie of seede the parts whereof seeme to be all homogenie or of one kinde and of a few droppes of blood he hath framed so many and so diuers particles aboue two hundred Bones Cartilages yet more many more Ligaments a number of Membranes numberlesse the Pipes or trunkes of the Arteries millions of veines sinnewes more then thirty paire Muscles almost foure hundred and to conclude all the bowels and inward parts His incredible wisedome appeareth in the admirable contabulation or composition of the whole The wisedom of God in the workmanship of the parts made of so many parts so vnlike one to another Enter thou whosoeuer thou art though thou be an Atheist and acknowledgest no God at all enter I beseech thee into the Sacred Tower of Pallas I meane the braine of Man and behold and admire the pillars and arched Cloysters of that princely pallace the huge greatnesse of that stately building the The elegant workmanship of the whole frame Pedistals or Bases the Porches goodly frontispice the 4. arched Chambers the bright and cleare Mirrour the Labyrinthaean Mazes and web of the small arteries the admirable trainings of the Veines the draining furrowes and watercourses the liuing ebullitions and springings vp of the sinnewes and the wonderfull foecundity of that white marrow of the back which the wiseman in the Book of the Preacher or Ecclesiastes calleth the Siluer cord From the braine turne the eye of thy minde to the gates of the Sun and Windowes of the soule I meane the eyes and there behold the brightnesse of the glittering Cristall the purity and neate cleannesse of the watery and glassy humors the delicate and fine texture of the Tunicles and the wonderfull and admirable volubility of the Muscles in turning and rowling of the eyes Marke and obserue also the art and curious workmanship appearing in the inward part of the eare how exquisitely it is made and trimmed with Labyrinths windings little windowes a sounding Timpane or timbrill three small bones a stirrop an anuile and a hammer the small Muscles the Nerue or sinnew of hearing and the Carteleginious or gristle passage prepared for conueying all sounds vnto the sense Looke vpon the vnweariable and agile motions the conquering power the frame and composition the Muscles the proper and peculiar kinde of flesh the Membranes the Veynes and sinnewes and the bridle as it were all easily distinguished within the compasse of that little body or rather little member of the bodie the Tongue wherewith we blesse God and wherewith we curse men Consider and obserue the Heart his two ventricles eares as many foure notable Vessels which as Hippocrates sayth are as it were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the fountaines Hippocrates in his Booke of the Heart and well-springes of the humane Nature and the riuers and sourses whereby the whole body is watered and refreshed besides eleauen gates or entrances the admyrable and intricate Textures of the vessels of the Liuer the separation and diuision of the currents of the Arteries and the Veynes and in a word consider the admirable structure of all the parts Animall Vitall and Naturall wilt thou not cry out though it bee against thy will O admirable Architect O vnimitable workeman And wilt thou not with the inspired Prophet sing vnto the Creator this Hymne I praise thee O Lord because thou hast shewed the greatnesse of thy wisedome in fashioning of my body Lastly the infinite goodnesse and bounty of God shineth in this excellent workemanship inasmuch as he hath so well prouided for all the parts that euery one hath her proper Gods infinite goodnesse in the structure of the body and peculiar vse and yet all are so fitted and knit together in such an harmonie and agreement that euery one is ready to helpe another and any one of them being ill affected the rest are immediatly drawne to a simpathy and participation with it Which society and fellowship of the parts Hippocrates in his Booke de Alimento hath thus breefelie but excellently expressed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 One agreement one confluence all consenting To conclude then these wonderfull and euer-worthy to bee admired workes of God in the composition and frame of mans bodie are as it were dumbe Schoolemaisters
in the particular History of the creature and in Dissection age of men may stand in competition with him but in the second how many things hee knew not how absurdly he vnderstood diuers things hee knew Galen and all the whole Schoole of Physitians haue prooued by demonstrations but especially by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or the sight of the eye which is of all arguments the most demonstratiue He writ Bookes of the Generation of the parts and of the History of the creatures but he bequeathed vs many things out of the testaments of other men neither is it likely that hee did euer cutvp the body of a man for if he had hee would not haue so fowly erred in that which is obuious to the sence For both in the History of the similar parts and in the description of the dissimilar he hath set downe many things very grosse and absurd as in that where he writeth that the Veines do originally proceede from the Heart which also hee maketh the wel-spring of the Nerues where he saith there are three ventricles in the Heart that the Braine was made onely to refrigerate or coole the heart and such like many more which we shall meete withall in our Treatings of the bones the veynes the arteries the nerues the heart the braine and other particular parts and therefore in those places the diligent and studious Reader may looke for and finde them What the other Greeke Authors haue written of Anatomy CHAP. XIII THere were after Hippocrates time certaine famous men that did diligentlie practise the art of Anatomy and deliuered many things in writing which haue all perished I know not by what mishap or destiny whether I should call it Alcmaeus Crotoniata as Calchidius reporteth did vse to anatomize Alcmaeus Diocles. mens bodies Diocles Carystius in his Epistle to King Antigonus diuideth the bodie of Man into the head the chest the belly and the bladder Lycus Macedo was accounted cunning in the Dissection of the Muscles and his bookes as saith Galen in his 4. Lycus Galen Quintus Marinus booke de Anat. Administ were with great commendation dispersed all abroad Quintus Lycus his Schoolemaister wrote some things of Anatomy Marinus published 20. bookes of those thinges which Lycus was ignorant of in Anatomy Erasistratus did much in this kinde also Herophilus as Tertullian saith cut vppe aboue seuenty bodies and oftentimes Erasistratus Herophilus the bodies of liuing men of him Galen writeth thus Herophilus aswell in all other things that appertaine to out art as also in Anatomy did attaine to a most exacte and exquisite skill and knowledge and for the most part made his experiments not in bruite beastes as most men vse to do but euen in the bodies of men Pelops Galens Schoolmaster Diog. Apollon Asclepiades Eudemus Praxagoras Philotimus Elianus Polybius Colistus Pelops did publickly teach Anatomy and was the Schoolemaister of Galen he affirmed that all the vessels of the body did originally arise from the Braine Diogenes Apollonata wrote a Booke of Veynes Asclepiades Eudemus Praxagoras Philotimus Elianus Polybius Calistus in their seuerall times did all of them excell in this art Yet none of their writings remaine with vs but if we beleeue Aristotle and Galen they had many foolish and ridiculous conceites There haue beene also Greekes of later times who haue done somewhat in Anatomy as Aretaeus Theophilus Oribasius but Galen hath wonne the Girlond from Aretaeus Theophilus Oribasius them all as we haue already prooued Who haue beene the chiefe Authors of Anatomy in our owne times CHAP. XIIII MAny things also haue the Arabians written of the matter of Anatomy of whom Auicenna is worthily accounted especially for the speculatiue part the Prince and Chieftaine but amongst all the Latines haue taken most Auicen Latine writers pains in this argument and amongst them those of our owne age so that now the Art is so beautified that it seemeth the last hand is put vnto it and the art of Anatomy may now be accounted to haue attained the very height of her glorie Among the ancientest of them we haue Mundinus who wrote very perspicuously by way of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or resolution following the order of dissection Carpus wrote large Commentaries vpon him but we must needes taxe them both with many ydle and absurd passages Mundinus Carpus besides the lamenesse and imperfection of their workes Thomas de Zerbis set forth a large worke but we imagine that he tooke much from other men and had little of his owne neither Tho. de Zerbis had he as we suppose any great practise himselfe in dissection After these came Vasseus Carolus Stephanus Andernacus At length appeared Andreas Vesalius who wrote very Vasseus Caro. Stephanus Andernacus Vesalius an acurate writer accurately and some thinke he balked nothing that may appertaine either to Dissection or to the actions or vse of the parts but he is condemned of many and haply not vnworthily for that hauing transcribed almost all his worke out of Galen yet hee cannot affoord him scarse a good word but either pricked by ambition or with an itching desire to contradict so great an Author he neuer leaues goading and wounding his reputation and that very often vndeseruedly Iacobus Syluius heerein hath carried away the reputation that he hath digested in a most exquisite order the vast and wilde Forrest as it were and confusion of all the Muscles and Vessels and giuen them particular and proper names but hee was little beholding to his Syluius his cōmendation Printer who hath let slip many escapes and by your leaue added as we thinke somthings to him very superfluous These two Vesalius and Syluius flourished both in one time but Vesalius was too tart and sharpe in his calumniations Syluius too obstinate a desender of Galen Vesalius hath rashly and vnaduisedly written many things against Galen Syluius in defending his Maister Galen is enforced to maintaine many vncouth Paradoxes Gabriell Fallopius the most subtile and acute Anatomist of this age hath deserued exceeding much of vs all for in his obseruations he hath opened many things altogether vnknowne to the Fallopius his commendation former ages he wrote also an excellent Commentary vpon Galens Booke de Ossibus Columbus couched the whole Art very succinctly in xv Bookes and penned them very neatly Valuerda the Spaniard hath done also exceeding well and with great commendations Columbus Eustachius hath published some small workes of Anatomy concerning the bones and the frame and composition of the Kidneyes Bauhinus first exceeded all men and since in a later Eustachius Bauhinus worke hath exceeded himselfe both in his descriptions and in his Tables Archangelus Picholominaeus a Cittizen of Rome hath set forth very learned readings of Anatomy interlaced Archangelus Picholomineus Var. Arantius P●g●feta Volcherus Coeiter Platerus Guillemaeus with many disputations concerning things controuerted Varolius Arantius and Pigafeta haue added
Place for the same thing The Eye sayth Galen in the first Book of his Method we call a Member neyther is there any oddes which you call it a Member or a Part if any man shall say the Eye is a Part and not a Member or a Member and not a Part I will not in either contend with him In his first Book de locis affectis Not onely the latter Physitians sayth he but many also of the antients doe vse to call the particles of the body Places Hippocrates in his Book de locis in homine and de victus ratione in morbis acutis calleth also Parts Places yet there are some who distinguish a Member from a Part Hippocrates and a Particle from a Place Aristotle calleth those only Members which are compounded Aristotle of parts of diuers natures as the Head the Feete and the Hands and those that are similar he calleth properly Parts Theodorus in Aristotle thinketh that the name of a Part or Place is of larger extent then the name of a Member So also Galen in the sixt of his Method Theodorus sayth that the Eye may be called a Part or a Member and the horny tunicle a Part Galen but not a Member but because in these Philosophicall disquisitions it becommeth vs better to stand vpon substances then vpon wordes wee take no care whether you vse the name of a Part a Member a Particle or a Place it concernes vs more to find out an essentiall definition of a Part. Auicen defineth a Part to be a body ingendered of the first permixtion of the humours as the humors doe consist of the first mixtion of the meate and the meate of the Elements But this definition Auicens definition of a part imperfect Fen prima primi Doct. 5. ca. 1 of the Arabian is too presse straight narrow because it agreeth only to homogenie parts not to heterogenie for euery man may easily perceiue that heterogenie or dissimilar parts are compounded immediately of similar not of the first mixture of the humors And this Galen teacheth in plaine and expresse words in his first Book de Elementis Galen where hee sayth that compounded partes are immediately made of the simple or similar the simple of humors humors of Aliments Aliments of the Elements They which would salue the Arabians credite say that his definition is materiall nor formall for both similar and An excuse of Auicen but which wil not hold water dissimilar do communicate in the matter though their forme or difference be diuers but they forget that an essentiall definition must expresse the forme especially because it is the chiefe part of the essence as that which giueth Being to the thing Aponensis defineth a Aponensis definition of a part part to be a solid and thick body begotten of humidities or moystures and adorned with the powers of Nature which definition laboureth of the same disease with the former comprehending onely simple not compounded parts Galen hath two definitions of parts The first in the first Booke of his Method and the Galens two definitions fift Chapter and in the first booke de Elementis cap. 6. The second is in his first Booke de vsupartium The first is this A Part is that which accomplisheth or integrateth the whole Or whatsoeuer addeth any thing to the frame of a humane body The second is this A Part is a body which neither hath a proper circumscription of his owne nor yet is on euery hand ioyned with others Both these definitions seeme to bee too large comprehending not onely liuing Both too large particles which are onely truely and properly partes but those also which haue no life as the haires the nailes the fat Hippocrates also vseth this large and ample signification of a part in Lib. 6. Epidemi●n where 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is humors spirits he calleth parts So Aristotle calleth seede bloud milke marrow phlegme and fatte or grease Parts Fernelius the french Galen giueth vs a perfect definition of a Part in the first Fernelius the french Galen Chapter of the second Booke of his Physiologia and disputeth and scanneth the particular branches of his definition learnedly and at large Argenterius a common Calumniator Argenterius his cauil at Fernelius sayeth Laurentius taxeth Fernelius definition assuming a diuerse consideration of mans body first as it is a substance and so hee sayeth the parts of it are the Matter and the Forme next as it is a body and so the parts of it are all the Corporeall substances therein contained Finally as a liuing and animated Creature and in that respect sayth he whatsoeuer liueth may be called a part of the liuing Creature not a part of the body Wherefore Fernelius did ill define a Part of mans body to bee a body cohearing or cleaning to the whole and ioyned to it in common life framed for his vse and function But these are but nice and friuolous cauils and indeede extrauagant from a Physitians consideration for a Phisitian doth not consider the body of man as it is a naturall body consisting of matter and forme but as it is obnoxious or liable to sicknesse or health And therefore Fernelius doeth well determine that those bodies onely are to bee called partes which may be the Subiects of sicknes and health Now those parts only are afflicted with Fernelius defended diseases which performe some actions in the body and actions belong to liuing parts not to those which haue no life For sicknes is an indisposition which at the first hand and immediately hurteth or hindereth the action And therefore Fernelius his definition is exquisite and perfect beseeming a true Physitian Of the principalitie of the Parts against the Peripateticks proouing that there is not one onely Principall to wit the Heart QVEST. II. COncerning the principalitie of the partes there is a famous difference betweene the Physitians and the Philosophers The great Genius and interpreter of Nature Aristotle in the seauenth and the tenth Chapters of his second booke de partibus Animalium in Aristotle wold haue but one principal part and that the heart the fourth Chapter of his third book de partibus Animalium in his second booke de generatione Animalium in his booke de vita morte in his bookes de somno and de causa motus Animalium determineth that there is but one Soueraigne in mans body and one Principle which in his bosome and imbracement conteyneth and comprehendeth all the faculties And this he resolueth is the Heart the fountaine sayth he of the veines arteries and the sinewes the source of heate spirits and quickning Nectar the first and onely storehouse of bloud or worke-house of sanguification and finally the seate and mansion house of the vegetatiue sensatiue and reasonable Soule In Artstotles foot steps haue walked Auerrhoes in the second of his Collectanies Aphrodiseus in his first booke de Anima and many
brain which looseth it selfe in his substance Hee saw the hollow veine in the heart very large and ample but he did not obserue that it onely openeth into the heart gaping at it with a spacious orifice or mouth to poure into the right ventricle as it were into a Cisterne sufficient bloud for the generation of vital spirits to supply the expence of the whole body but goeth not out of the heart as doeth manifestly appeare by those three forked membranes or values and floud-gates yawning outward but close inward But because wee shall haue fitter occasion hereafter to dispute this question with them of the originall of the veines and the sinewes it shall bee sufficient that we haue sayd thus much of it at this time As for the seate of the faculties of sence and motion is it not against all reason and experience That the hart is not the beginning of animal motion to place them in the heart The heart indeede is moued and that perpetually but that motion is not Voluntarie but Naturall it is moued yet not at our pleasure but according to it owne instinct Dayly practise and experience teacheth vs that when the ventricles of the Braine are either compressed or filled and stuffed vp as in the Apoplexy Epilepsie and drowsie Caros then all the faculties are respited and cease from their functions but when the heart is offended the life indeede is endangered but neither motion nor sence intercepted Againe if the heart were the seate of all the faculties as the Peripatetikes would faine haue it then vpon any affection of the same or notable deprauation of his temperament An elegant argument against the Peripatetickes all the functions should be impeached because all actions come from the Temper But we see that in a Hectique ague or Consumption wherein there is an vtter alienation of the temper as being an equall distemper of all distempers the most dangerous yet the voluntary and principall faculties do remaine inviolate In the violent motions and throbbing Strange motions of the Heart palpitations of the heart which some say haue beene seene so extreame that a rib hath beene broken therewith yet neither the voluntary motions of the parts are depraued nor the minde at all alienated or troubled Who will deny but that by pestilent and contagious vapors and breaths comming from the byting of venomous beasts or the taking of poyson the vitall faculty is oppugned and as it were besieged in his own fortresse But yet those that are so affected do enioy both sence and reason euen to the last breath most times When the Braine is refrigerated sleep presently stealeth vpon vs now Aristotle himselfe Aristotle defineth sleepe to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The rest of the first sensator If any of the principal Faculties either Motiue or Sensatiue be affected where do the remedies applyed auaile Surely at the Head not at the Heart The Braine therefore not the Heart is the first Moouer and first Sensator But the Peripatetiks obiect that the Braine hath no The sensation of the Braine not passiue but operatiue Why the braine is cold that is lesse hot Answeres to the arguments of the Peripatetiks sence and therefore cannot be the author of it We will giue them a learned answere out of Galen The Braines sensation is not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is not passiuely but operatiuely It receiueth not the species or Images of sensible things but like a Iudge it taketh knowledge of their impressions and accordingly determineth of them They say the Braine is vnapt for motion because it is cold we answere it was necessary it should bee cold that is lesse hot for the better performance of the functions For if the Braine had exceeded in heate then would his motions haue beene rash and vnruly and his sensations giddie and fond as in a phrensie In a Syncope the Animall faculties do faile It is true but why Because there is an exolusion and so a defect of vitall spirits by which the animall are cherished The Ligation or interception in like manner of the arteries of the necke called Carotides induceth a priuation of motion and sense onely because the vitall Spirits are intercepted which minister matter to the Animall But one Principle is better then many That we confesse is very true but yet we know there are many reasons why it is not possible it should be so in this Little world We Why in the Little worlde there cannot be one onely principle The first demonstration will instance but in a few It is granted by all men that the substance of the arteries is diuerse from that of the veynes and the substance of the sinnewes differing from them both and as their substance so is their structure very different and their temper not one and the same how then could it be that Organs of so distinct kinds should yssue all from one and the same part Againe it was necessary that these organes should in their originall be very The second large and ample to transfuse sufficient spirites and a common matter suddenly and togetherward into the whole bodye Now the magnitude or proportion of any one part much lesse of the heart could not be sufficient for this purpose either to affoord a foundation for so large vessels or to supply a competent allowance of matter for them all Addeheereto The third that the faculties of the soule follow the temper of the body and therefore so diuers faculties might not issue from one part which hath but one single temperament How can we imagine reasonably that three distinct different faculties yea oftentimes quite contrary Reason Anger and Concupiscence shoulde reside altogether as if they were sworne friends in one Organ Or how when the heart is on fire with anger should reason make resistance which delighteth in a middle and equall temper Do not the vital and animall faculties require a different temper Their Organs therefore must also necessarily The fourth be different and distinct For the heart is by nature fitted to contain and propagate the vital faculty but for the preseruation of the animall it is vtterly incompetent The reason is at hand The vitall spirit is very hot impetuous raging and in continuall motion and therefore stood in neede of a strong organ wherein it should be wrought and contained that the spirit might not because of his tenuity be exhaled nor the vessell by which it is conueyed breake in perpetuall pulsing and palpitation which both wold easily haue hapned if the heart and arteries had bin thin and of a slender texture The animall faculty required another temper in her organ otherwise the motions would haue beene furious the sences giddy and rash Reason would continually haue erred because the property of heate is to confound and make a medley of all things shuffling in one thing hudlingly vpon another through his continuall and indesinent
which no man in his right wits but will easily confesse or let him but pricke his finger and he shall see it Auicen Fen prima doctrina 5. Cap. primo defines that to be a principal part which hath in it selfe the Originall or beginning of the first and chiefe faculties of the Auicens desition or a principall part body or wherein the power or efficacy of those faculties by which the body is dispersed or gouerned doth as in his chiefe seate especially reside and manifest it selfe Some of the late Writers haue defined a principall part to bee that which out of it selfe exhibiteth and A definition of the late writers communicateth to other parts some actiue Instrument as for instance a Spirit So that which of all these definitions we accept of it will still remaine that there are three principall parts the Braine the Heart and the Liuer For if we respect Necessity these only are absolutely necessary if the originall of the faculties in the Braine resideth and shineth the animall the vitall in the heart and the naturall in the Liuer if the Instruments then from the Braine floweth the animall spirits by the sinnewes the vitall from the heart by the arteries the naturall from the Liuer by the veins and by those passages are all diffused from their fountaines in the whole body Galen in his Booke de Arte parua addeth to the principall partes a fourth to wit the Testicles not in respect to the indiuiduum or particular creature but because they are of absolute necessity for the conseruation of the kinde and production of encrease For the Testicles indeede do not make allowance to the whole body of any matter or facultie or spirit but only of a quality together with a subtile and thin breath or aire from which the flesh hath a ranke taste of the seede and the bodye a strength or farther ability in the performance of his actions QVEST. IIII. Which of all the principall Parts is the most Noble HAuing praemised this disputation concerning the number of the principall parts it remaineth because wee would haue nothing wanting which may giue satisfaction to such as desire it that we inquire which of all the principall parts is worthily to be preferred aboue the rest Galen in his first Booke de semine preferreth the testicles to the heart where he saith The Heart is indeede the author of liuing but the Testicles Galen preferreth the Testicles before the Heart are they which adde a betternesse or farther degree of perfection to the life because if they be taken away the iollity and courage of the Creature is extinguished the Male followeth not his Female the Veynes loose their latitude and become sunke narrow the Pulse abateth of his strength and becomes weake dull and languishing the skin is pilde and bare whereupon such men are called Glabriones and in a word all virility Glabriones Galen or manhoode vanisheth away Galen addeth The Testicles are another Fountaine or Well-spring of in-bred heate the Feu-place or Fire-hearth where the Lares or houshold-Gods of the body do solace and disport themselues from hence the whole body receyueth Wherein the Testicles do shew their power an encrease of heate and by that meanes not onely foecundity but also a great alteration of the temper the habite the proper substance yea and of the manners themselues so that to say true their power is very great and almost incredible then especially knowne when it is wanting as we may obserue in Eunuches Wherefore as to be and liue well is more excellent then simply to liue and haue an Idle and sluggish existence so the Instrument of the former which is the Testicles is more excellent then that of the latter which is the heart A probable but a sophisticall argument Galens subtile argument answered True it is that which giueth better life if it giue life also is more excellent then that which giueth life onely but the testicles do not giue life at all the creature can liue without them they adde indeed a perfection not to life that is to the concreate as we say but to liuing that is to the abstract so do the eyes so do other parts without which a Man should liue but in liuing should be miserable the heart therefore giueth the substance the testicles exhibite but an additament which may be away albeit it bee with notable detriment detriment I say not of that which the heart giueth which is the substance but of that which themselues affoord which is a complement Now that a substance is of more excellence then a complement no Man will deny the heart therefore is more noble then Whether the Braine be to be preferd before the hart the testicles But the heart hath a greater concurrent in this plea of honour which is the braine The Peripatetikes and Aristotle their Prince together with the whole family almost of The opinion of the Peripatetiks Stoiks the Stoickes especially Chrysippus do giue the preheminence to the heart as well because it is seated in the middest which is the place of honour as also because it is a liuing and abundant Fountaine of Natiue heate and finally because it is the speciall habitation of the soule for euen Hippocrates himselfe the Oracle of Physicke in his booke de Corde placeth Hippocrates the soule in the left ventricle of the heart and hence it is that they call the heart 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 quasi 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifieth Empire or rule comming from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Command But all this notwithstanding we are enforced to yeelde the superiority to the braine We determin that the brain is the prime principal part because his functions are more diuine and more noble then those of the heart For example All sence and voluntary motion proceede from it the habitation it is of Wisedome the Shrine of Memory Iudgement and Discourse which are the prerogatiues of Man aboue all other Creatures This is the Prince of the Family and the head is the head of the tribe all other parts are but attendants though some serue in more honourable place then others and owe homage vnto it yea all were created onely for his vse and behoofe An Elegant demonstratiō how all the body is seruiceable to the Braine For the braine being the seate of the intelligible or vnderstanding faculty it was requisite first that it should be supplied with phantasmes or representations these representations could not be exhibited and represented to the vnderstanding but by the ministerie of the outward sences For it is a rule in Philosophy Nihil est in intellectu quod nō prius fuit in sensu There is nothing in the vnderstanding or intellect which is not first in the sence It was necessary therefore that the sences should be created for the intellect Furthermore the sences could not haue beene perfect vnlesse the
they that dissect dead bodies doe first open the lower region which because it is the sinke of the body will soonest bee corrupted vnlesse the parts therein contayned be taken away We therefore from it will commence our discourse The diuision of the inferior or lower belly CHAP. II. THE inferior or lower venter which wee commonly call the Belly in greeke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is almost the middle part of the bulke or trunke of the body distinguished from the chest by the diaphragme or midriffe and is circumscribed or The scituatiō of the lower belly bounded aboue by the breast blade at the end of the breast bone below at the share bone before by that which is properly called the abdomen or paunch for some call all the lower belly by that name whence those that are great gormandizers are sayd to be nati Abdomini that is borne for their bellies behind by the spondels or rack bones of the loynes and the sacred or holy bone on both sides by the ribs the bones of the hippes and haunches This Venter because it was to containe the members of generation nutrition both hath allotted vnto it the most ample cauity or hollownes of the whole body It is therefore placed below that it might better receiue the recrements or excrements Why it is placed below Why so fleshy of both concoctions and more easily and cleanly conuay them away Before and on both sides it is fleshy that it might bee dilated or stretched out as well for the receiuing of nourishment as for the contayning the increase of the wombe or else bee compressed and straightned when need shall bee for the exclusion or auoyding of excrements How it is diuided It is deuided into two partes the fore-part and the hinder-part The fore-parte which Galen calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Arabians though their part of Anatomy wee may The forepart without great detrement to our Art forget Mirach Galen deuideth into three parts The vpper part or region of the Epigastrium The Hypochondria the Region of the Nauill and the Water-course or Hypogastrium wherfore in imitation of him wee also wil deuide it into the Vpper the Middle and the Lower Regions Hypochondria why so called Praecordia why so called Celsus The Vpper which is limited by the sword-like cartilage or the breast-blade and the ends of the ribs hath three parts two latterall or side-parts properly called Hypochondria because they are vnder the gristles of the bastard ribs for so much the greeke worde signifieth Celsus by a like kinde of notation calleth them praecordia because they bee vnder the What parts are in the Hypochondria mouth of the stomacke which the ancient Greekes called by the same name with the hart In the right Hypochondrium is placed the greater part of the Liuer in the left the spleene The 3. part of of the vpper Epigastrium and the greater part of the stomacke the third part of the vpper Epigastrium which also standeth in the front hath deseruedly gotten the name of the whole and is truely called Epigastrium because the stomacke lyeth vnder it which by an excellency is called Gaster or The spoon or hole of the heart the belly In this place is that cauity which the latter writers call Scrobiculum cordis the hole or spoone of the Heart the ancients called it Cardia The middle part of the Epigastrium The middle region of the Epigastrium called the region of the Nauil is the Region of the Nauill it is circumscribed on both sides with the endes of the ribs they right line of the haunch bone it hath likewise 3. parts two laterall which Galen calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i. void because the place is without bones Aristotle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because the are laxe and loose some call them Ilia we call them the flankes On the right side the blind The parts cōtained in it gut and a part of the Collicke gut and a part of the empty gut called ieiunum The third part of this middle Region of the Epigastrium is the front where the Nauill is seated called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or Vmbilicus this is the very center of the body and vnder it lyeth almost all the empty gut The lower region of the Epigastrium called the water course Vnder this Region of the Nauill is the lower Region and third part of the Epigastrium and it reacheth as farre as the share-bone It beginneth at the spine or swelling of the vpper circumference of the haunch bone and if you draw a line crosse from either side vnto the middle space betwixt the nauil the spines or protuberations of the share-bones you haue the full extent of this watercourse Of some in a large signification it is called the little belly but more strictly they would haue it to be that part onely wherein the bladder is contayned following as it should seeme Diocles Caristius who deuided the body into the Diocles Caristus head the breast the belly and the bladder This small belly is distinguished from the greater by a certaine fence or mound made of the production of the Peritoncum or the rim which production stretcheth from the necke of the bladder by the backe part and the bottome thereof euen vnto the nauill and this production is vpheld and sustayned by three ligaments two of which are called the Vmbilicall arteries and the 3. is called Vrachus This The Ligaments of it The names The parts cōtained in it The diuision of it The flanks little belly Hippoc. calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Galen Hypogastrium the Latines Aqualiculus because the excrements haue in it their Rendevous or place of assembly for in the fore-part it hath the bladder and the gut called Ileon in the hinder part the right gutte and betwixt these in women is the seate of the wombe This little belly is also subdiuided into three parts two laterall and a middle the laterall reacheth to the place where the haire buds and are called by Celsus Ilia because they contayne the gut called Ileon and the spermaticke vessels we call them the flankes The middle or forepart reaching to the very yard is properly The forepart called Hypogastrium whose right and left partes which in the bending of the thigh side or leane to the share-bone are called by Aristotle Boubones which name those tumors that Aristotle Boubones arise in these parts doe yet retaine by the Latines Inguina which is with vs properly called the leske The third and forepart of this Hypogastrium where the haires growe tufted and The leske Hippocrates Aristotle The groyne Ye●res of maturity Hippocrates ranke is called by Hippocrates and Aristotle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Latin Pecten or Pubes with vs the groine yet Pubes doeth more properly signifie the Downe or Cotton when it ariseth about those parts in men neare vppon the fourteenth yeare in
streyne the whole belly equally and alike in euery place the continuated position of the Rim supplieth that want as when a man casteth both his hands vpon a bag of hearbes and compasseth them about on euery side hee may more equally straine the liquor out of all the parts of the bag Fourthly sayth Galen in the booke next aboue named and the 17. chapter it giueth Galen coats to all the entrals of the lower belly and produceth diuers ligaments as we haue partly touched before and shall do more at large hereafter Fifthly it firmeth and strengthneth all those entrals especially the stomacke and the guts which otherwise being distended with wind would be violated yea torn as it were and their coats sliuen asunder beside it tyeth them together and holdeth thē fixe in their proper places Finally it is a sauegard to the vessels which hauing a long course to run and being but slender of themselues are secured betwixt the duplicated membranes of this Peritonaeum CHAP. XI Of the vmbilicall or Nauel vessels The sixt Table sheweth the lower belly all the containing parts aswell proper as common being remooued the bowels lying in their natural position couered with the kall or omentum together with the vmbilicall vessels TABVLA VI. FIG I FIG II b. The Ligament of the bladder which is shewed for the Vrachus The second Figure sheweth the vmbilicallVeine A. That part which ioyneth to the nauell B. The other that is inserted into the Liuer The nauell therefore is the stumpe of the vmbilicall vesselles by which the Infant was nourished in the wombe Tab. 6. C. therefore implanted into the middest of the lower The vmbilicall vessels belly because it was requisite that as well the Alimentary as the Vitall blood should first apply to the parts contained in this belly Now the vmbilical vessels are these One veine in bruite Beasts there are two Two Arteries sometimes yet that rarely but one diuided at the inside of the nauell into two and in Beasts the Vrachus The vmbilicall veine Tab. 6. from D to D is the first of all the veines yea the Principle of Perfection of all the parts of the body in respect of their fleshy substance because it is The vmbilicall Veine the vehicle or conueigher of blood as well for the matter whereof all the Parenchymata of all the parts wherefore it is also the roote of the Gate-veine and is formed together with the vmbilicall arteries immediately of the seede before any of the entrals And this truth accordeth with the opinions of Hippocrates and Galen and with right reason for the Infant Hippocrates Galen needeth both bloud and spirits for the generation of his parts now because these must be conuayed by vessels it followeth necessarily that those vessels should be generated before the parts themselues and these are they So we see the seede of Corne or such like when Comparison it is cast into the earth first of all it shooteth out of it selfe the beginning of the stalke and of the roote together that afterward the stalke may be nourished by the rootes Semblably in the figuration of Man-kinde at the same instant that the substance of the body beginneth to be moulded the vmbilicall vessel is produced whereby the creature might be nourished and augmented This veine Table 6. from D to B passeth through the double membranes of the Rimme The passage of the vmbilicall veine and in the Infant hauing gotten through the place of the nauill becommeth sometimes two sometimes presently after his egresse is deuided so that it seemeth to bee double and together with the arteries is compassed with a membrane called the Gut-let and so runneth out into a great length Vesilius sayth of a foote and a halfe long but oftentimes it is much longer yea sometimes double and treble The veine is full of knottes by which The knots of the veine some supersticious Midwiues gather how many children the Mother shall haue but their true vse is to stay and entertaine the bloud that it might receiue a more exquisite elaboration for the nourishment of the tender Infant The arteries because they are ordayned to conuay the spirites for the support of life are straight and euen without any bossed knottes at all When these vessels come vnto the secundine or after-birth they disperse through it notable The manner how they nourish sustain the Infant braunches and lesser toward his outward part which atteining vnto the Liuer or Cake of the wombe doe forme a Net-like complication till at length they loose themselues into small hairie strings by which as by the tendrils of the rootes of plants the mothers bloude both alimentary and vitall together with the spirit is drawne out of the mothers veines and arteries into these vmbilicall vesselles From whence the veines conuey the bloud into the Gate-vein from thence by the Anastomoses or inocculations which are betwixt the roots of the Gate and the hollow-veines it passeth into the trunk of the hollow vein and so nourisheth the whole body of the Infant The Vmbilical arteries by which the Infant hath transpiration do transport the vital bloud vnto the Aorta or great arterie from thence it passeth vnto the heart to maintain the natiue heate and life of the little creature But after the Infant is borne the Midwife after she haue stroaked down the bloud to nourish the Babe A direction for Midwiues casteth it into a knot close to the belly and then cutteth it off and the stumpe that is left is the nauill And because the portions of them which are left within the body should not be altogether The vse of these vessels after the birth vnprofitable they are turned into ligaments The veine because it proceedeth out of the Fissure or cleft Tab 6. B and tab 4. lib. 3. F which is in the hollow part of the Liuer and thence attaineth betwixt the two Membranes of the Rim vnto the Nauill becommeth the Ligament of the Liuer which sometimes in dropsie bodies openeth yea and euen in our dissections we haue sometimes followed it with a Probe and found it open into the Liuer The way of the dropsie water and so auoydeth by the nauill the water which is gathered in the Liuer but the chiefe vse of it is to tye downe the Liuer to the Nauil that it rise not vp and so stop the descent of the midriffe in our inspiration And this vse of it the Egyptians know full well for they vse to flay at this day their Theeues and they liue in great torment til the Hang-man or Butcher cut the nauill and then they dye instantly the Liuer gathering vp vnto the midriffe and so A cruel custome of the Egyptians The passage of the vmbilical arteries stopping their breath The Vmbillicall arteries Table 6. AA tab 2. lib. 3. kl arise as most do agree though Vesalius be of another mind from the Iliacall arteries or rather
therefore of the Couer or head is in stead of colde to the boyling water In like manner in Melancholy men their hot and boyling entrals raise vapours which when they come to the skin which is lesse hot then the entrals are gathered and thickned Why Melancholy men sweate much into sweate So the breathing vapours of all the lower parts being raised into a hot braine which yet is lesse hot then the lower parts are turned into water fal down in Rheumes Gowts and such like As for this manner therefore wee say that Fatte curdles by colde that is by a lesser heate then will melt it so wee say the Brayne is cold that is lesse hot although it be hotter as we haue sayd then the ayre can bee in the heate of summer That summer ayre or hot gleames wee call hot and so they are yet are they colde in respect of It is a fieryheat that we liue by fire yea cold in respect of the heate of a liuing creature the heart by them being refrigerated for our life is proportionable to fire and it is a true rule in Metaphysicks that is in Logicke Meanes are contrary to their extreames Answere to the former arguments that meanes are contrary to their extreames else should not liberality which is a vertue be contrary to couetousnes and prodigality which are the extreames and vices These things being thus first determined we will now answere the argument vrged against vs. First we deny that all concretion or coagulation is done by actuall colde for as it is sayd Lead yet firie hot will congeale and whereas Fat groweth to the heart which is the hottest of all the parts we answere that herein is a great document of the wonderfull The wonderfull prouidēce of nature and prouident wisedom of Nature who hath thus prouided least in perpetuall motion the hart should gather so great a heat as should waste consume it for which cause also saith Hippo. it lyeth in water much like vrine that it might euer be fresh as it were flourishing Chrysippus that notable Stoicke in his booke of Prouidence sayeth that the finall cause ouercommeth both the efficient and matter in naturall thinges and Aristotle against Democritus The finall cause is the first and chiefest in works of nature sayth that in the workes of nature the end is the first and chiefe cause for it moueth the other causes it selfe being immoueable I know that our aduersaries will obiect that nature indeuoureth nothing against her owne lawes shee should therefore haue made the heart temperate But let me retort their owne weapon against them Nature should haue made the heart originally temperate that there might haue beene no neede of breathing cold ayre how absurd this opposition against the wisedome of nature is no man but seeth For the heart was necessarily to bee created very hotte because in it is the hearth and fire whereby the naturall heate of all the parts is preserued and refreshed If they thinke not the Fat of the heart necessary let them remember that it groweth not in the ventricles nor in the flesh of the heart but onely vpon the Membranes of the vessels which are parts lesse hot then any of the other Some there are which add further that this Fat is a part of the heart because it keepeth alwayes the same figure and circumscription and is not melted by fire but rather torrifieth For the Membranes of the Braine we say they haue no Fat because there was no vse of it yea it would haue hindered the breathing out of the smoaky vapors by his clamminesse Why there is no fat in or about the braine For the Braine like a cupping glasse draweth continually and sucketh vp the expirations of the inferior parts to which if the Comb-like sutures of the Skul did not gape and giue way the Braine would be made as it were drunke with their aboundant moystures Beside Fat would haue hindred the motion of the Brain for it moueth perpetually as the Pulse doth as we shall shew in due place wherefore in the Braine there wanteth the finall cause of Fat. The materiall cause is also wanting because there is required a great aboundance of bloud for the nourishment of the brain and for the generation of Animall spirits it behoued not therefore that it should be conuerted into Fat Old men and those that are melancholy are seldome fat because the material cause of it is wanting for they are too dry The Fat of the Why melancholy men are leane Kidneyes compasseth not the flesh but their membranes only Aristotle saith that both kidneyes are fat but the right lesse then the left because it is the hotter And whether the Fat be a liuing part we shall dispute in our next exercise Finally whereas Galen sayth that in cold and dry bodies the Fatte is Larded through the flesh not through the coates or membranes we answere that by flesh in that place he vnderstandeth the muscles which are couered Galen expounded with their proper coates to which coates the fat groweth because they abound with bloud and veines but in those coates that are most distant whereof he there speaketh because of their drynes there wanteth matter of Fat for you may remember wee taught you before that Fat is not ingendred but only where there is an ouerplus of bloud which sweateth through the spongy flesh after it is satisfied Now in cold and dry bodies such as Galen there speaketh off ther is no such aboundance of bloud that there should be any ouerplus The effects of Fat which they mention conclude nothing it is true that Fat is a concocting medicine and that the Fat of the Kall relieueth the heat of the stomacke but not primarily and of it selfe but by euent because the thicknes and visciditie or clammines of it hindreth the euaporation of the heate which by that meanes is doubled besides it stoppeth vp the pores that the piercing cold cannot reach vnto it Wherefore it heateth the stomacke as How fat heateth the stomacke cloathes heat the body not by adding heat but by keeping the naturall heat in and externall cold out That it easily flameth proceedeth from his oyly and aery matter so Camphire Why Fat flames burneth in the fire which yet all men take to be cold Moreouer the effects doe not proue the efficient cause of Fat to be hot for oyle which becomes thick and congealed in winter presently taketh flame and yet no man will deny but that it is congealed by the externall cold of the ayre We therefore conclude that Fat is curdled by cold that is by a lower or more remisse degree of heate that it groweth The conclusion or adheareth onely to membranes because their heate is weaker as hauing no continuity with the heart and therefore depriued of that plentifull influence of heat therefrom which the other parts of the body doe inioy which haue a more notable continuity
either side which he cannot do if the other kinde of section be administred The manner how to administer this kind of apertion The last question was mooued about the manner of this kinde of Paracentesis which is on this sort You must first cast a bought or running knot round about the nauell that at your pleasure you may streighten the hole or passage if the water should yssue out with too great violence next with a sharpe poynted Nall or Bodkin you must pierce the skinne in the verie middle of the knot of the Nauell against which as wee haue said the Vesselles doe chinke or cleaue in Dropsie bodyes and then put a Brazen or Siluer pipe into the wound through which the water may passe which also may bee stopped at your pleasure for all the water must not at once bee drawne out but some and some Caution by degrees For Hippocrates saith That if the Dropsie water or the purulent Matter of Aphor. 27. sect 6 Apho 51. sect 2 an empyeme in searing or cutting do all at once yssue foorth the Patient will dye For it is a rule That all plentifull and sudden euacuations are dangerous And in another place Dropsie Waters must be by degrees euacuated Finally it may seeme that Hippocrates had some knowledge of this kinde of apertion because hee saith in one place Apply your actuall Cauterie about the Circumference De morbis internis De locis in homine of the Nauell to let out the dropsie water but burne not the part too deepe Haply least they should not be able to moderate the effluxion * ⁎ * The End of the Controuersies of the Second Booke THE THIRD BOOKE Of the Parts belonging to Nutrition or Nourishment The Praeface HAuing in the former Booke dismantled this Castle of the Bodye and particularly the lower Region wee are now arriued at that worke-house of Nature wherein shee hath built her Engines and Instruments by which she doth not onely nourish and sustain the whole Family but also perpetuate Mankinde by Propagation the destiny of the matter not admitting a perpetuity in the particular creature But because these two workes of Propagation and nourishment are altogether distinct if not in the Faculties being both naturall Alterations the one called Generation the other Assimulation yet in the parts and Organs thereto belonging wee haue also thought good to diuide them in our Discourse and referring the worke of propagation to afterward in this place onely to handle the parts seruing to nutrition or nourishment Seeing therefore the substance of the whole body hath a necessary diffluence and dissipation as well by the in bred heate which like the greene worme feedeth vpon the choisest gemmes and flowers euen the Radical moisture as also by the outward aire and other externall causes and therefore cannot possible either encrease to the iust extent or consist when it is growne vnlesse the detriment and scath which is sustained by such dissipation and dissolution bee restored and made good Nature hath prouided certaine nourishing Organs whereby that daily expence is continually supplied And heerein we haue to admire the wonderfull prouidence of the great Creator who hath disposed these parts wherin it was necessary there should be such a confluence of noisome excrements in the lowest place as it were in the sinke of the body least otherwise their offensiue exhalations should defile the braine and the heart which are the seats of the principall faculties or vitiate and disturbe the rest of the senses For this lower Region is as it were the kitchen of the house in which there are some parts which as Cookes do prepare the common diet for the rest But in the description of his Region it must be remembred that we must not follow the order of dignity or of nature but of dissection taking the parts according to their positiō The ●ie therefore falleth first of all into the snare of the kell and indeede it is of all things most like to a snare or puisenet the close Meshes whereof are purfled with curled veines and curdled or crisped fat so becomming a thrummed rugge to keepe warme the Membranous and vnbloody guts and stomacke vnder it As for his duplication wherein the snaking and snayling diuarications of the vessels do craule all ouer the belly I suspect it to haue bin ordained by nature for some more secret and mysticall end then the securing of those tender saplings albeit I rest heerein vnsatisfied for any thing I haue read Immediately vnder these Cipresse wings for wings they are called by the Anatomists or Cauly cobwebs appeareth the Maze or labyrinth of the guts wheeled about in manifold foulds convolutions that neither the aliment should so suddenly passe away and so the wombe of man become an insatiate Orque voyding whilst it doth deuour neyther yet the noisom steame of the Faeculent excrements haue free and direct ascent to the vpper parts but be intercepted and deteined within those Meanders so smothered in those gulphs of the Guts or let out at the port Esquiline In the middest of the Guttes is scituated the Mesenterie which we may call not the Midriffe but the Midruffe for it is most like vnto a gathered ruffe sustayning the winding reuolutions of the Guttes in their proper places and conuaying vnto them the Meseraicke veines by which as by tender bearded rootes the Aliment is conuayed vnto the gate of the Liuer some haue called them Batuli domus the Porters of the house because they continually carry the Aliment vnto that furnace where it is tryed into bloud Neither are they idle and rigid passages but as Homer feigneth that the instruments of Vulcan are moued by instinct and of their owne accord so we may say that these vessels are taught by their Creator not onely to leade along the Chylus but to draw it and prepare it for the Liuer Next appeareth the Pancreas which we call in Swine the Sweet-bread a rude and vnshapely lumpe most like a map or dish-clout both in fashion and vse or if you would liken it to any thing in the body then it nearest resembleth the Liuer or cake of the wombe which groweth to the rootes of the Infants nauell It serueth for a pillow or Cushion to boulster vp the manifold diuisions of the Veines Arteries and Sinewes which in that seat of the body are distributed vnto the adiacent parts beside many other vses which we refer vnto their proper place and passe along vnto the stomacke the Cooke-roome where Diet is the Steward Appetite the Clark and Concoction the maister Cooke From thence the viands are deliuered vnto the Liuer the principall part of this lower region wherein they attaine their vttermost perfection being depurated from the scum by the bladder of Gall from the residence by the spleene from the vnprofitable liquor by the kidneies which conuay it vnto the Cesterne of the bladder to be cast out by the Conduite Of all which if I should in
their owne place The ends of the lower Ribs together with the Midriffe and the Peritonaeum adhering thereto are turned back that the Liuer the Spleene and the stomacke might be better seene TABVLA IX His magnitude is diuers Hippocrates counts it fiue palmes bigge Taken out and blown His magnitude it is much greater then it can be whilst it is in the body notwithstanding whether it containe more or lesse yet it so closely embraceth that it receyueth for the better concocting and boyling of it that it leaueth no emptinesse in his whole cauity But least being filled it should fall downe with the waight his left orifice which is continuated The connexiō with the Tab. 10. Fig 1 2 G oesophagus or Gullet is tyed to the Diaphragma the right is ioyned Tab. 10. Fig 1 2 H with P to the Duodenum On his backe and vpper part he lyeth vpon the backe bone and cleaueth to the fifte spondell of the Loynes below to the Omentum other where it is loose and free that it might more freely be distended Finally vnder his bottome and especially vnder his lower mouth called Pylorus Tab. 10 Fig 2 H P and vnder the beginning of the duodenum is the Pancraeas placed Table 10. figure 2. S to boulster them vp His figure table 10. is round for the more capacity and that it might The Figure be lesse subiect to be offended Long it is because of his two orificies which make it very like vnto a Bag-pipe On the left side and in the bottome Table 10. figure 2. M it is larger and rounder but toward the right hand it is by little and little attenuated or lessened that it might giue place to the Liuer and that the meate might by degrees fall from that side toward the bottome which is the chiefe place of concoction Foreward it is Table 10. figure 1. LL equally bunched backeward Table 10. figure 2. M N O whilst it is yet in the body it hath two protuberations or bunches the left is the greater the right is the lesse and flatter betwixt which is a hollownesse which doeth not appeare when it is taken out and blowne which hollownesse was ordayned to giue way to the spondels of the backe Table 10. figure 2 O and to the descending trunkes of the hollow veine and the greate Arterie On the outside it is smooth plaine and white within Table 10. figure 4. when it is His Cauitie knit or gathered together it is rugous or rugged as we see in Tripes and reddish It is hollow and his hollownesse of all other parts the most ample that it might receiue sufficient quantity of meate and drinke least for our nourishment we should be constrained to bee alwayes eating now when it is once full or satisfied wee may haue leysure for other businesse whilst all the meate taken at a meale be digested and distributed There are two Orificies in the vppermost region of it On Tab. 10. Fig 1. L the lefte His Orificies side one which appeareth best when the stomacke is best stuffed This orifice is continuated with the oesophagus or Gullet Tab. 10 Fig. 1 2 ABC and about the eleauenth Spondel of the breast is knit vnto the Diaphragma or Midriffe It is also farre greater then the other Tab. 10. Fig 4 l in respect of m of the same widthe with the oesophagus that nothing The vpper left Orifice which we can swallow might stay at it Thicker also it is then the other least it shold be violated when it is constrained to receyue hard thicke and vnchewed gobbets such as hunger bitten folke do with great rauenousnesse swallow downe and deuoure It hath fleshye and circular Fibres Tab. 10. Fig. 4 l that it might naturally streighten it selfe when it hath receiued the meate and drink to intercept the ascent of vapors into the Brain which some also would haue to giue great furtherance to the perfection of concoction because those that would sodainly boyle any thing do closely couer the pot mouth that the vapours or fumes might be kept in Againe least the vapours flying vp to the heart or braine which happeneth to great eaters and those that are of a verie moyst distemper should cause the Giddinesse the Meigrame suffusion and a stinking or distastfull breath This Orifice in A pretty note why in great griefe meat wil not down some vpon extreame greefe is so contracted or drawne togither that they cannot swallow any whole meate Finally these Fibres serue to this good purpose that those things which we eat should not returne into the oesophagus or mouth when a man stoopeth low forward or lyeth much The seat of appetite backward This Orifice because of the aboundance of sinnewes Tab. 10 Fig. 1 2. T V ● Fig 2 X Y that it receyueth is of most exquisite sense that it might feele it owne want which sense of want stirreth vp the appetite that the creature might addresse himselfe to prouide for more meate and drinke to satisfie it The Auncients call this Orifice 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is the heart because when it is affected by reason of his exquisite sense the like symptoms or accidents follow which follow them whose very hearts are affected whence the pain of this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or the heart-burning mouth of the stomacke is called Cardialgia we call it heart-burning when indeed it is only a disease of the mouth of the stomacke Sometimes the like soundings do follow as when the heart is affected and to say truth the heart is alwayes with it dravvn into consent not so much because of the neere neighbour hood that is betweene them as because their sinewes proceede from the same branch Some call it the mouth of the stomack commonly the vpper orifice sometimes it is called the stomack because of his largenesse and because it commeth nearer to the back-bone then to the brest-blade therefore wee applie in his diseases locall medicines both behinde and before before is more vsuall but when the whole stomacke laboureth then we apply onely before The neather and the right orifice Tab. 10. fig. 1 2 H of the stomacke is also bent a litle vpward being the bredth as it were of foure fingers distant from the bottome least the The neather and right orifice called Pylerus weight of the meate should open it This within beside transuerse Fibres is compassed with a thicke and compacted circle after the fashion of a round Muscle or like the Sphincter or Muscle of the siedge which sometime becommeth schirrhus or hard and by which after a naturall instinct it may be shut and opened streightned or widened This remayneth fast locked till the meate bee perfectly chaunged and boyled into a moyst and liquid Creame wherefore also it is narrower Tab. x. Fig. 4. compare l with m then the left orifice yet it may be opened as wide as do testifie the stones of fruite being eaten Bullets of
no lesse haply more hinder sanguification then the diseases of the Liuer it selfe because by howe much the better the Spleene doth his duty by so much the bloode in the Liuer is more pure and cleare In Dissections also we often finde that the Spleene exceedeth the Liuer in magnitude or is equall to it being yet sound in colour and consistence Notwithstanding albeit in both these entralles when a man is sound and hayle bloud is generated yet it must needs be confessed that there is more store of good and hot bloud fit for the nourishment of fleshy parts made in the Liuer then in the Spleen whose bloud is neyther so much nor so hot nor all out so good which Hippocrates intimateth when he saith that the same things which make the Spleene to flourish make the body to wither and consume And thus I haue acquainted you with Bauhines conceit of the vse of the Spleen wherein Bauhines cautelous conclusion me thinks he acquitteth himself as Bellarmine doth in his disputations of the sufficiency of works in our Iustification who after that in diuers Books and by manifold arguments he endeuoureth to proue that works may iustify yet in the end he concludeth that it is more Bauhine likened to Bellarmine safe onely to trust to iustification by faith so Bauhine for all his former arguments yet you see concludeth that the more better and warmer bloode is made in the Liuer as if hee should say there is a little cold blood made in the Spleen not fit to nourish the fleshy parts but onely his owne substance which I thinke no man will deny vnto him But of this question we shall see more heereafter in the Controuersies we will now put an end to our discourse of the Spleene adding this one vse more of it That with his in bred heate and the many Arteries wherewith that heate is encreased it furthereth the concection of the Stomacke CHAP. XII Of the Liuer THE Liuer is called in Greeke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from a word that signifieth Want because The notation it supplyeth the want of al the parts or from making merrie beecause in this part is the seate of concupiscence The Latines call it I●cur as it were Iuxta Cor because next to the heart his power is most eminent It is worthily numbred among the principall parts as being the seate of the A principall part naturall faculty and of the nourishing part of the soule common to alisanguine or bloodie creatures and first of all the Entralles or bowels it is perfected in the mothers womb The beginning of veins It is the beginning of Veines not in respect of their originall which is seed for the vessels are made before the Viscera or entrals but in respect of their rooting distribution for from hence spring two great and long Veines below out of his cauity or hollownesse the Port or Gate veine aboue out of his convexity or embowed side the hollowe veyne is sayde to proceede albeit indeede the hollow Veine groweth to his backe Tab. xiii Fig 2 FG Fig 3 MN part with two notable branches dispersed through his substance which two vesselles arise out of the Liuer the Parenchyma or flesh of it being compassed about their roots as the earth is about the roots of a tree and doe minister nourishment to the vvhole body wherefore the Liuer is called the shop of sanguification or blood-making It is placed in the Tab. 6. lib. 2 FF Tab. 9. CC vpper part of the lower belly that being His scituation set in the middest as it were of the body it might send bloud equally vpward and downeward it is about a fingers breadth distant from the Diaphragma least it should hinder his motion in dead bodies sometimes it toucheth it and is couered wholly by the ribbes It taketh vp the greatest part of the right Hypochondrium partly that it may leaue the left for the stomacke Table 6. Lib. 2. FF Table 9. FF and the spleen Tab. 9. G for these three occupy both sides whence it is that when any of them much more when all are swelled ther followeth great difficulty of breathing partly because the bloud might be better carried to the right ventricle of the heart It leaneth but lightly vpon the vppermost foremost and right side of the stomacke see the Tab. 6. lib. 2. and Tab. 9. least it should presse it with his waight and driue forth the matter contained in it A little part of it also reacheth toward the left side that the body might be ballanced In Dogs it taketh vp well neere both sides because their spleenes are long and narrow but the greatest part is compassed below with the bastard ribs which defend it from iniuries Table xiij sheweth the Liuer with his Veines The first Figure the Gibbous and forepart The second Figure the Gibbous and hinder part together with a part of the trunk of the hollow veine The third Figure a part of the hollow veine fastned to the backside of the Liuer and is opened with a long slit to shew the holes of his branches where they open into the Liuer FIG I. FIG II. FIG III. The fourth Figure sheweth the rootes of the Hollow and Gate veines dispersed through the Liuer and their Anastomoses or innocculations FIG IV. The form of it is outward or inward the outward forme or surface which is the vpper more backward part is smooth equall and conuexe or embowed Tab. viii B G Tab. 2 lib. 4 bb Tab xiii Fig. 1 AA Fig 8 CC round which is called pars gibba the gibbous part or The Figure the head that it may give way to the Diaphragma and may agree with the cauity of it but backward it hath a Tab. xiii Fig. 2 at F G long bosome sufficient to embrace the stumpe of the hollow veine Tab xiii Fig. 2 F G least it shold be pressed eyther with the Liuers waight or the motion of the Midriffe The inward face of the Liuer which is the lower is Tab. 8 C C. Tab xi RR. Tab xv Fig. 1 BBC hollow vnequall and is called the Simus or saddle side that it may giue way to the stomacke strutting Table 9. TP Tab. xi E. Tab. 2 lib. 4 CC with plenty of meat and couer it immediately to cherish the first concoction of the Chylus In this part there are two hollowes or bosomes one on the right side to receiue the body of the bladder of Gall Tab. xv Fig. 1 P the other on Tab xiii Fig ● L. tab xv Fig 1 H the left side where it giueth way to the passage of the stomacke In Dogs it hath a priuate hollownesse whereinto it admitteth a part of the right Kidney But where the gate-veine The quality of it getteth out of it it is vnequall because it riseth somewhat high least the Veines should be pressed by the rack-bones On the Right side it is round Tab. 9 CC Tab xiii Fig 1 AA and
repeateth againe in the 13. of his Method and to him wee rather listen in this case then to Rhasis for I haue obserued that the guts are seuen times as long as the body of the man whose guts they are and Hippocrates measureth them to be thirteene cubites and The great length of the guts yet that is not all for the manifold girations or convolutions whereinto they are circled do breake the force of any iniected liquor I thinke therefore that such liquors do not reach aboue the blinde gut For proofe heereof saith Laurentius I will tell you that which haply few hitherto haue obserued Let the guts bee dryed and blowne vp a little and poure some water into the gut called duodenum Laurentius his instance that Clisters cannot passe vp to the stomack The values of the guts and it will presently issue out at the right gut but on the contrary if it be powred into the right gut it wil stay in the appendix of the blind gut because it can can get no farther which proueth that in the end of the blind gut there is a value which Nature in great wisedome hath set to hinder the refluence or returne of the excrements and vnprofitable humors such an one as appeareth in the passage of the Choler into the Guts in the vessels of the heart But it will be obiected that Galen in his third booke of the Causes of Symptomes sayeth Obiection That some haue had Clisters so giuen them as they haue beene cast vp by the mouth euen as the foeces or excrements in that miserable disease called Ileos or volu●lus Wee answere that Answere and Galen expounded Galen here doth not contradict himselfe for it is one thing to speake of the stomacke when it is well affected and another when it is ill affected For if the stomacke bee well affected the liquor can neuer arise vnto it but if it be ill affected or affamished as in the disease called Boulimos it draweth from below not onely such humours as are iniected by the fundament but also the excrements themselues For as the pined or greedy Liuer draweth from the veines crude and vnconcocted iuyces so is it with the stomacke yea with the mouth The force of hunger for we see what riffe raffe and what odious viands hunger maketh toothsome to such as are pinched therewith Againe if the naturall motion of the guttes bee depraued the circular fibres gathering Another cause that draweth liquor to the stomacke How nourishing Clisters come to the Liuer themselues from belowe vpwarde may make a Clister or other liquor ascend vnto the stomacke If it be obiected that nourishing Clisters are carried vnto the Liuer I answere that they arise not thither either of their owne accorde or by the violence of the liquor iniected but they are drawne by the veines of the mesenterie and thence transported into the Liuer QVEST. VI. Of the Euill Sauour of the Excrements MAny men that are but sleightly seene into the course of Nature doe wonder Of the sauor of excremēts much why in a sound body and in a Temperate man the excrements of the Belly become so vnsauourie and abhominably sented because all stench is the consequence of corruption and corruption or putrifaction hath for her efficient cause outward and acquired not inbred heate For whose better satisfaction we say that Physitians acknowledge a double cause of this A double cause of it The efficient cause is heat foetor or stench an Efficient and a Materiall Concerning the efficient they say that our heate though it be one in regard of the subiect yet in different considerations it is diuerse and may be two wayes considered either simply as it is heate or else as it is inbred heate and the instrument of all the functions of the soule As it is heate it continually feedeth vpon and consumeth the moisture as it is inbred it boyleth or concocteth assimulateth and ingendreth so from the same heate doe flow diuerse yea contrary motions Whilest the Chylus is made in the stomacke the naturall or inbred heate insinuateth it selfe equally and a like into all the parts of the matter gathereth together those thinges that are correspondent to our nature and separateth the rest the first are drawn away into the Liuer by the veines of the mesentery but the other which cannot bee assimulated are thrust downe into the great guttes and there as vnprofitable are forsaken by the naturall heate wherefore the heat worketh vpon it no more as it is inbred or direct from the soule but simply as it is heate taking the nature of an outward heate and thence comes the stench Adde hereto the fitnesse of the matter for these superfluities are crude and verie moyst whence comes putrifaction but if the humour bee drawne away the putrifaction is lesse and the sauour not so noysome And this is the only reason why the excrements of a man most temperate haue a worse Why the excrements of men are more stinking then those of other creatures Arist Probleme sect 13. A probleme sauour then those of other creatures because a man vseth very moyste nourishment and very diuerse that is of seuerall kinds and leadeth a life more sluggish and sedentarie other Creatures feede vppon dryer Fother and so their excrements become dryer And this cause Aristotle assigned in his Problemes where asking the question why the excrements of the Belly the longer they are reteined are lesse vnsauourie and on the contrary the vrine the longer it is kept smelleth the stronger he resolueth it thus Because sayeth hee in the long stay the excrements are dryed and so the nourishment of putrifaction is subtracted or drawne away which is not so in the vrine Now the reason of the forme and figuration of the Excrements is because of the Chambers and cels of the Collicke gut wherein it swelleth into round broken peeces QVEST. VII Of the substance and the scite of the guts BEfore we passe from the guts it will not bee amisse to reconcile Galen some different places of Galen concerning their substance In his Bookes of Method he saith that if the guts be wounded or vlcerated What the substance of the guts is they do very hardly ioyne togither againe especially the smaller because their substance is neruous and membranous but in the 14. Booke of the Vse of parts he writeth that the Guts and the stomacke because they are Instruments of concoction haue a fleshy Composition And the same Hippocrates insinuateth in his Aphorismes wher Hippocrates Aphor. 26 sect 4 he saith That if vpon a Dysenterie or bloody Flixe little Caruncles or ragges of flesh doe passe away by seidge it is a mortal signe The trueth is that the substance of the guts is neruous or Certaine places of Galen Hippocrates reconciled sinnowy but yet throughout also replenished with fleshy Fibres so as it may bee saide to be both Membranous and also
there is a Naturall spirit only he casteth in a doubt as it were by the by as also he doeth concerning the vitall spirite in the fift Galen chapter of the 12. booke of his Method when yet notwithstanding it is beyond all controuersie that it is conteined in the arteries But more plainly in the sixt of the vse of Parts he writeth that there is a spirit conteined in the veines yet are there but few of them and those darke as he sayeth and cloudy We confesse that there is a naturall faculty bred and The naturall spirit but cloudy seated in euery part but because the heate and naturall spirit of the partes wherein this inbredde faculty doth consist is but vncertaine like a fugitiue and dull or stupid it standeth in neede of another influent yet like vnto itselfe whereby it might bee stirred vp established and from a potentiall vertue brought into an operatiue act The Arabians imagine that the blood is transported and guided through the whole body The Arabians conceit vnder the conduct of the spirit for although euery part like a Load-stone doe draw vnto itselfe such iuyce as is familiar vnto it yet if the distance of place be too great neither can the Load-stone draw yron nor Amber chaffe nor the part his nourishment To their second argument that there wanteth nourishment both for the generation and preseruation of this spirit because no ayre is conuayed vnto the Liuer we answere with Hippocrates To the second Hippocrates that all bodies are Transpirable and Trans-fluxible that is so open to the ayre as that it may easily passe and repasse through them though not so aboundantly as it doth by the winde-pipe of which aboundance there is no neede because this thicke and cloudy spirit needeth but a litle ayre for his refection which is supplyed by transpiration This Transpiration is made in the hollow parts of the Liuer by the Arteries In the round or gibbous although there be no arteries yet the midriffe with his continual motion as it were with a fanne ventilateth or fanneth not the Liuer onely but all the entralles Thirdly whereas they say there is no cauity no Cisterne no place for generation of such a spirit in the Liuer it is truely a very bold conclusion But let vs sticke to them with To the third as great confidence hauing Galen on our sides equiualent to a whole army of such inexperienced Tyrones It was not necessary sayth he that there should be any cauity or cell in the Liuer such as are in the heart because those bowelles onely which were either to receiue from others are to affoorde and impart together-ward and at once a plentifull and aboundant sourse of matter stood in neede of an ample cauity wherein it should be either treasured stored when it is receiued or wrought and framed when it is to bee conuayed The vitall spirit as it is very fine and thinne and therefore quickly exhausted so it behoued that it should as sodainely bee regenerated that there might neither want plenty for necessity nor aboundance for sodain expence it was therefore necessary that it should haue a large cauitie or Cauldron wherein it should be boyled and prepared for vse as wee see Nature prouided large and ample vessels for the nourishment of the Lungs because of their continuall Why the vessels of the Lungs are large motion which requireth a supply answerable to the expence but the naturall spirit as it cannot so sodainely spend it selfe so there was no neede of any aboundant affluence thereof and therefore the beds or webs of the veines were sufficient for his generation Fourthly whereas they say that the thinne coates of the veines are too weake to guide and safe-conduct the naturall spirit we answere in a word that a thicke grosse substance To the fourth or dull prisoner is easily held in durance To the fift argument we answere that the veines are therefore not moued because the faculty of pulsation is not deriued vnto them from the heart for we do not thinke that the To the fift Arteries are moued by the heate and spirits which they containe but onely by a vitall faculty streaming through them by irradiation from the heart as we shal prooue hereafter Finally they aske how we think these spirits should be nourished We answere that it is transpiration which preserueth refresheth and maintaineth them for euery veine hath To the last his artery accompanying him continually beside the manifold imbracements and inoculations whereby they are as it were wedded one vnto another Wee conclude therefore that there is a naturall spirit the vehicle or guide of the Naturall faculty and of the thicker sort of the blood which is from the Liuer diffused into the whole body The Conclusion QVEST. XIII Whether the Bladder doe draw the Choler vnto it for his Nourishment THat there is a small Bladder tied to the hollow part of the Liuer replenished with a yellow bitter iuyce which we call Choler or Gall there is no man ignorant who hath touched Anatomy as they say but with his vpper lip But whether The seate of the bladder of gall this iuyce doe passe vnto the Bladder of it owne accord or be drawne by the bladder or abligated and sent by the Liuer it is not altogether so manifest That a meere Elementary forme should lead it by a kind of instinct or natural choice for some choyces may be naturall or election vnto that place I thinke fewe men of reason will auouch More likely it is that it is either drawne or driuen Galen is for both so is reason also although Fallopius that subtle and occulate Anatomist contendeth that it is Galen onely driuen from the Liuer and not drawne by the bladder to whome and his arguments Falopius we will set our feet in the next exercise That the choler is driuen from the Liuer the very natue of the iuyce doeth sufficiently proue it is an excrement in his whole nature and quality hurtful and noxious to the Liuer especially and therefore it ought to be auoyded and that sooner and with more expedition That the choler is driuen from the liuer then the other two excrements because his sharpe prouocations are more offensiue and for that reason the receptacle of choler is tyed or fastned close vppon the cauity of the Liuer but the spleene and the Kidneyes which receiue the other two are set further off Why the bladder of gall is fastned to the Liuer That it is drawn by the bladder of gal Galen Againe that this choler is drawne by the bladder of Gall Galen teacheth in his fourth fift bookes of the vse of Parts and beside the fashion and conformation of the bladder it selfe and his passages doe aboundantly perswade vs thereunto for because there be diuers Choler-conduits bending rather down to the guts thē to the bladder whose seite is higher vnlesse the bladder
the Paps the Seede and the voice And how great the consent is betwixt the parts of Of their consent with the chest respiration and the parts of generation he sheweth in the fourth Book Epidem and the last Aphorisme saue one on this manner They are troubled with a dry Cough whose Testicles doe swell and that Cough endeth in the tumor of the Testicle if a veine be opened and when the Testicles are inflamed men do Cough much And again Those that are agueish with tumors in their leske haue Coughs follow them continually For the consent of the Testicles with the head I can giue you a notable instance of a The head A story worthy the obseruation wanton young fellow who vpon a small and almost insensible tumor especially at sometimes in or about one of his Testicles fell first into light and after into extreame fittes of the Epilepsie or Falling sicknesse whose name I suppresse not for his desert toward them that deserued well of him but for the reuerence of our Art Finally in excellency the Testicles are like vnto the heart for that Cordiall Epithymations The heart applyed to the Testicles in great languishments of the spirits doe little lesse auaile then if they were applyed to the heart it selfe CHAP. V. Of the vessles called Vasa deferentia or Leading vessels THE Vessels which Leade the seede called vasa deferentia Table 3. figure 3. H I separated from the Testicles are called by Herophilus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by Falopius Canalis seminarius the seede-cane They are scituate partly without the Abdomen in the scrotum or Cod partly Their scituation within the cauitie or den of the Hip-bones on eïther side one at the head of the testicle and are produced from the Parastatae to which they are continuated Tab. 1 fig. 1 γ α β as also are the preparing vessels Tab. 1. fig. 1. s r although their names bee diuers according to their distinct officies and scituations Their substance is neruous and crumpled or writhen Table 2 x the descent of the Leading Their substāce vessells from i to r the reflection or turning of it and Table 1. figure 2 y is the original of this vessell his descent at α his reuolution at β. Table 3. Figure 3. from E to F downward contorted at the lower end of the resticle but where they are parted from the Testicles Connexion they are round and white and their cauity or hollownesse is but obscure Table 3. fig. 3 H sheweth the porous surface of the leading vessell where it groweth to the couering of the testicle neyther needed it to bee more open because the seede by reason of his aboundance of spirites wherewith it riseth and houeth or worketh vppe can easilie passe thorough They arise vpward Table 3. fig. 3 G and are tyed to the preparing vesselles Table 2. at 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the mediation of a thinne and small Membrane presently after by the same way by Progresse which the preparers descended they are carried through the productions of the Peritonaeum Table 2. at e. Tab. 3. fig. 2 o 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the Share-bone at which place the bone hath a superficiarie cauity Table 26 lib. 3. figure 12 13 y which giueth way vnto the roundnesse of these vessels After being returned downward Table 1. Figure 1. from y to ζ Tab. 3. Fig. 2. π 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 like Nerues and tyed on the backe side where the humour they containe is nowe become white to the Peritonaeum they are led ouer the Table 3. Figure 2 n n Vreters and Vniting vnder the backe side of the bladder aboue the right gut neere vnto the necke of the Bladder a little before theyr vniting together Table 1. Figure 2. ♌ and Table 3. figure 2 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is the vniting of the Leading vesselles they are on eyther side dilated and become thicker where these small Bladderets of seede Table 2. Figure 1 ζ ζ called Vesiculae Seminariae are adioyned vnto theyr sides but the Leading Vesselles themselues are spent the right into the right the lefte into the lefte Prostate Glandule Table 1. Figure 2. n n. Table 3 Figure 2 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The vse of these Leading vesselles is to carrie or leade the seede after it is laboured Their vse in the Parastatae and made fruitefull and prolificall by the Testicles vnto those Prostate Glandules as it were vnto certaine Magazines or Store-houses where the right Vesselle meeteth and coupleth with the lefte that the seede of each Testicle might together and at once bee thither conueyed and so snot together into the Womb by the Virile Member Moreouer their oblique passage furthereth much the seedes perfection for as in making of Aqua-vitae or such like strong spirits of wine wee see the liquor first ascendeth and then descendeth so the seede being to become a frothy body was of necessity to bee perfected by such sublimation and precipitation CHAP. VI. Of the Bladders of seede THE small bladders of seede Table 1 fig. 1 ζ ζ shew them open are placed betweene the Ligaments of the Bladder of vrine the right gut at the sides of the leading vessels a little before they become thicke and are vnited They are compounded saith the Author of the Definitions of a veine an Artery What the bladders of seede are mixed together They are on either side one neruous large and fayre enough to be seene hauing not as other bladders one cauity but are full of boughtes and turnings like burst or knotted veines implicated or folded one within another and therefore Herophylus calleth them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Adstites varicosos so that they seeme to be many and in them saith Fallopius seede may be kept many months For Nature being Why created desirous of the continuance and perpetuitie of mankind ordained that all times should bee fit for their procreation and therefore it was verie meete that a matter rightly for that purpose disposed should at all times be readily supplyed but because man coulde not alwayes entend that worke and yet it was necessarie that euen this excrement or surplusage should be auoyded therefore like other excrements it also was to bee gathered together in some place and there kept till a fit occasion were offered that from thence it might Varolius bee shot foorth And for this purpose sayth Varolius these Bladderets were created into which the seed should bee continually emptied out of the Testicles and therein stored vp against the time of expence But least so great a quantity remaining in one place should corrupt there are many turnings windy boughts and passages in them which also area stay vnto the Seed that in Their vse one Coition or accompanying of the sexes all the feede should not bee spent For the seed winding it selfe out of those manifold Labyrinths by degrees doth passe away more safelie and moderately and
A strange creature in the West India as other creatures do the other outward scituated vnder the former wherin they cherish and defend their Cubbes and out of which they seldome take them but vvhen they would sucke Heere we will put an end to our History of the parts of Generation come to the Controuersies ¶ A Dilucidation or Exposition of the Controuersies of the fourth Booke QVESTION I. Whether the Testicles be principall parts or no. ARistotle the Peripatetick Philosophers do admit but one principall or chiefe part in the body of man which is the Heart but The Peripatetians their opinion is long agoe hissed out of the Physitians Schoole Many do accuse Galen of leuity inconstancy in assigning the Galen accused but redeemed number of the principall parts For sometimes he accounteth the Testicles among the principall parrs sometimes he excludeth Lib. de sem de arte porua de vsa part de placitis them but it will not be hard for vs to reconcile Galen vnto himselfe The Testicles because they are the chiefe Organes or instruments of procreation by procreation mankind is preserued The testicles after the temper habit and maners are therefore to be accounted principall parts and haply so much are they more excellent then the heart by how much the species or whole kinde is more noble then one indiuiduum or particular of the kinde Surely the power and vertue of the Testicles is very great incredible not onely to make the body fruitefull but also in the alteration of the temperament the habit the proper substance of the body yea of the maners themselues In these doth Galen place beside that in the heart another hearth as it were of the inbred heate and Why the Egiptians painted Typhō gelt these are the houshould Goddes which doe blesse and warme the whole bodye Hence it is that the Egyptians in their Hieroglyphickes doe paint Typhon gelt signifying thereby his power and soueraignty to be abolished and decayed That they change the temperament it is manifest because the testicles being taken away or but fretted contorted or writhen yea refrigerated or hauing suffred convulsion there The temperament presently followeth a change from a hot to a cold temper and in olde time it was accounted a singular remedy for the leprosie to cut off the Testicles and to this day we vse to apply Epithymations to them and finde that they doe wonderfully corroborate and strengthen the whole frame of the body And it is ordinary for women and that not vvithout reason to presume much vppon the death or recouery of children by the firmenesse or Prognostication by the Testicles loosenesse of these parts yea Hippocrates himselfe sayth in his Prognostickes That the Convultion of the testicles and priuy parts do threaten danger of death We see also that in gelt men called Eunuches there is a change of the whole habite and proper substance of the body for they become fatter and smooth without haires the flower also of their bloode decayeth and their vessels or veines loose their bredth and capacity The habite and all vigour of lust and desire of ioylity is extinguished beside the flesh of such creatures looseth the former tast and smell for whereas before it breathed out a certaine vnsauoury and rammish sowrenesse after they are gelt it becommeth sweete and pleasant to the raste Concerning the chaunge of their Manners that is notable of Auenzoar the Arabian where he saith Eunuchs haue a shrill and piping voice euill manners and worse dispositions The manners neyther shall you lightly finde one of them of a good inclination or not broken witted Claudian against Eut● opius inueyeth thus against Eunuchs Adde quod Eunuchus nulla pietate mouetur Nec Generi natisque Cauet The Eunuch is deuoide of pietie Both to his Parents and his Progenie Albeit in the seauenth Booke of the Institution of Cyrus it is recorded that this kind of men is quiet diligent and especially faithfull but we may answere that they are quiet because they are dull and blockish diligent because they are seruile and base minded faithfull because Why gelt mē are so chāged they haue so much distrust of themselues But howsoeuer whence comes trow we this so sudden alteration of the temper habit and maners Aristotle thinketh that the heart is stretched by the testicles and therefore relaxed when they are cut away and so a common principle affected because the strength of the Nerues is relaxed or loosened in their Aristotles prety conceits originall or beginning Euen as wee see it commeth to passe in instruments which haue a more acute or trebble sound when the strings are stretched and a lower and more remisse when they are loosened right so it is in Eunuchs the Testicles being taken away and so the Comparison heart affected the voice and very forme becommeth womanish for a principle though it be small in quantity yet it is great in power and efficacy Against this opinion of Aristotle Galen disputeth in his first Booke de Semine and we in our next exercise shall prosecute it at large for neither doeth the strength of the heart depend Confuted by Galen vpon the contention or stretching of the Testicles but vpon his owne proper temper neither if the heart needed any such tension or stretching were the testicles pinnes fitting for the same The Common opinion is that all the other parts are heated by the repercussion of heate from the Testicles vnto them but because their substance is soft and rare reflection or repercussion is vsually especially if it be any thing strong from thight and hollow The common opinion bodies I imagine that their smal and slender reflection can be no cause or author of so powerfull a heat as the parts do stand in need of Galen referres this alteration to the natiue and ingenit temper of the testicles themselues for in the place last before named he sayth that in them there is another fountaine or furnace rather of heate euen as there is in the Galens opinion heart But vnder correction it seemeth to me more reasonable that the heate of the Testicles is not so much from their natiue and in-bred temper because they are without bloode like vnto Glandules as by reason of the seed conteyned in them for where that is it heateth Not altogether allowed the whole body distendeth yea enrageth it For Hippocrates saith that seede is of Nature fiery and aery by the aery part it distendeth the whole frame of Nature and by the fiery setteth it on worke or a gog as we say transporting not the body onely but the minde Comparison also from reason to rage For as the least part of mortall poyson in a moment changeth the whole body so is it in seede whose quality is so actiue and operatiue that it darteth forth as it were by irradiation
to feele to but a woman is rare and laxe and moyst both to see to and to feele to Nowe laxity argueth a defect of heate which is not able to boyle and dissolue the superfluous moisture on the contrary solidity and fastnesse of the flesh ariseth from the perfect assimulation of well boiled and resolued Aliments Wherefore seeing the flesh of men is faster then that of the woman it followeth necessarily that they are also hotter And whereas Hippocrates saith that women draw more aliment then men Hee also abuseth the word Traction for that which is to receiue and conteyne For the bodye of a woman being looser and as it were spongye receyueth and conteyneth a greater quantity of blood And that this is Hippocrates meaning I gather from the Context of the place cited For he illustrateth his opinion by an elegant similitude If saith be you lay out all An excellent Similitude night vpon the ground the like waight of wooll and of a well wouen cloath you shal find in the morning the wooll to waigh heauier then the cloth because it hath sucked vp more moysture so it is reasonable that the lax and loose flesh of women doth receiue retaine a greater quantity of blood then the fast flesh of a man And whereas in the same place he saith that the bloode of a Woman is hotter then the blood of a man and therefore a woman is of a hotter temper then a man that we thinke is A place of Hippocrates corrupted Duretus Vega. crept into Hippocrates text being added by some nouice scribe And thus that great Learned man Ludouicus Duretus vnderstandeth Hippocrates and conceyueth of this corrupted place as also Christopherus a Veiga in his Commentaries vpon Hippocrates Prognostiques Wherefore we cannot admit of Cordaeus his interpretation who thinketh that the bloode Cordaeus interpretation of the corrupted place reiected suppressed because transpiration is hindred attaineth an outward and Aguish heat and so becommeth hotter then the blood of men For then wee must needes accuse Hippocrates of folly which were a kinde of blasphemy because he compareth a sick woman with a sound and haile man But if you compare the blood of both sexes diseased the heat of a man wil certainly be more intense then that of a woman because it is ioyned with siccity Now siccity saith Auerrhoes is the File of heate And thus we suppose that wee haue satisfied the Auerrhoes authorities out of Hippocrates Now let vs waigh the arguments with as much diligence as we may VVomens pulses are more frequent and swift therefore they are hotter for the swiftnesse Answer to the former Arguments or frequency of the pulse commeth from heate We answere that their pulses are more quicke and frequent not because of the aboundance of heate but because of the straightnesse of their organes For the Arteries beeing small and narrowe and oppressed with aboundance of crude and colde humours could not bee so extended and dilated as in men wherefore the necessity of life maketh recompence in the quicknes and frequency Why Women haue quicke Pulses of he pulse Nature prouiding for herselfe one way when she cannot another But the pulses of men are strong great by reason of the strength of the faculty because a great Artery may be extended into all dimensions That which is obiected concerning the two faculties of the heart the Irascible and the courage we thus dissolue In Hippocrates and Galen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is Iracundia and Ira Anger and Wrath are two distinct things Anger is a disease of a weake mind which cannot moderate it selfe but is easily inflamed such are women childeren and weake and cowardly men and this we tearme fretfulnesse or pettishnes but Wrath which is Ira permanens belongs to stout heartes and therefore Homer calleth Achilles Anger 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Homer Iliad 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. O Goddesse sing the fixed rage of Peleus wrathfull Sonne And Galen in his second Commentarie vppon the first Booke Epidemiωn opposeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Galen Iracundos angry men 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to wrathfull men because these latter are of a manly courage and contemners of base things the former are faint harted or white Liuered as we vse to tearme them And the Temper of these two sorts is very different for those that are angry pettish fretfull or wantle chuse you which you will call them are cold but those that are wrathfull are hot If therefore women are Nockthrown or easily mooued of the hindges that they haue from their cold Temper and from the impotencie and weaknes of their mind because they are not able to lay a law vpon themselues And whereas Galen in his Booke de arte parua maketh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be a signe of a hot hart Galen interpreted by Hip he abuseth the word For Hippocrates in the fourth Section of the sixt Booke Epidem maketh it a signe of a cold habit in expresse words where he sayeth Those that haue hot bellies haue but cold flesh such are thinne and veynie and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is angry or fretfull Women therefore are peuish creatures most-what but nothing stout or strong hearted though their stomacks be good Hippocrates in his Booke de morbis virginum hath this saying 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Nature of a woman is to be of an abiect minde And whereas they contend that among rauenous Creatures the Females are most Why females are fierce fierce we say that the loue they beare to their yong addeth spirits and courage vnto them and therefore that is rather to be accounted woodnes then fortitude There are some creatures which because of their giddy madnesse make a shew of generosity as the Female Elephant some also there are in whome the feare of a worse condition begetteth boldnes such are Panthers In a Dogge partly his trustinesse to his maister-partly his enuy maketh him fierce Wee say therefore that Females are more churlish and fierce but not stouter or stronger hearted That which is obiected concerning the strength of their naturall faculties is of all the rest the most friuoulous and veine They say that women grow faster and doe sooner generate and therefore they are hotter but we say that these are demonstratiue signes of a cold temperament For therefore Why women grow faster be ripe sooner then men they grow faster and ingender sooner because their end is nearer for that the principles of their life are weaker For as a short disease which we call acute doth suddenly run through his foure times the beginning the encrease the height and the declination so that one time ouertaketh another so women being of a shorter life then men because they are colder they sooner grow women and so also sooner grow old then men And hereto subscribeth Aristotle in the sixt Chapter of his 4. Booke de generatione
concocted seede falleth from the Brayn and the spinall marrow This also may be confirmed by some sleight reasons In coition the Brayne is most chiefly affected then the spinall marrow and the veines Reasons to confirme this opinion Hippocrates and oftetimes as Hippocrates obserueth in his Books Epidemiωn and Lib. de internis affectibus vppon the immoderate vse of Venus there followeth Tabes dorsalis a consumption of the marrow of the backe Albertus Magnus maketh mention of a petulant lasciuious Stage-player whose head A story out of Albertus mag when he was dead was opened and there was found but a little part of his Brayne left the rest forsooth was consumed vpon harlots Adde hereto that vpon immoderate vse of women followeth baldnesse now baldnes we know commeth from the want of a hot and fatty moysture which kinde of moysture is spent in coition And Aristotle saith that no man growes bald before he haue knowne the vse of Venus This was often cast in Caesars teeth when he triumphed ouer the Galles Citizens keepe vp your wiues for wee bring home a bald Caesars disgrace Leacher And these are the authorities histories and reasons whereby some are perswaded to thinke that the seed floweth from the head vnto the testicles concerning this matter we will be bold to speake freely I confesse that Hippocrates had a most happy and diuine wit which as sayeth Macrobius would neuer deceiue any man nor could it selfe be deceiued Yet herein hee hath neede to be Hippocrates commendations excused and no maruell for in his age the Art of dissection was but rude scarcely knowne to any man and therefore it is that many of his sayings concerning Anatomy wee cannot His age rude in Anatomicall dissections either vnderstand or giue consent vnto Sure we are that there are no manifest or conspicuous passages as yet found from the Brayn and Spinall marrow to the Testicles vnlesse haply some small nerues which carry onely spirites but are not capable of seede neyther yet doe we finde any braunches deriued to the Testicles from the externall iugular veines vnlesse as all the veines of the body are continued one with another wee therefore cannot conceiue how thick and well laboured seed should passe into the Testicles from those veins which run behind the eares The Story of the Scythians which they obiect who grewe barren vppon the cutting of How the Scythiās become barren the veines behinde their eares is of no force for they vnderstand not aright the cause of that barrennesse Some think that the Cicatrice or scar which grewe vppon the wound did shutte vppe the wayes of the seede Auicen thinketh that it came to passe because the descent of the Animall spirit was intercepted others think that the arteries were cut and so the passage of the vitall spirit hindered but these are fond assertions and sauour little of any knowledge in Anatomy for these veines and arteries which appeare behinde the eares are externall vessels There are farre larger vesselles internal which runne into the Brayne through the holes of the skull by which as by riuerets the brayne is w●tered and by which rather then by these outward which touch not the brayn at all the seede should fall from the head But let vs grant that the seede falleth through these outward veines shall we thinke that a scarre will hinder the passage or interclude the wayes of the seede and the spirites by no meanes For if thicke bloud floweth and returneth through these vesselles notwithstanding those hinderances why should not the seed passe also which is full fraught with spirits and will passe through insensible pores VVee must therefore enquire further 3. Causes of their barrennes out of Hippocrates for the cause of this sterility or barrennesse and not impute it to the interception of the wayes I finde in Hippocrates three causes of this their sterility their much riding their sciatica payne and the too great effusion of bloud vpon the cutting of those veines Continuall riding weakneth the strength of the loynes the kidneis and the spermatick parts now the Scithians did vse to ride perpetually and without stirrups That much riding may bee a cause of barrennesse Hippocrates sheweth in the place before Much riding may cause barrennes quoted where hee sayeth Amongest the Scythians the richest and most noble weere most of all others thus affected the poorer sorte least of all for the noble spirites because they vsed to ride much incurred these mischiefes whereas the poorer sorte went on foot From their frequent riding proceeded also their hip-gouts which is the second cause of sterility For nothing so much infirmeth and weakneth the body and to weaknes addeth the corruption So may paine of the humors as payne This payne that they might mittigate they cut the veines behinde their eares out of which issued great aboundance of bloud And hence came the third cause of their sterilitie for by the losse of much blood which is the very treasure of Nature theyr Braynes weere ouer cooled Nowe the Brayne is a principall part into consent wherewith the Heart and the Liuer were eftsoones drawne and hence came it to passe that their Seede was waterish And large effusion of bloud barren and vnfruitfull For the principall partes are all of them knitte and tyed together in so great and in so strayght bandes of conspiration that but one of them fayling or faltering both the other are sodainly deaded or be-numbed all their vigor and strength quite abated That their Braynes were refrigerated by the immoderate effusion of bloud Hippocrates Hippocrates playnely declareth in these wordes When the disease beginnes to take hould of them they cut both the veines which are behinde their eares And presently after abundance of bloode yssuing foorth they fall asleepe for meere weakenesse by which it appeareth that the cause of their barrennesse was not the closing vp of the passages but their inordinate riding the paine of the Sciatica and the refrigeration of the braine by the immoderate effusion or expence of blood and so consequently of spirits That which they obiect concerning the Macrocephali doth indeede proue that the sormatiue Faculty yssueth from the braine vnto the Testicles but it dooth not prooue that The obiectiō of the Macrocephali answered white and perfect seede descendeth thither from thence And whereas in coition the braine and the spinall marrow are especially affected that commeth to passe say we because their soft substance is soonest exhausted and doth lesse why the brain is most affected in coition resist the traction of the Testicles Add heereto that the braine is the last part wherein the traction of the Testicles doth rest and determine Galen in the third Chapter of his second Booke de Semine writeth that Empedocles doth not thinke that the seed fell from the whol body but half of it from one parent halfe from Empedocles opinion the other the
more excellent parts from the Father and the more ignoble from the Mother But it were time ill spent to insist vpon the answering of such idle conceits Some haue been of opinion that white seede falleth from all the solid parts passing from them into the smaller veines out of the smaller into the greater and in them rideth in the The opinion of others humors as a cloud or sedement in the vrine and so is drawn away by the ingenite traction of the Testicles These men Aristotle elegantly confuteth in the places before cited Galen Confuted by Aristotles in his Bookes de Semine Auicen the Prince of the Arabians contendeth that the matter of the seede falleth vnto Auicens opinion the Testicles from the three principall parts of the body the Braine the Heart and the Liuer and him haue many of the new writers followed Neither were the Poets ignorant of this kind of Philosophy but least it should grow common or be profaned by the rude vulgar wits they cloaked it vnder obscure and blacke veiles and shaddowes of fables as they would do a holy thing For they thought it a great wickednesse and not to bee expiated if The Poets Philosophy concerning this matter the secrets of Philosophy were bewrayed to the common people Wherefore they feigne that when Venus and Mars were in bed together they were deprehended or taken in the manner as we say by Mercury Neptune and Apollo Apollo with his rayes as with a quickning Nectar illustrateth them Now by Apollo they meane the heart whose affinitie with the sunne is so great that they call the Sunne the heart of the world and the heart the sunne of the body Neptune the God of the Sea and the ruler of al moisture resembles the Liuer An Elegant Mythologie which is the fountain of beneficall moisture Vnder the name of Mercury that witty and wily God they designed the braine These three principles therefore respect Mars coupling with Venus that is haue the ruling power in procreation Thus haue you heard the diuerse and different opinions of the ancients and late writers concerning this matter it remaineth now that wee resolue vppon something our selues which we will do on this manner The seed is a moyst spumous and white body compounded of a permixtion of blood What wee resolue of and spirits laboured and boyled by the Testicles and falling onely from them in the time of generation or from the adiacent parts Neither do we ascribe that faculty which they cal 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Faculty of making seede to any other part saue onely to the testicles and their vessels But whereas there is a double matter of the seede blood and spirits we think that the blood is red and not at all altred by the solid parts and falleth only from the veins As for the spirits which are aery thin and swift Natures wandering through the whole body being neere of kin vnto the ingenite spirits of the particular parts we thinke they fall into the Testicles out of the whole body and bring with them the Idea or forme of the parts and their formatiue faculty And in this sense haply it may be saide that the seede falleth from all the parts of the body but in no other But some man may say If the seede yssue onely from the Testicles how may it bee that two so small bodies as the Testicles are should be able to boile so great a quanty of seede I answere that heerein appeareth the wonderfull wisedome and prouidence of the GOD of Obiection Answere Nature who hath made all officiall parts not onely to draw fit and conuenient Aliment for their owne vse but so much and so great a quantity as may suffice the other intentions of Nature also So the Liuer draweth more blood out of the Veins of the Mensetery then is sufficient for his owne nourishment so the heart generateth aboundance of spirits not The wonderfull prouidēce of God onely for his owne vse but to sustaine the life of all the parts The Testicles therefore beeing common and officiall members and the first and immediate organs of generation do draw more blood then may suffice for their own sustentation which ouerplus being there arriued is by them continually concocted and boyled into seede QVEST. V. Whether women do yeelde seede COncerning the seede of women there is a hot contention betweene the Peripatetians and the Physitians Galen in his Bookes de Semine and in the 14. book de vsu partium elegantly discusseth the whole question wherefore that which he there hath at large and in many words exemplified wee in this place will contract and draw into a briefe summe There shall be therefore three heads of this Disputation First of all we will propound the reasons of the Peripatetiks Secondly Three heades of this Controuersie we will giue you a view of the opinion of the Physitians and lastly wee will answere all Obiections that are brought against the truth Aristotle in his Bookes de Generatione Animalium contendeth that women neither loose The argumēts of the Peripatetiks that women haue no seede any seede in the acte of generation neither yet indeede haue any seede at all and that for these reasons First because it is absurd to thinke that in women there should be a double secretion at once of blood and seede Secondly because women in their voice in their haire in the habit of their body are most like vnto Boyes but boyes breede no seed Thirdlie because women do sometimes conceiue without pleasure yea against their wils For Auerrhoes telleth a Story of a woman who being in a Bath together with some men receyued seed that fell from them and floted in the water and thereupon conceiued Fourthly because a woman is an vnperfect male and hath no actiue power but onely a passiue in generation Finally because if women should loose seed they might engender without the helpe of the male because they haue in themselues the other principle of generation to wit the Menstruall blood On the contrary the Physitians bring stronger arguments to prooue that women yeeld The opinion of the Physitians seede This first of all men Hippocrates auoucheth in his Bookes de Genitura and de diaeta where he doth not onely acknowledge that women haue seede but addeth moreouer that Hippocrates Aristotle in either sexe there is a twofold kinde of seede one stronger another weaker Aristotle also himselfe in his tenth booke de Historia Animalium is constrained to confesse that to generation there is necessarily required a concourse of the seeds of both sexes Galen in this businesse hath so excellently acquitted himselfe that he hath preuented all men after him for gaining any credit by the maintenance of this truth Notwithstanding Galen we will endeauour by demonstratiue arguments to make it so manifest as for euer all mens mouths shall be stopped First therefore it is agreed
together and at once three By sence bubbles which are the rudiments of the three principal parts neither did any man euer obserue one of those bubbles only By reason because in the first dayes after Conception the Embryo needeth not the help By reason of the heart For liuing the life only of a plant it needeth neither pulsation or spiration nor the influence of heat because it cherisheth himselfe with his owne heat and with his owne inbred spirit And wheras Arstotle would conclude it to be the first that liueth because it is the last that dyeth We say that followeth not for those things that are first in Generation are not alwayes the last in dissolution So in the Generation of any thing that is mixed the matter goeth before the forme and yet the abolition of the forme is the corruption of the thing mixed By this reason also in That the hart doth not first liue Snakes and Serpents the tayle should be that which liueth first because when all the other parts are starke dead and immouable yet the tayle liueth and moueth We think indeed that the heart is last of all depriued of life because when the Infant is perfected and absolued the vitall heate floweth onely from the heart as from a most plentifull fountaine but that it first liueth we vtterly deny because to liue is either to be Norished or to be Animated The heart is neither first nourished nor first animated All nourishment is by blood What it is to liue blood is not but by the veines all the veines are from the Liuer and the Vmbilicall veine which is the first Nurse of the Embryo powreth the blood into the Parenchyma of the Liuer before that of the heart Neither is the heart first animated because the seed when it breaketh into act i. when it beginneth the conformation is wholly actually animated Therfore all the parts thereof doe actually liue onely by the participation of heate in the moysture Wee bid therefore adue to Aristotle Chysippus the Stoyckes and whosoeuer else doe thinke that the heart is the first liuer and the first maker of bloud Galen seemeth to differ from himselfe in the order of the conformation of the parts for Galen in this is diuers sometimes he sayeth that the Heart and the Liuer are formed together somtimes that the Liuer is first formed sometimes that the vmbilicall veine hath the preheminence yet herein he is alway of one minde that he thinketh the partes are generated in succession not at once and together And this he illustrateth by examples of those things that are wrought by Art For a house is not built all at once but first the foundations are layde then the The parts are generated successiuely walles are reared and finally the roofe is layd on so sayeth he it is in the Infant one part is formed before another to wit that first which is most necessary for the Embryo And that he thinketh is the Liuer because the Infant liueth at first the life of a plant needing onely nutrition as doth a plant now the Liuer is the shop or storehouse of Aliment As therefore a plant hath no need of a heart so neither the Infant in the beginning Moreouer that the Liuer is first generated may be proued by his magnitude and the facility of his generation for it is made onely of congealed bloud adde hereto that the vmbilicall veine atteyneth to the Liuer before it commeth to the Heart That all these things are true Galen teacheth in the third Chapter of his Booke de formatione faetus because in Infants Galen the natural faculties as being the first of all other are the strongest those that rise from the Heart much weaker those weakest of all which come from the Brayne Furthermore all Generation proceedeth from that which is more imperfect to that which is more perfect wherefore first is the liuer generated then the Heart and last of all the Brayne This is the opinion of Galen and almost of all Physitians both old and new concerning the conformation of the parts We for our owne part doe not vse to sweare vnto the opinion of any man but as wee esteeme much and haue in great reuerence the patrons and founders of our Art as becommeth vs well so if at any time they stray from the rule of right reason wee shall not make Galens opinion not to be approued scruple to dissent from them VVhatsoeuer therefore Galen may think we cannot be perswaded that the Liuer is first formed because before the delineation of all the parts of the Infant hee needeth not the helpe of the Liuer for it was not behoofefull that the blood The reasons should flow till after the discretion and discription of the spermaticall parts otherwise the seede would be cloyed and clogged with blood and instead of a lawfull Conception a Mola would be formed As for that nourishment and encrease which Galen feygneth should bee made by the blood we are so farre from thinking it necessary to the first conformation that we rather thinke with Hippocates and Aristotle that it would haue beene a great hinderance thereto so that we may retort Galens weapon which he vseth against Aristotle vppon himselfe The Infant sayth Galen needeth not the helpe of the heart therefore the heart is not formed before the Liuer VVe say the Infant needed not the helpe of the Liuer because it is not nourished till after the delineation of the spermaticall partes is absolued wherefore the Liuer ought not to be formed before the Heart and the Brayne You will obiect for Galen that life is limited and defined by nutrition if therefore the Embryo doe liue it needeth to bee nourished I answer that in creatures that are perfect Obiection Solution nothing liueth that is not nourished but imperfect creatures and such as are without bloud may liue a time without nourishment so some creatures liue al winter in holes and a plant all winter is not nourished but viuifieth and quickneth it selfe The tender Embryo therfore which is without blood liueth the first dayes and yet is not nourished because there is no necessity of nourishment seeing there is no exhaustion of the parts It remayneth now that we make manifest vnto you our own conceit of the order of Conformation which we will doe as briefly and perspicuously as possibly wee can but because What we thinke we would haue euen the most ignorant conceiue vs the better we wil vse first these distinctions Of the partes some are proper to the Infant it selfe of which it hath vse in the whole course of his life others are seruiceable vnto it onely so long as it abideth in the mothers wombe of which kinde are those skinny couerings and small membranes compassing the Infant about Againe we must obserue thus much that some partes are spermaticall engendered of the crassament of the seed others fleshy whose originall is immediately from
in the Mothers wombe yet it is not drawne into acte till the Chest distending it selfe doth draw in the aire wherof that Vitall spirit is made about whose generation that Pulsatiue vertue is wholly occupyed As for the motion of the Arteries we conceiue that they follow the motion of the heart like as a Lute lying by another that is played vpon will represent or returne the distinct Tune thereof I might heere enter into a large discourse of the excellency of the Heart how in this Litle world it is like the Sun in the Great world how it continually supplieth the expence of Vitall spirits how it quickneth and strengthneth the Naturall heate of the whole body how it is an Embleme of an excellent Magistrate how the Lungs as fresh Fannes do temper the flaming heate of the hearts furnace and how as Bellowes they kindle the same againe For albeit this Sun of the body can neuer be truly ecclipsed this Genial fire neuer extinguished without the dissolution of the indiuiduum yet we see in many cold diseases of the braine malignant exhalations from the wombe that to our sense this sparke of Sacred fire is deaded and put out which notwithstanding by the helpe of the Lungues is afterward blowne vp into a luculent flame Beside the Organs of life there belongeth also to this Region another no lesse admirable instrument of Nature whereby the voice is so diuersified that vpon the ground therof that Noble Science of Musicke hath beene from the beginning and still is infinitely propagated and yet the end or perfection thereof not attained vnto But why do I go about in this place to exemplifie the administrations of Nature in this middle Region considering that to say a little is derogatory from the woorth of the argument to say much vvere heere in vaine seeing the following Discourse is purposely addressed for the Readers satisfaction therein CHAP. I. Of the Thorax or Chest and the Diuision of it THE middle belly is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of a word which signifieth to leap or dance because in it the heart continually mooueth from the ingate The Chest How it is limited to the outgate of life It is comprehended by the ribs or rather circumscribed by the Ribs and Patell bones and is separated from the lower Belly by the Midriffe or Diaphragma and it is the seate or conceptacle of the vitall Faculty which harboureth especially in the heart for whose sake this Chest or Thorax was made The chest was made for the heart Compared to a Crowd the habitation of the breathing partes and the shop wherein the voice is framed and for this cause it is called of Hippocrates 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 testudo a Citterne or Crowd because the sound of it maketh Musick It is placed between the vpper and lower bellies that the Natiue heate which resideth in the Heart may bee equally communicated to all the parts Table I. sheweth the body when all the bowels are taken out of the Lower Belly and reclined backeward that the Scituation of the Midriffe might better be discerned it sheweth also the other part of the Chest as yet couered TABVLA I. The substance of it is neyther altogether bony as the scull is for then it could not haue The substāce and structure beene mooued nor altogether fleshy as the Lower belly for then the Muscles would haue falne vpon the heart and the Lungs euen of their owne accord wherefore that both there might be a space within for the motion and also al the whole frame of the iustrument might be mooued together the Muscles and the bones are set as it were by courses one beside another For because the heart one of the principall bowels was to be seated in this Chest it needed The Reasons of it a more safe and secure muniment or defence and therefore it is walled about with bones but because the exceeding great heate of the heart stoode in neede of much colde aer by which as by a fan it might be ventilated and preserued it was necessary that the chest should be moueable that in the dilatation of it aer being drawn into the Lungs might refresh the heart and in the contraction the sooty vapors might bee expelled Whereforeit was necessary that it should be composed of many bones which because they should mutually follow the motion one of another it was requisite also that they should bee ioyned togither with some pliable substance such as is a Cartilage or gristle The Chest therfore is moued with Muscles made vp and compacted with bones therefore is rightly called the Middle venter not onely because of his scituation but also by reason of his substance neither wholy bony as the heade nor wholy fleshy as the lower Venter How rightly called the Middle belly The whole Thorax or Chest is diuided inro a fore part which is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pertus commonly the brest the side parts called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Latera the Sides and the back partcalled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dorsum the Backe all which appeare in this precedent Table The Diuision of the Chest The parts of this Chest are some conteyning some conteyned The conteining parts are common or proper the Common are the Skin-scarfe or Cuticle the Skin the Fat the Fleshy pannicle and the Membrane of the Muscles The Proper are soft or hard the soft are fleshy as the Muscles and the breasts of which we haue spoken before as rather belonging The parts of it to the lower Venter though for ornament and commodious vse they haue their seat here or Membranous as the Pleura and the Mediastinum The hard parts are bones or gristles And first of the Conteyning parts after of those conteined according to the order of Dissection CHAP. II. Of the Skin the Fat and the skinne vesselles of the Chest and the Necke BEcause we haue entreated at large in the former Book of the common conteyning parts we will onely heere shew how farre in this place they differ How the commō inuesting parts differ from the same in other parts from the same in other parts and so passe on vnto the Proper Conteyning parts The Scarfe-skin and skin of the Chest do heerein differ from the same in the Lower belly because in the arme-pits it is hairy which haires are called by Hadriaus The Haires of the arme pits Iunius Grandebalae I thinke coyned of a Greeke word which signifieth to send soorth and a Latine which signifieth great because in some men of all the haires of the body they com out the greatest and most brislie imitating Plautus who to serue his turne maketh the word Grandegro to stalke on with wide steps of Grande and eo But the vse of these haires is that those parts which sweate soonest and most for heere are the Emunctories of the heart vnto Their vse which it sendeth his excrements as we see ordinarily in plague
For the cauitie of the Chest is not one open and continuall but is diuided by these membranes Wherefore in the middle of the chest there is one on either side which passe from aboue His scituation downeward according to his Longitude euen vnto the Midriffe and backeward from the Breast-bone vnto the Racke-bones so that the chest is by this meanes diuided into two circles or if you had rather they frame a certaine Triangle of vnequall and oblique sides for they haue space enough to resemble this Figure because of the deapth and length of the Breast These Membranes do arise from the pleura which where it climbeth from his originall His originall on either side to the sides of the breast bone creepeth so backe againe towardes the ridge where his beginning was that it attaineth from the middest of the breast to the very spine of the backe These are thinner then the pleura and softer that they may more easilie follow the motion of the heart on the outside as they looke to the Lungs to which they somtimes His substance grow they are smooth and oftentimes about the vesselles they appeare interlaced with much fat so as they may bee compared to the Kall or Ome tum on the inside rough because of the Fibres with which the Membranes are ioyned as also to the Pericardium and in the hollow of the throate the Thymus so called of which we shall heare afterwards groweth vnto them Heere according to the length of the racke-bones of the backe vnto which they are ioyned by the mediation of the pleura they euen touch together and make but a very narrow cauity but are after by degrees seuered and at the Breast-bone stand as wide asunder as the Breast-bone is broade to which they cleane euen from one end of it to the other and this distance Tab. 3. LL is intertexed or wouen between with diuers threddy Their distāce Fibres and Membranes but they are widest asunder and make the largest distance at the Diaphragma or Midriffe to which they are ioyned as far Tab. 2. fig. 1 A as his neruous part reacheth insomuch that this cauity which is smooth and moist before containeth the heart knit vp in his purse and the hollow-veine ascending vpward and behinde the gullet with the Wher the distāce is widest stomacke Nerues Table 3. sheweth the middle belly before and at the sides bared from the skinne to the Muscles wherin also the brest-bone with the gristles of the ribs are separated from the Mediastinum and reflected backewarde that those thinges vvhich are conteyned in the Chest may better bee perceyued TABVLA III. The vse of this Mediastinū or bound hedge is first to hold the hart vp suspended for being The vses of this Mediastinum tyed to the purse of the heart it must needs do that office lest if it had no such tye but hung downe at liberty in the diuerse position of the body it might fal to the sides to the brest to the spine or else downward Secondly this serues to strengthen and secure the passage of the vessels Moreouer it incompasseth the parts conteyned in the Chest that they should not hurt the Lunges in his motion And finally it diuideth the Chest into two partes or Their cheefe vse cauities which is their chiefe profit saith Galen in the 3. chapter of his 6. Booke de vsu part so that if one part be hurt yet the other may be safe as wee haue knowne a theefe Anatomized who was a strong and stout fellon but had one side that is the right side of his lungs A strong and stout mā with one Lung withered almost all away and dryed vp into a very small quantity but the other remained faire and fresh as any other mans So in wounds if one part bee very sorely wounded so that because of the entrance of the outward aer the motion of the Lungs do cease yet the other part will not be wanting to susteine life by performing his part of the worke For if both parts of the Lungs be wounded any thing wide through the voice and respiration to must needs perish although I saw when I was a Boy a Knight wounded quite thorough 〈…〉 Euers the backe on both sides the bone and so deepe that on both sides in his dressing his breath would at the mouth of the wound blow out a Candle and yet the Patient hath perfectlye recouered And this shall suffice to haue spoken of the Conteyning parts of the Chest especially of those that are soft for the hard parts which are the bones and the gristles will fall out better to be handled afterward Now wee will pursue our Historie vnto the partes conteyned CHAP. VIII Of the Thymus and Purse of the Heart called Pericardium and the water conteyned therein THE conteined parts of the Chest are double Bowels and Vessells The Bowels are two the heart couered with his purse and the Lungs The vessels The parts conteyned in the Chest Bowels and Vessels veins arteries Thymus Nerues are branches of the great Veine and the great Artery borne vppe in the hollow or lower part of the throate with a glandulous body called Thymus double Nerues from the marrowe of the racke bones of the Chest from which the intercostall nerues do come and also from the marrow or substance of the brain conteined within the scull from which the sixt paire or coniugation proceedeth from it the Costalis or the sinew of the ribs the Stomachial and Recurrent both the right and the The sixt coniugation left and finally the Weazon called Aspera Arteria and a part of the oesophagus or Gullet But first of the Thymus The Thymus which Galen in the fourth Chapter of his sixt Booke De vsu partium calleth The Thymus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his Interpreter the lowest of the Glandules is of a glandulous body soft and spongie Galen Administ Anat. 7 9. cals it the great and softest Glandule which in the vpper part of the Chest neere the hole of the throate lyeth vnder the brest-bone and serueth for a pillow or boulster to secure all the diuisions of the Hollowe veine and the great Artery and all Why it is framed the sproughts that come from them which are in this place very many and diuerse going to the armes and the shoulder-blades as also the Hollow-veine it selfe that it be not hurt by the hardnesse of the brest-bone from whome in lieu it receiueth certaine small vessels For this is an ordinary and perpetuall worke of Nature that wheresoeuer shee diuideth a Note great vessell there she interponeth a Glandule to fill vp the diuision This is that part in Calues which is accounted among the delicates of the Table and is called Lactes or the sweete bread The Purse of the Heart called of the Grecians Pericardium of the Latines Cordis inv●lucrum The pericardin̄ or purse of the heart and
Capsula Camera or Aula Cordis Hippocrates in his Booke de Corde calleth Culeus It is a large Membrane couering and incompassing all the hart and carrieth his Pyramidall Figure Tab. 4. fig. 1. DEF or rather is like a pine Kernell hauing a broad Basis aboue His Figure and ending by degrees in an obtuse angle Tab. 4. fig. 1 F This is placed in the midst of the double Mediastinum and is embraced by it on either side to which it groweth round about by the mediation of many Fibres It is also tied before to the Pleura where the Gristles Connexions of the sixt and seauenth ribs on the lefte side are ioyned to the Membranes of the Mediastinum where they part or gape from the brest-bone behinde to the spine of the backe below to the sinewy circle Table 4. fig. 1. from E to G or Tendon of the Midriffe his point Tab. 4. fig. 1. F doth so strongly adhere especially on the left as also on the right Tab. 4. fig 1 Q side that it cannot be separated without tearing it asunder and this Connexion is peculiar onely to man For in other creatures as Dogges Apes it standeth off from the Midriffe and is not tyed to it The Originall Table 4. fig. 1 B Fig. 2. A of this Membrane at his Basis is large produced His originall from the coats which the Pleura affoordeth vnto the foure vessels which yssue out of the heart for these vesselles in all that distance which is betweene the Basis or broad end of the heart and this Pericardium haue not the common coate from the Pleura because it is employed in the frame of the Pericardium His substance both for thicknesse and strength as Galen saieth in the first chapter of his sixt Book de vsu partium is very proportionate if it had been harder then it is it would haue His substance the reasons 〈…〉 offended the Lungs by pressing them if softer itself might haue bin pained by the bones for as his position is betweene two contraries so is his substance middle betweene two extremes For it is so much softer then a bone as it is harder then the Lungs but indeede the Pericardium toucheth not the Lungues but by the interposition of the Mediastinum least they should hinder another in their motion alwayes I except the forepart of the brest-bone where the Membranes of the Mediastinum stand of one from another This purse is hard because of the continuall motion of the heart on the outside fibrous within smooth and slippery that the heart might mooue more freely in it but on neyther side hath it any fat although Aristotle saith otherwise whom Vesalius imagined to bee deceyued by taking for it the Membranes of the Mediastinum which are indeede sometimes fat as we haue saide It is tied at the Basis of the heart which is at the fift rackbone of the Chest to the vessels His Connexions which come thence Tab. 4. fig. 1 B fig. 2 A which also it boulstereth but to the body of the heart it is not tied but is as farre from it at the Basis the point and the sides Tab. 4. fig. 2 BB sheweth the Pericardium bent backe to the sides as is sufficient for the dilatation of the heart and for the serous humor heerein conteined Wherefore it is on euery side a little distant from it which distance if it had been larger it would haue taken vp too much of the cauity of the chest and so haue bin a hinderance to Respiration It is continuall or whole round about except in the basis where it hath at the least siue perforations for the entrance of the hollow veine Tab. 4. fig. 1 A Fig. 2. F for his egresse His perforations as also to let out the arteriall veine Tab. 4. fig. 2 G the Venall Artery and the great Artery Tab. 4 fig. 2 H Table 4. figure 1. sheweth the heart included within his purse or Pericardium together with the Lungs and a part of the Midriffe Figure second sheweth the Pericardium opened and so the scituation of the hart and particularly the fore-parte thereof TABVLA IIII. FIG I. FIG II. The second Figure It receiueth very small veines table 4. figure 1. C and threddy partly from those that His vessels are sent to the mediastinum partly from the veins called Phrenicae where they are ioyned to the midriffe some say it hath a small braunch from the Axillary veine which they call the Capsulary or purse-braunch though Laurentius will haue it to come from the subelauian veine It hath no arteries vnlesse they be exceeding smal because being so neare vnto the heart it may receiue vitall spirits at hand from it His nerues are very small and sometimes scarcely sensible but from the left branch of the Recurrent sinew to giue him sence His vse is to be as a habitation and shelter for the heart or as a mantle to couer it and His vses being of all membranes except the dura mater of the Braine the strongest it keepeth it also from pressure that his motion bee not impeached and that it touch not the hard bone Moreouer it conteyneth a serous humour whereof wee will speake in the next place and serueth in stead of a ligament together with the helpe of the membranes of the Mediastinum to reteyne the heart in his right seate Galen in the 13. Chapter of his 7. Book de Anatomieis Admin telleth a strange story of a childe whose breast-bone was cut out and this A story Pericardium rotted part of it off and yet the child recouered In this purse there is contayned a watery humour as Galen calleth it carrying the forme of vrine wherefore the diuine senior Hippocrates who in his Booke de Corde calleth it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The humour contayned in this purse sayeth that the heart dwels in a Bladder yet this water hath no acrimony or saltnesse in it It springeth partly from a humour which sypeth out of the vessels I meane the veines and arteries of the heart which the heart as Hippocrates speaketh drinketh in licking vp withall What is the matter of it the drinke of the Lungs and pisseth it out againe for the watery humor is by the high feruour of the heart driuen forth as we see in greene wood when it is burnt partly of a portion of the drinke which soaketh in the passage through the sides of the weazon as it were a deaw and falleth downe hither and from hence some of it into the venall arteries The first That it sipeth out of the vessels is proued by the cure of the palpitation of the heart which is caused of the aboundance or ouerplus of this humour which is turned sayeth Galen in the second Chapter of his fift Booke de locis affectis by bloud letting when together with the bloud the serous humour is let out which before fel into the Pericardium The latter is euicted by
figure 1. h The right nerue of the 6. coniugatiō sendeth surcles on both sides tab 8. figure 1. kk to the muscles arising from the brest-bone and the clauicles or coller-bones presently when it commeth to the Axillary artery tab 8. fig. 2 P it transmitteth as it were about an Axle-tree tab 8. fig. 2. P three braunches from the inner side tab 8. fig. 1. l which being reflected toward the head and vnited do make the right Recurrent tab 8. fig. 2. QQ and fig. 1. m and it is inserted with the left into the second gristle of the larynx ta 8. fig. 1. n and implanted into the glottis the muscles of the larynx The foresayd branch after it hath made the Recurrent nerue descendeth obliquely vnder the coller-bone and in the way outwardly affordeth surcles to the pleura ta 8. fig. 1. qq and to the coat of the lungs inwardly to the pericardium or purse of the heart tab 8. fig. 1. r and to the heart it selfe and then maketh the nerue called Stomachichus dexter or tab 8. figure 1. st the right stomacke nerue which reacheth ouer to the left side as the left doth to Stomachicus dexter the right side and so at length is consumed into the left orifice of the stomacke whence it hath his denomination The inward branch of the right nerue is called Costalis table 8. figure 1. iii which affordeth Costalis hath 3 branches braunches to all the bowels of the lower belly and reacheth as far as the holy-bone and is distributed into three branches The first tab 8. fig. 1. y creepeth to the lower membrane of the kell is subdiuided into three small branches whereof one goeth to the Collick gut table 8. fig. 1. z and this is the reason that after a long fit of the collicke men grow hoarse another table 8. fig. 1. α to the beginning of the guts which is so small that it can hardly be perceiued The third affordeth surcles tab 8. fig. 1. β to the bottome of the stomacke on the right side thereof and to the vpper membrane of the kell the rest of it is spent in the coat of the Liuer tab 8. fig. 1. γ and the bladder of gall The second and the lower tab 8. fig. 1. ♌ reacheth to the right kidney and hence it is that men vomit in fits of the stone Table 8. Figure 1. sheweth the Brayne and the after-Brayne or Cerebellum together with the nerues as the common opinion is proceeding out of them and this Table we haue especially set in this place to shew the distribution of the nerues of the sixt coniugation through both the bellies TABVLA VIII FIG I. II Figure 2. exhibiteth the Recurrent sinewes together with a portion of the great Artery and the Rough Artery called the weazon A The orifice of the great Artery cut from the heart aa The coronall arteries BCD The diuision of the great artery into two trunke the descending C the ascending D. E The left Axillary artery F The right Ax●llary artery G The right Carotis or sleepy artery H The left 〈◊〉 ● ● the trunke of the rough artery KL the diuision of the rough artery M the head of the rough artery called the larynx or throttle NN Certaine glandules or kernels at the root of it OO the right and the left nerues P a reuolution of small branches of the right nerue to the right axillary artery QQ The right Recurrent nerue R a reuolution of smal branches of the left nerue to the descending trunk of the great artery SS The left Recurrent sinew The left Nerue of the sixt coniugation Tab. 8. figu 1 e Fig. 2 o is diuersified after the same manner with the right and when it attaineth to the coller is diuided into an outward the left nerue of the ● coniugation and an inward branch The outward communicateth it selfe to the pleura Tab. 8. fig 1 q the coate of the Lungs and descending to the trunke of the great artery Tab. 8 fig. 1 C transmitteth commonly three small surcles which being reflected and vnited Tab. 8 Fig. 1 R make the left recurrent Nerue Tab. 8 fig. 1 SS The remainder of this outward bough enclining to the right hand maketh the Nerue which they call Stomachicum sinistrum the The lefte Recurrent left Stomacke Nerue Tab. 8 fig. 1 uu which vnder the gullet is ioyned with the right Stomacke Nerue Tab. 8 fig. 1 s The inward bough of the left Nerue passeth through the chest where it maketh Sinistrum costalem the left Rib-nerue and vnder the Midriffe it is diuided into three branches The His inwarde bough diuided into three first and vppermost Tab. 8. fig. 1 n goeth to the Kell from which doe proceede two small surcles one to the collicke gut Tab. 8. fig. 1 θ and the lower Membrane of the Kel Tab. 8 fig. 1 ● the other to the bottome of the stomacke Tab. 8 fig. 1 ΛΛ and the vpper Membrane of the Kell that branch which remaineth is inserted into the Spleene Table 8. Fig. 1 x 2 The second Tab. 8. fig. 1 μ runneth to the left side of the Mesentery and vnto the guts thereabout and sometimes some surcles there-from accompany the Semmary Vessels euen to the Testicles 3 The third Tab. 8 fig. 1 ν attaineth to the left Kidney the remainder of the whole branch is consumed in the left side of the bladder Tab. 8 fig. 1 ξ And thus much of the diuarication or distribution of the Nerues from the sixt coniugation which yssue from the marrow of the braine contained within the scull The Nerues that yssue out of the marrow of the Braine after it is conteined in the spondels of the backe and is commonly called Spinalis medulla are of two sortes some of the Two sorts of Nerues Necke others of the chest Of the Nerues of the Necke there are seauen pairs and from the three last proceedeth Ceuicales pairs seuen one branch called the Midriffe-Nerue made of three surcles al dispersed into the Diaphragma or Midriffe Of the Nerues of the chest there are twelue paire called Intercostales Nerui because Thoracici pairs 12. they pertaine to euery distinction betweene the Ribs and runne close to the bone on the the lower side thereof all along the length of it for in the bottome of the Rib there is a cauity A note how to make ●n●ision in the Empyema where the Artery veine and Nerue doe meete and therefore when you shall open a mans side diseased of the Empyema you must make your incision at the vpper part of the Ribbe And this shall suffice to haue spoken of the Nerues belonging to the chest at this time and in this place the more accurate Discourse you must looke for in our Booke of the Vesselles CHAP. XI Of the Heart THE heart is a principall part not as Aristotle called it principall who placed in it all the actions of
life and sense but as being the fountaine of the Vitall Faculty and spirit the place and nourishment of naturall heat wherby the naturall heate of all the parts is preserued and by his influence repaired the seate of the Irascible or angry parts of the soule the root of the Arteries and Author of the Pulse It is called Coracurrendo because it seemeth continually to run for that it is continually Na●●es mooued The Greekes call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 either of a worde which signifieth to beate or pante which is 〈◊〉 proper word for the beating of the heart or from a word which signifieth a Bakers moulding-boord because in it the Alimentary blood is as it were kneded wrought moulded and driuen out into thinnesse till it turne into a vitall spirite or finally from a word which signifieth principality because it is a principall part as well as the braine yet so The necessity of the Heart that as the Braine is of greater dignity so the heart is of greater necessity for the least hurt of this most what causeth death and Galen saith that death neuer happeneth but when the heart is immoderately distempered Whereupon also Aristotle saith There was neuer any creature seene without a heart because without it there can bee no Originall at all of heate It is scituated in the midst of the cauity of the chest in a Noble place as it were a Prince and after the manner of those which being but one do occupie the middest as well for security as that the body may be equally ballanced At the fift rib it is embraced by the lobes of the Lungs as it were with fingers Tab 3 N O P Q. Tab. 9. fig. 1 and 2. Table 10 fig. 1 and 2 round about that equally out of all the Lungs it might draw breath by the venall arterie and might againe deliuer ouer and diffuse blood by the arteriall veine and life and heat by the great Artery to all the outward parts it is locked vp in his owne Capcase Tab. 9. fig 1 D E F. Fig. 2 B D but so that the Basis resteth exactly in the middest whether we regard the right hand or the left the fore-part or the back the vpper or the lower but the point tab 9. fig. 2 E reacheth to the left hand yet forward as farre as the left Nipple so that in a liuing man it looketh directly forwarde with a kinde of strutting position to the Gristles of the sixt and seuenth ribs of the left side where they are ioyned to the brestbone that it may the better warme the forepart against which we moue And truly it behooued that it should encline to one side that it might giue way to the Midriffe and so neither of their motions Why it ought to encline to one side which are both perpetuall should be hindred but not vnto the right side for that the hollow veine takes vp as he ascendeth thorough the chest happely also Nature was heere of Aristotles minde in the fourth chapter of his third Booke de partibus Animalium for he was often of hers that the lefte side was the colder and therefore she placed this hot part in it for on the right are the hollow veine and the Non-paril which heate it sufficiently and so Why to the left both sides are prouided of heate and strength alike Notwithstanding the common people are deceyued who thinke it lyeth wholy on the left side because the motion and pulsation is most felt on that side when indeede it lyeth in the very middest as in the more Noble The common error of the multitude place but the left ventricle which is the Store-house of spirites and the great arterie vvere the cause of their error as Galen saith in the second chapter of his sixt Book de vsu partium Add heereto that in dead carkasses it is drawn somewhat to the left side partly by his own waight partly by the waight of the great artery which is fastned vnto it It is tied by the mediation of the Pericardium or purse to the Mediastinum Tab. 9. fig. 1. from F to G His connexiō and to the Midriffe as also by his vessels to other parts For Galen saith that principals in som●things are to be tied together and communicate one with another otherwise it is loose that it may mooue the more freely The Figure of it as Hippocrates saith in his Booke de Corde is Pyramidal expressed so in His Figure the Tab. 9. fig. 2 or rather turbinated and somewhat answering to the proportion of a Pine Kernell because a man is broad and short chested For the Basis aboue Tab. 9. fig 2 C D is large and circular but not exactly round and after it by degrees endeth Tab. 9 figu 2 I in a cone or dull and blunt round point for such a figure was fittest for his function beecause length maketh much for traction or drawing roundnes for amplitude strength so in great dilatations it is sphericall that it might hold more and in his contractions long and as it were Pyramidall especially in bruite beasts His superiour part which is called the Basis the head and the roote Tab. 9. fig 2 C D is The names of the Basis broader because of the vessels which in that place haue ingate and outgate haply also beecause of his motion that in this broad Basis the excauations or cauities might be the larger that when it is contracted both kindes of Blood arteriall and venall might haue place and room to retire to and not be too vehemently wrought or pent vp in too straight a room lest it should violate the continuity of his substance or of the fibres therein His lower part is called the vertex or top Mucro or point the Cone the heighth of the heart Hippocrates calleth it the taile Tab. 4. figure 2 E which Galen saith in the seauenth chapter of his 6. Booke de vsu partium is the basest part as the Basis is the noblest Before The names of the Lower end the heart is gibbous or bunching behinde hollow and in the sides prominent The Superficies or surface of it is smooth and pollished all ouer vvere it not that in some places the Fat in other the Coronarie vesselles strutting with bloode did make it vn●●●all His quantity or magnitude is not alike in all in a man proportionably as also the brain and the Liuer greater then in other creatures being as long as the bredth of sixe Fingers His quantitie or magnitude four broad and so many high But in fearfull creatures as the hare Hinde asse and such like it is proportionably very great for the heat when it hath too much scope or roomth sayth Aristotle is easily dissipated and vanisheth Table 9 figure 1. sheweth the heart included within his purse or Pericardium together with the Lungs and a part of the Medriffe Figure second sheweth the Pericardium opened and so the
PP so called because it passeth by the Axilla or Arme-hole before it reach vnto the arme do yssue from the lower part Thoracica superior Tab. 13 fig. 1 QQ which deriueth his branches to the Muscles lying vpon the breast Thoracica inferior Tab. 13 fig 1 RR which creepeth downe the whole side of the chest Scapularis Tab. 1 fig. 13 S disseminated to the Muscles in the hollowe part of the Shoulder-blade From the vpper part Humeraria Tab. 13 fig. 1 TT which climbeth to the toppe of the shoulder and is distributed into the Muscles there●bout That which remayneth of Humeraria the Axillary artery Tab. 13 fig. 1 QQ being accompanied with the Axillary veine passeth vnto the arme That which remaineth of the ascendent trunke Tab. 13 fig. 1 ● lying vpon the sharpe Artery and supported by the Sweere bread whilst it is yet in the cauity of the chest is diuided into two vnequall branches which they cal Carotides Table 13 fig. 1 XY or the sleepie Carotides Arteries which rising directly vpward are by the mediation of a Membrane tied to the wezon and the internall iugular veines and so attaine vnto the head But of these wee shall speake more in the eight Booke CHAP. XVII Of the Lungs THE Lungs which are the instruments both of the voice and also of respiration the Grecians cal Pneumones because of the reception of the ayre which they call pneuma or from a word which signifieth to breath for by breathing inward they drawe ayre and by breathing outward doe put it foorth againe These Lungs are allowed by Nature to all breathing creatures and placed in Why placed in the chest the cauity of the Chest tab 3. NOP because they were to be a little distant from the mouth least by the affluence of the ayre they should haue beene presently cooled In liuing creatures whilest they breath inward they fill the whole cauity of the Chest excepting the region which wee haue already sayed the membranes of the Mediastinum Table 3. L and the How to puffe them vp in dead bodies heart couered with his purse doe occupy but when the creature breatheth out then they fall but not so as they doe in dead bodies flat and flaccid because they are still full of ayre and bloud and although they may bee puffed vp in a dead body by putting a payre of bellowes into the weazon yet hardly can you rayse them to such a height as that they will occupy so much place as they doe in a liuing body For being to contayne so much ayre as Why so great should suffice the diuerse motions of the heart that we might not be constrayned to be alwayes fetching breath to speake sing or cry out it behoued well that their quantity should be very great And although for the most part they hang loose and at liberty that they might more Their connexion freely mooue yet by the mediation of the vesselles of the weazon they are suspended and hung to the neck and the back least they should fall downward and by the interposition of the Mediastinum tab 3. GH to A they are tyed forward to the breast-bone backward to the rack-bones also in some places at the sides of the chest they grow to the pleura with fibrous tyes produced from their owne membrane which is peculiarly obserued in men as in the How they follow the motion of the chest wisest creature by which meanes the Lungs which of themselues are deuoyd of all motion more easily follow the motion of the Chest do otherwise then for the auoyding of vacuum or emptinesse Galen verily thought that the Lungs followed the motion of the chest for the auoiding of that vacuum or emptinesse which is so irreconcileable an enimy of Nature because the Galens opinion for the auoyding of vacuum or emptines chest being distended they are dilated as they are filled with ayre drawne in and the same chest being contracted and the Lungs euacuated by expiration they fall into themselues which he sheweth by an instance of a wound of the chest For if the Chest be wounded so that the ayre can get into it the Lungs sayth he become immouable and do not follow the His demonstration dilatation of the chest because there is ayre which filleth the vacuity or emptinesse of the chest but when the chest is sound and distended the Lungs are necessarily dilated least there should bee vacuum or emptines and the same Lungs not for the auoyding of emptines but either being compressed by the chest or because of the ayre breathed out or both together they fall necessarily But we adde that Nature taking knowledge of the necessity of the motion of the lungs How the lungs moue when the chest is wounded that the chest being perforated the ayre going in by the wound might not hinder the dilatation of the Lungs which is caused for the auoyding of emptinesse hath knit them in men onely as we said before to the pleura that so by the necessity of this connexion they should follow the dilatation of the chest though it were perforated They also adhere to the heart by the arteriall veine tab 9. fig. 2. c and the venall artery They haue their figure which is shewed in the 3. and 4. Tables according to the proportion of the parts vpon which they rest wherefore on the outside that they might be fitted to the cauity of the chest they are gibbous and swelling on their inside hollow table 9. figure 1. and 2. table 14. figure 1. Their figure to giue way to the heart couered with his purse which with their lobes or diuisions they encompasse round about When both parts the right and the lefte are ioyned they represent the shape of a clouen foote of an Oxe or such like Table 14. figure 1. and 2. for as the hoofes before are diuided asunder by a line as it were Like a clouen hoofe so the Lungs backward Tab. 13. fig. 2. because of the bodies of the vertebrae or spondels haue an oblique impression or diuision and forward they cleaue in the very middest They are diuided by the Mediastinum table 3. GG HH into a right Lung and a lefte that one part being hurt the other might serue the vse of the Creature for oftentimes as wee see in How they are deuided the cutting vp of such as dye of Consumptions of the Lungs the one Lung on the one side beeing vlcerated yea and consumed yet the man may liue long with the vse of the other They are onely ioyned together by the mediation of vessels Table 14 fig. 1 which are disseminated into them from the Weazon the heart Againe each Lung is diuided into two Lobes or Finnes if you draw a line from the place of the fourth rackbone or vertebra of the Chest obliquely ouerthwart Tab. 14 fig. 2 to wit the vpper Lobe or Fin The Lobes or Finnes of the Lungs the lower
swallowing is drawne downeward and the throttle ascendeth vpward When this pipe commeth Tab. 15 fig. 1 aa into the capacity or hollownes of the chest The diuision of the winde-pipe to his fourth rack-bone it is diuided into two trunkes Tab. 15 fig. 1 and 2 bb the right going to the right side the left to the left side of the lungs into which when they are passed they are againe subdiuided on eyther side into two other branches to each Lobe and these into many others Tab. 15 fig. 1 cccc whose gristles are sometimes triangular sometimes square sometimes otherwise formed and passe on disseminated euen to the extreamities of the Lungs that they might better fit themselues to their dilatation and constriction neither be obstructed but bee free for inspiration and expiration and alwayes open for the auoyding of any matter Rhenmaticke Bloody or Purulent by Cough or otherwise The branches of these diuisions are placed betweene the branches of the venall arterie and the arteriall veine Tab. 14 fig. 1 BCD in the middest and are greater then either of the other but so that the Veine is on the backside of it and the artery on the right which presently as it comes out of the heart entreth the Lungs for that it was not safe that his thinne coat should runne along without some Firmament hauing so actiue and flippant matter in it Necessary it was that these branches of the Weazon should be neere vnto both those vesels Why the brāches of the windpipe ioin mouths with the venal Artery and ioyne mouths with them and first with the Venall artery that so there might bee free passage out of the Rough Artery into the smooth for the aer to passe to the left ventricle of the heart and as free an outlet for the vapors and soote but not for bloode other humors vnlesse it be by violent Coughing wherefore if at any time they become more open then they should be eyther by breaking one of them or by opening of their orifices or if any of them should be gnawne asunder then part of the bloode contained in the branches The causes of coughing of blood of the smooth Arteries is powred into these Rough which hindreth the recourse of the breath taking vp the passages of it and so suddenly followeth a cough and the bloode comes vp into the mouth but if that which insensibly slid downe the Weazon so passed vnto his lowest pipes do thicken in the outlets which are very smal it breeds such a difficulty of breathing as that his breath seemeth continually to faile and he in great necessity The cause of shortneste of breath of perpetuall inspiration Secondly it was necessary it should ioyne with the arteriall veine and that by inoculation Why they ioyn with the arterial veine that from the veine it might receiue blood for his nourishment And this is the manner of the coniunction of the Weazon to the Heart by the mediation of the smooth arteries and how small propagations of the Veines are inserted into the strings of the winde-pipe for their nourishment because of themselues they are altogether without blood but the smooth or venall arteries haue no Veynes inserted into them because they them-selues containe blood Moreouer the Rough arteries hath small vessels deriued vnto them from the neighbour vessels This Vses of this Weazon are that the Lungs as a paire of bellowes might by it as by The vses of the Weazon First a Conduite or pipe draw aer in respiration atracted by the nose and mouth for the lungs being dilated onely the rough artery is dilated and send it to the heart and by the same passage constringed send out from the heart the hot aer which is vnprofitable for it together with smoaky vapors and sooty excrements and deliuer them out of the mouth and nose And againe that it might be the instrument of the voice for to the generation of Second the voyce which is formed in the Throttle the aer which is breathed in and is the proper matter of the voice is required euen as wee may obserue that in the pipes of the bellowes when they are filled with aer there is a sound engendred Wherefore Hippocrates in his Third Booke De Morbs called it Organum vocale spirabile a breathing and vocall instrument And finally that with violent exsufflation either in coughing of deepe hauking for that which is lightly hawked vp comes but from the roots of the tongue those things which sel from the head or are gathered in the Lungs might by it bee cast forth CHAP. XIX Of the Muscles and Nerues which are in the cauity of the Chest HAuing runne through all the parts conteyned in the Chest and as it were remooued them out of the way we meete with certaine Muscles Nerues and Bones Table 16. sheweth the Cauitie of both Bellies without the bowels and the Midriffe as also what Muscles what bones remaine when the bowelles and brest-bone are remooued TABVLAXVI The Muscles are two called Ceruicislongi tab 16. AB the long muscles of the neck which Two muscles being scituated vnder the gullet are affixed to the rack-bones The muscles which are seated on the sides and behind and doe extend the head and the necke wee haue in some sort described before in the third Chapter of this Booke There are also two kinde of Nerues which passe thorough the chest one from the sixt Two kinds of nerues paire of the marrow in the brayne exhibited in the first figure of the 8. table another from the spinall marrow which is either in the racke bones of the necke or of the chest of which also we haue spoken before in the 10. Chapter CHAP. XX. Of the Clauicles Breast-bone and the Ribs THE Clauicles or Coller-bones are called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because they shut vp the whole Chest they are two on each side one scituated ouerthwart in the bottome of the necke and top of the breast Their figure is not straight ●ure of ●ler but outwardly embowed at the tugulum tab 17. fig. 2. H and on the inside hollow contrariwise at the shoulder they are hollow on the outside and imbowed within tab 17. fig. 1 2 3. but in men they are not so crooked as in Apes and doe neare resemble the letter s Likewise in women they are lesse crooked then they areia Why not so crooked in women men table 17. fig. 4. R which maketh them lesse nimble in the moouing of their armes as wee may see when they offer to cast a stone notwithstanding they haue a manifest protuberation or swelling also two lines tab 17. fig. 1 3. ● fig. 2 3. FG that from thence the subclauian muscle and a part also of the Pectoral might arise They are also on either side exasperated table 17. fig. 1. K fig. 3. P toward their ends from which exasperation or inequality Their inequality or roughnes
calleth the Animall The instrument instruments the Muscles and the Nerues the heart is no muscle vnlesse wee speake abusiuely because of the fastnes and colour of his flesh and for nerues there are none that That the nerue helpeth not the motion of the hart reach vnto his ventricles There is indeed a small surcle or tendrill from the sixt coniugation that maketh the Recurrent which is disseminated in the purse and Basis of the heart but the heart standeth in no need of it for his motion for if this nerue be intercepted with a string or which is the surest way his originall which is easily perceiued by the sides of the weazon yet neuerthelesse is the heart moued as also the arteries as in Dogges we haue often made experiment Seeing therefore all the causes of the hearts motion be Naturall we may conclude that it selfe is natural comming from the vitall faculty which is not volūtary But that the trueth of this conclusion may more playnely appeare some obiections must bee answered which otherwise would breede scruple in the mindes of them that are The first obiection not so sufficiently grounded in these secrets of Nature First therefore say some all naturall motions are continuall but the motion of the heart is interrupted with a double rest one betweene each motion Let vs admit that one simple Answere Naturall motion is continuall yet when there are two natural motions and those contrary there must needs be a rest betweene them Secondly they say no natural motion is compound but the motion of the heart is The second Answere compound I answere The motion of the heart is not compound but double not simple because of two contrary motions cannot be made one compound motion neither of many motions is made one motion as one line of many poynts Thirdly they vrge vs further thus with Aristotle in the 7. Booke of his Metaph. Whatsoeuer The third is moued by Nature is moued to some end which end when it hath obteyned then it resteth as water being heated if by it own force and proper forme it be cooled neuer groweth hot againe by the same forme or force Wherefore if the heart be moued naturally it is mooued that it may be dilated or contracted when therefore it is dilated why is it contracted and when it is contracted why is it dilated againe I answere that that is true Answere in a motion that is purely and meerely naturall but the motion of the heart is from the vitall faculty of the Soule which hath a naturall instinct and knowledge of his owne vse and according to the diuers appetites of that naturall instinct moueth diuersly For when the heart is contracted it desireth to be dilated that it may draw in cold ayre when it is dilated or distended it desireth to be contracted to auoyde the smoke and soote that by his heate are ingendred so the vitall faculty of the Soule which is sensible of his owne want moueth the heart perpetually with diuers motions according as the needs of the Soule do require By which this motion of the heart is distinguished from other motions of the Naturall faculty of the Soule to wit of the wombe and the stomacke For the motion of these parts is not perpetual because there wanteth a perpetuall obiect neither doth any necessity vrge How the motion of the heart differeth from that of other parts the finall cause it is not alwayes at hand but the heart hath a continual obiect necessity and end for it wanteth perpetuall nourishment tempering and expurgation Finally they contend that the motion of the heart is not Naturall because it is to two contrary poynts but opposite and contrary motions are onely performed by the Animall faculty so the arme is lifted vp and pulled downe onely by the will I answere that in things without The fourth Answere life this is true but all things that haue life yea euen in plants themselues there is motion to contrary poynts I say more there is neuer in the Soule one motion but presently resulteth another opposite or contrary vnto it so in nutrition the attraction of the Aliment is from the Soule so is also the expulsion of excrements from the same Soule The Soule is so diuine a thing that not only it doth many things beside the lawes of other formes but The diuinity of the Soule also is the author of contraries for it moueth vpward and downeward and beyond the Nature of Elements to the right hand to the left and circularly The motion of the earth is simple and vniforme the motion of the Soule manifold because the forme of the earth is one and simply simple The Soule is simple manifold and manifold wayes Simple in his Essence manifold in his Power and Vertue and manifold wayes in his knowledge of obiects Multiplicity from which his operations and actions are drawne We therefore conclude that the motion of the heart is Naturall and proceedeth from the vitall faculty for a certaine end and purpose of Nature and that it doth so proceede The conclusion these two arguments doe necessarily auerre First because in the dilatation there is a certaine and determinate kinde of bloud and ayre drawne perpetually through the same set and determinate vessels In the contraction likewise the smoky ayre and the spirits are thrust out by certayne vessels Secondly because the flesh of the heart is wouen with all kindes of fibres If therefore those seuerall fibres doe in other parts some draw some contract and some loosen either they are superfluous in the heart which to say is to blaspheme Nature or else they haue the same vses in the heart that they haue in other partes VVee sayed it proceeded for a certaine end because this faculty neither worketh voluntarily as the Animall nor according to the power of the Agent in respect of that which suffereth but for meere necessity The stomack although it be not hungry yet it concocteth so much meat as is put into it if it can but the heart is not moued but as necessity vrgeth making a pulse either swifter or slower as the vse of Nature is to haue a slow or quick pulse QVEST. III. Of the manner of the motion of the Heart and whether it strike the Brest in the dilatation or in the contraction THus much concerning the cause of the motion of the heart It followeth now to speake of the manner of his motion which is better knowne by the eye The maner of the motion of the heart then by discourse of reason wherefore it is vsual with Anatomists for the better obseruation of this motion to open Dogs aliue that they may more distinctly see the manner thereof From this Autopsia and witnesse of the eye will we vnfold this mystery There are two motions of the heart Dyastole or dilatation and Systole or contraction The ● motions of the heart The double rest how necessary
of his of the vse of the parts Let vs proceed to the other difficulties which concerne the motion of this heart and arteries QVEST. IIII. By or from what power the Arteries are moued THE motion of the Arteries Hippocrates first of all others called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that Hippocrates first found the pulse and so named it is the Pulse although he left indistinct precepts about it yet was it not vtterly vnknowne vnto him as some nouices would beare the worlde in hand which may be prooued by many places if it were necessary to wrastle in that floore but we list not insist in that but proceed That the forme of the motion The forme of the motion of this pulse is all one with that of the heart for it consisteth of a Diastole and a Systole and a double rest In the Diastole the Arteries draw and are filled and in the Systole they expell The rest is double vnlesse Nature bee prouoked either by a violent obiect or by some external cause for then the arteries may be moued together with an insensible rest as in the pulse called dicrotus ad vibrans so a stone which is throwne vpward if it meet with a falling Tower descends againe without any rest although Aristotle thinketh that no violence can tie Aristotle to contrary motions without some rest The vse of this pulsation is double one greater another lesser The greater is for the conseruation of the naturall heate as well of the heart as of other parts for by contractions The vse of pulsation double whatsoeuer is smoky the arteries auoyde and so the naturall heate is kept from suffocation by dilatation they draw outward ayre into the body by which the dissolution of the same heate is inhibited The lesse vse is that in the braine may be ingendered the Animal spirit for by the pulsation the spirits of life are carried into the plexus choroides There is therefore the same vse of the pulse that there is of respiration sauing that what respiration doth to the heart that the pulse of the arteries doth to other parts which as they neede lesse heate then the heart so are they not so soone offended for if the heart bee depriued of respiration presently the creature perisheth but the part dyeth not as soone as it wanteth the pulse The nature of the motion of these arteries is very obscure and many things must bee The nature of their motion obscure Prapagoras resolued of and known before we can attayne to the vnderstanding of so deepe a mystery First of all whence are the arteries moued from themselues or from some other Prapagoras thought the arteries did moue of their owne accord and that they had the same pulsatiue vertue that the heart hath in themselues not by influence But this Galen disproueth Galens instāce by an obseruation for sayth he if an artery be cut ouerthwart that part onely will pulse which remayneth ioyned to the heart but that which is separated from the heart will not beate at all Erasistratus was of minde that the arteries were not mooued by any proper power of Erasistratus their owne but by the constraint of the heart and that constraint hee meaneth not of any faculty but onely of some matter Aristotle thought they moued because of the feruour or Aristotle boyling of the bloud contayned in them whome some haue followed because they know The reasons that the spirits are those which make strife offer violence and again because the veines Neither heat nor spirits nor bloud are the immediate causes Not heat neere the hart do not moue which they would do say they if they had in them such bloud as the arteries haue but we will proue that neither heate nor spirite nor boyling bloud can be the immediate cause of this perpetuall motion For the heate it either hath a body or hath no body if it had a body then the arteries that are neerer to the heart would soonest be dilated if it be onely a naked quality then will it first heate those things that are neere hand and after that which is farther off For heate is not of the number of those formes which may in a moment be diffused as light but his contrary is cold which first must be expelled out of the subiect before it selfe bee receiued but the pulse is in a moment diffused through all the arteries it is not therefore only from heate It is not of spumous bloud for then it would follow that where the bloud is more plentifull Not bloud and hotter there the pulse should be not onely more vehement but more frequent also and so the pulses of the great arteries should bee quicker then the pulses of the small but experience teacheth that all the arteries both great and small doe mooue alike vnlesse there be some hinderance they are not therefore moued by the bloud contayned in them Furthermore intercept an arterie with a tye and the part below the tye though it strut An instance with spirits and thinne bloud yet will not beate because the continuity of the faculty with the heart is intercepted but as soon as the tye is vnloosed the artery will instantly beate againe but the heate nor the humour can in a moment or instant flow from the heart into the vtter arteries Adde to this that if the arteries should beate because of the bloud contayned in them then in all large pulses there should also be vehemencie which is nothing so For sayth Galen in his Booke de vsu pulsuum and in the fourth de causis pulsuum there is There may be great yet a faint pulse a pulse which is small yet vehement and there is likewise a pulse which is great but languid and faynt which variety cannot come from the heat Asclepiades acknowledgeth a faculty in the motion of the arteries but whereas this Asclepiades his opinion motion is in dilatation and constriction hee affirmeth that the distention onely is from the faculty and the contraction from nature that is from the predominant element and from the waight because when the creature is dead the arteries doe fall So bladders if they be filled with any thing they are distended but they fall of themselues and all round and hollow bodies are dilated by some facultie but afterward doe fall with the waight of their owne parts On the contrary those things that are contracted by any faculty that faculty ceasing they are againe dilated Therefore if the arteries bee dilated by a faculty then are they contracted by their grauity and so on the contrary wherefore they need not a faculty for both Herophylus quite contrary will haue the contraction to be performed by a faculty but the dilatation sayth he is nothing else but the returne of the arterie to his natural position Herophylus his opinion Because sayth he the arteries of dead carcasses being cast into hot water when
is powred out into the cauity of the Chest there is kept and floweth vp and downe so that with the impurity of it the Lungs are as it were laid in steepe This purulent matter according to the doctrine of Hiypocrates may be purged 4. waies This quitture may be purged 4. wayes Vpward by the mouth by the Vrine by the Seidge and by Apostemation The vpward excretion is by a proper motion of the Chest casting that which is noisome with a strong contention out at the mouth This is familiar to Nature and the way which we alwayes The easiest way desire Nature should take for it is by places naturally commodious witnesseth a strong force and power of all the Faculties And this is the proper Crisis of the Empyici of those that haue plurisies and inflamations of the Lunges and this is the best and the safest way But if Nature be insufficient to mooue this way either by reason of the thicknesse of the matter that yeeldeth not to the concussion of the Chest or because of the Muscles Then The other 3. wayes Nature is so wise and prouident that she openeth another passage findeth out some other way by which she may ease her selfe both of the disease and of the cause of it Therefore oftentimes she purgeth this purulent matter by the Vrine sometimes by Apostemation sometimes but rarely she emptieth it by the seidge By Vrine That it passeth away by the Vrine is prooued by daily experience and euen now whilst Aninstance I am writing these things Nature hath found this very way in an olde Gentleman a Lawyer who hauing had a Pleurisie and no meanes of blood letting or almost any other of any moment is beholding to Nature who daily in great and notable abundance venteth this noisome humor by the Vrme But beside experience it may also be confirmed by the authority of very many as well of ancients as of later writers Hippocrates and Galen are very plentifull witnesses of it we will onely quote the places in them and thither referre the Readers for his better satisfaction Hippocrates lib. 1. Epidem sectione secunda twice in that section Lib. 2. Epidem sect 3. Galen lib. 6. de locis affectis Cap. 4. Comment ad Aphoris 75. sec 4. We may add to these if it were needfull Auicen Paulus Mesues and many others Thirdly this matter is purged by the Seidge but Hippocrates saith It is very daungerous By Seidge yea mortall Galen in his Booke de Coacis It is no wonder saith he that Quitture or purulent matter shhuld flow downe from the parts aboue the Midriffe into the belly that is into the guts By Apostemation Fourthly this matter is purged by Apostemation Physitians call that per abcessum either of the lower or vpper parts Hippocrates saieth in Porrhet From a Peripneumonia or inflamation of the Lungs Apostumations do breede vnder the eares or in the lower parts and do there suppurate and those men are deliuered from the disease And againe in Coacis Those Apostemations that descend vnto the Thighes in such as are troubled with the Peripneumonia are al of them profitable Thus many wayes therefore are numbred by Hippocrates by which the purulent matter Which way is best of the Chest is by Nature euacuated first by the mouth secondly by the kidnies thirdly by the gut and lastly by Apostemation or abcesse The first is safest and therfore chiefely to be desired next that which is by the Vrine for it bringeth least labour or trauel to the frame of Nature that is to the due disposition of the bodie onely it is troublesome because it is painefull as being accompanied with a Strangurie yet not that continuall but catching as it were and by turnes That which is by the guts is the worst of all for it breaketh or dissolueth the Faculties of the stomack as well of Appetite as of Concoction and of the guts also with his noysome stenche and beside by this acrimony and ill-quality of the matter causeth an incureable bloody Flix But that euacuation which is by apostemation is profitable if so be it fall into the lower parts both because it is far remoued from the The way of apostumation when good first diseased part and also because that kinde of excretion is as the Physitians sayes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a conuenient kind of euacuation and proportionable both to nature to the disease For a lawfull Apostemation ought neither to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is neyther ought part of the matter flow to the place of Apostemation but all nor al take way vpward but downward onely for to ascend is against the nature of the humor and argueth By the womb alwaies a gadding quality therein Ariteus in his booke de Morbis Chronicis addeth that in women sometimes this purulent matter of the Chest commeth away by the womb Thus we haue declared all the manners of Natures worke in the euacuation of noisome humors How the matter of the Empyici is purged out of the cauity of the Chest but by what wayes and passages Nature deriueth them as it belongeth to a higher contemplation so will it be harder to know and when it is knowne more profitable The vpward expurgatiō by the sharp artery or wezon is manifest enough for when the Chest is dilated the Lungs are blowne vp like a spunge sucketh vp the matter wherein they lie soked as it were in suds when the Chest is contracted the Lungs fall down and so thrust out the purulent matter togither with the smoaky excrements of the heart into the sharpe arteries and they by continuity of passage into the wezon and so it passeth to the mouth and by coughing is excluded But by what waies it goeth to the kidnies How it commeth vnto the Kidneyes Erasistratus his opinion so to the bladder is greatly controuerted Erasistratus would haue it go by the right ventricle of the hart so into the hollow vein thence by the emulgent into the kidnies It is sucked saith he first by the rare spongie flesh of the lungs then by the arterial vein which is appointed for the norishment of the Lunges thence is deriued into the right ventricle of the heart out of it into the hollow veine from thence into the emulgents thence into the vreters so into the bladder But this opinion of Erasistratus cannot be true because nothing passeth out of the arterial vein into the right ventricle by reason of the membranes which are shut Confuted outward nothing goeth out of the heart by the hollow vein because of the three-forked membranes which shut inward Mesues was of opinion that this expurgation of purulent matter is by the veines somtimes to the concauous part of the Liuer so by the seidge away Mesues opiniō sometimes to the gibbous or conuex and so by the kidnies
of the heart then on the right because the thicker part wanteth the more nourishment But the aduersaries say that the outward part is onely nourished with this veine the inward with the bloud contayned in the ventricles for say they this veine is too little to nourish Arguments for the other side the whole heart being a very hot member and in perpetuall motion beside the veine looseth it selfe in the superficies of the heart and passeth not into the ventricles But for the narrownes of the veine I cannot perceiue it is so small as they talke of it and for this motion it is true yet there are many things that temper it on the outside it is couered almost with fat and compassed with a watery humour and within it hath aboundant moysture whereby Answered though it be not nourished yet is it watered and kept from drying and flaming as boyling hot water-keeps a vessell on the fire from burning And whereas they say the branches of the coronary veine passe not into the ventricles I answere that neither are the vesselles dispersed into the inner substance of the muscles and the bones Hippocrates sayeth That flesh draweth from the next vessels If you would faine reconcile the newe writers to Galen A reconciliation you may say That haply the inward parts of the heart are nourished with the bloud contayned in the ventricles but not yet attenuated for why should the inward parts be nourished with rarified bloud and the outward with crasse and thicke seeing the nature of the inward flesh and outward is all one and somuch of the nourishment of the heart Nowe Of the substance of the heart Whether it be a muscle for the substance and flesh of it some say it is musculous but that we haue answered before in the description briefly thus Hippocrates in his Booke de Corde calleth it a strong muscle againe it is moued by a locall motion and so are none of the other bowels as the Liuer the Spleene the Kidneyes c. but all muscles are so moued Moreouer the flesh of the bowels is simple and similar but the flesh of the heart not so but wouen with threds and fibres That it is like that of the muscles therefore it is a muscle Galen on the contrary will haue it no muscle for that muscles haue simple fibres but the heart manifold the muscles haue but That it is not one and that a simple motion for they bow or streatch forth lift vp or pull downe but the heart hath diuers yea contrary motions and this is a very powerfull argument which yet some seeke to ouerthow because say they there be many muscles which haue diuers kinds of fibres and also diuers yea and contrary motions as the Pectorall muscle which hath diuers Answere of some to Galens argument fibres and moueth the arme not vpward and downward onely but forward also and the muscle called Trapesius which moueth the shoulder blade not only vpward and downward but backward also and therefore the variety of his fibres and the diuersity of his motions do not exempt him from the number of muscles I answere for Galen Those two Muscles aboue named haue indeed diuers motions but Answere for Galen not from the same part but from diuers parts of the muscles for they haue diuers originals or beginnings The Trapesius ariseth from the back-part or nowle of the head from the rack-bones of the backe by the former part it moueth vpward and downeward by the latter The pectorall also hath diuers beginnings for it ariseth from the Throte and from the whole breast-bone wherefore these muscles doe not pull downe with the same part wherewith they lift vp but the heart is dilated and contracted in the same part there is not therefore a like reason of their motions The like may be said of their fibres for the fibres of those aboue-named muscles though they be of more kinds thē one yet are they distinct the fibres of the heart are wouen together and confounded that no art or industry wil part them The fibres of the muscles are diuers in their diuers parts but those of the heart are all in euery small part of the heart Moreouer the taste of the heart and of the muscles is not one saith Galen in the 8. chapter of his 7. booke de Administrat Anatom Auicen saith the muscles are weary the Auicen for Galen one weake argument heart neuer yet this seemeth to be no sound reason because the midriffe which is a very strong muscle mooueth perpetually but Auicen hath another reason for Galens opinion of more force which is this The heart is no muscle because his motion is not voluntary for Another stronger we can neither forslow nor hasten neither stay nor stirre vp his motion as we may the motion of the midriffe and of all the other muscles We conclude therefore with Galen that The conclusion with Galen the heart is no muscle but either an affusion of bloud which Erasistratus called parenchyma or some peculiar flesh How Hippocrates is to be vnderstood wee haue said before to Answere to Hippocrates authority wit abusiuely it is musculous because it is red fibrous but not a muscle But it will be obiected it is moued with locall motions therefore it is a muscle I answere that by the same reason should the wombe be a muscle for we haue shewed To the first reason how that is moued euen locally sometimes as when it closeth in conception or is dilated in the birth and the guts haue a locall motion called motus peristalticus which no man will say is a voluntary motion or that therefore they are muscles To the other argument we say that the flesh of the heart though it bee fibrous yet it is simple because the fibres are of the same substance with the flesh of it as the fibres of the To the second stomacke the wombe and the guts but the fibres of the muscles are particles of Nerues and Tendons much vnlike their flesh and this indeed is Galens answere in his 2. booke de temperamentis yet we affirme that the fibres of the heart are stronger and harder then the rest of his flesh which maketh it stronge and better able to indure his perpetuall labour But why is the flesh of the heart more fibrous then that of the Liuer or kidneyes Galen answeres The fibres of the heart are made for necessary vses of traction retention and expulsion Why the flesh of the hart is fibrous by the right it draweth in the Diastole or dilatation by the oblique it retaineth and by the transuerse it expelleth in the Systole or Contraction QVEST. IX Whether the heart will beare an apostumdtion solution of continuity or any grieuous disease THE last quaestion concerning the heart shal be whether it will beare any notable disease or no. Hippocrates saith in his booke de morbis The heart is
Authorities that the heart will not beare a disease Hippocrates Aristotle Aphrodisaeus Paulus Aegineta Pliny so so●d and dense that it is not offended with any humour and therefore it cannot be tainted with any disease Aristotle The heart can beare no heauy or grceuous discase because it is the originall of life Aphrodisaeus In the heart can no discase consist for the patient will dye before the disease appeare Paulus Any disease of the heart bringeth death head-long vpon a man Pliny Onely this of all the bowels is not wearied with discases neyther indureth it the greeuous punishments of this life and if it chance to bee offended present death insueth Yet how repugnant this is to experience many Histories doe beare witnesse Galen in his 2. Booke de placitis reporteth that a sacrificed Beast Manifold Histories proouing the contrary did walke after his heart was out and in his 7. Booke de Administra Anatom he maketh mention of one Marullus the sonne of a maker of Enterludes who liued after his heart was laide bare euen from the pursse or pericardium and in his 4. booke de locis affectus if a man be wounded in the heart and the wound pierce not into the ventricles but stay in the flesh he may liue a day and a night Beneuenius writeth that he hath seene many Apostemations in the heart We told you a story euen now out of Hollerius of a woman who had two stones and many Apostemations found in her heart Mathias Cornax Physitian to the Emperor Maximilian saith that he dissected a Bookseller and found his heart more then halfe rotted away Thomas a Vetga writeth that there was a red Deere found in whose heart was sticking an olde peece of an Arrow wherewith he had beene long before wounded in hunting But you shall reconcile these together How these are to be reconciled if you say the heart will beare all afflictions but not long or that it is subiect to all kinds of diseases but will beare none greeuous For example the heart will suffer all kindes of distemper but if any distemper be immoderate or notable the party presently dies so sayeth Galen in his fift Booke de locis affectis Death followes the immoderate distemper of the Heart When Galen saith in the fifte Chapter of his first Booke De Locis Affectis That Galen interpreted the heart will beare no Apostemations hee vnderstandeth such an Apostemation as comes by the permutation of an inflamation For the Creature will die before the inflamation Answeres to the examples will suppurate or grow to quitture Say that the Apostemations found by Beniuenius Hollerius and Mathew Cornace were Flegmaticke or say that rare things do not belong to Art or with Auerrhoes as in Nature so in diseases wee oftentimes finde Monsters That a creature can walke and cry when his heart is out I beleeue well so long as the spirits last in his body which it receiued from the heart when they faile hee presently dieth A strange story of a Florentine Ambassador in the Court of France Andreas Laurentius maketh mention of a strange accident which happened in the Court of France Guichardine a Noble Knight and Ambassador for the Duke of Florence beeing in good health and walking with other Noble-men and talking not seriously but at randon presently fell stone dead neuer breathing and his pulse neuer moouing Manie tolde the King some saide he was dead some that hee was but falne into an Apoplexie or a Falling sicknesse and that there was hope of his recouery The King saith Laurentius commanded me to take care of him when I came I found the man starke dead and auouched that the fault was not in his braine but in his heart The next day his bodye was opened and we found his heart so swelled that it tooke vp almost all his Chest when wee opened the Ventricles there yssued out three or foure pound of blood and the orifice of the great Veine was broken and all the forked Membranes torne but the Orifice of the great Artery was so dilated that a man might haue thrust in his arme So that I imagine that all the Flood-gates being loosened so great a quantity of bloode yssued into the ventricles that there was no roome for the dilatation or contraction whereupon hee fell suddenlie dead yet is it a great wonder how without any outward cause of a stroke or fall or vociferation or anger so great a vessell should be broken It may be he was poisoned for the Italians they say are wondrous cunning in that Art in the Contention of Nature that dilaceration hapned QVEST. X. Of the nature of Respiration and what are the Causes of it AND thus much of the proper motion of the Heart what causes it hath what manner motion it is what power or faculty mooueth the Arteries when and as the heart is mooued or after and otherwise Howe A briefe enumeration of the difficulties about the motion of the heart and where the vitall spirites are generated and their immediate matter prepared what is the temperament of the heart how it is nourished what his structure is how many the parts are of his substāce with their vse and functions Finally howe able to beare and endure affectes and diseases Theresolution of which questions though they do not properly pertaine vnto Anatomy all of them yet do they so depend one vpon another as it seemeth necessary that he that would know one should also know all notwithstanding in our treating of them we haue verie often restrained our Discourse and conteyned it within such limites as are not farre distant from Dissection it selfe It remaineth now that we should a little stand vpon another motion in our bodies and Of Spiration the Instrument thereof which Nature hath ordained to be seruiceable to this motion of the heart and that is Spiration or breathing For the Heart being exceeding hot and therfore a part of great expence needed a continuall supply of nourishment for the spirites and of ventilation for himselfe For Hippocrates saith in his Booke De Naturapueri Calidū omne Why necessary frigido moderato Nutritur fouet us That which is hot is nourished and cherished by that which is moderately colde which sentence Galen in his Book de vsu Respiration is thus elegantly expoundeth Euen as saith he a flame shut vp in a straite roome and not ventilated with the aer burnes dimmer and dimmer till it be extinguished so our naturall heate if it want cold to temper it growes saint and wasteth away to vtter confusion For it is like a flame mooued both waies vpward downward inward and outward vpper and outward because it is light as being of a fiery and aery nature downward and inward in respect of his nourishment either of these motions if they he hindred the heate either decayeth or is extinguished it decayeth for want of nourishment because it cannot be mooued
it was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because it was contained 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the head Of the generation of it Hippocrates hath learnedly discoursed in his booke de Carnibus to which wereferre the learned Reader as also for the order of the generation thereof to Aristotle in his booke de generatio e Animalium and the sixt Section It is the principall part of the whole body which may be proued by the scituation the figure the defences it hath and the vse of it The scituation is in the highest part of the The braine the principall part of the whole body and why body as it were in a defenced Tower that it might bee better secured from outward iniuries The figure is round which is the most noble figure of all the rest for it was proportionable that the diuinest part should haue the most perfect and absolute figure The defences of the braine are very many the haire the skinne and that the thickest of all the body the fatte the fleshy Membrane the Pericranium the Periostium a double tabled Scull and two Meminges or membranes by all which it is of all sides defenced from The defences of the braine violence so that it cannot be hurt or offended but with extreame wrong But neyther the heart nor any other part is so prouided for by Nature wherefore it should seeme she made more of store as we say of it then of all the rest In respect of the vse it will easily carry away the prize of Excellency for the soule The excellency of the vse of it of man saith Varolius being not tyed to any bodily instrument cannot apprehend those out ward things which are without it selfe vnlesse it be by the mediation of a corporeall organ into which the species or formes of materiall things may be transmitted by which afterward they may be exhibited and in which they may be apprehended and contemplated euen as Comparison he that is shut vp in a roome cannot see those things which are or are acted without vnlesse there be some Tralucent body wherein the Images of those outward things may first be receiued and after represented to him that is within Such an instrument is that which wee call Commune sensorium the common sence for nothing can come into the vnderstanding vnlesse it be first in the sence Now this first or common sense according to Plato and Galen is the braine for Aristotle Arist dreame did but dreame that it was the heart and they thought well For not onely Galen but Aristotle himselfe did resolue that that was the first Sensorium or common sence which is The common sence is the braine the originall of sinewes Nowe Anatomy teacheth vs that all the sinewes arise from the braine Hence then it is manifest that the Braine is the seate of the Sensatiue Soule for if a nerue which is directed vnto any part be obstructed that part is depriued of sence and motion so of the sensatiue Soule If the originall or beginning of the spinall marrow be obstructed all the parts vnder the head doe loose both sence and motion when as yet the head enioyeth them both But if the fourth ventricle of the Braine be obstructed then not onely the whole bodie but the head it selfe looseth motion and sence and is depriued of the sensatiue Soule Who then will deny that the Brayne is the most noble of all the members seeing it is the seate of all the Animall faculties Imagination Reason or discourse Memory wherfore Aphrodisaeus called it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Organ of wisedome and the beginning or originall Aphrodisaeut of sence and voluntary motion and beside seeing from it doe issue and on it do depend all the instruments of the senses of seeing hearing smelling tasting touching yea and speech also And therefore Plato did worthily call it because hee could giue it no higher a stile Platoes The deuine Member For what the Heauen is in the worlde the same in man is the Braine The Heauen is the habitation of the supreame Inteligence that is of God and the Braine the seate of the Soule that is the demi-God of this Little-world Hence it was that Homer called it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is the Heauen because as from the Coelestiall Comparison influence all things below it are moued both in heauen and earth so all the parts of the body haue sense and motion from the influence of the Braine Wherefore with Galen we determine that the Braine as well as the Heart is a Principall part not that wee think as some doe that the Braine is the Prince and King of all the rest no more then we thinke with Aristotle that the Heart is the most noble of all the parts But The braine not the prince but a principal part we say that as the heart is of greatest and most instant necessity for life so the place of dignity belongeth to the Braine Columbus giueth an elegant reason hereof taken from Generation The Liuer sayth hee is ingendred by the mediation and helpe of the vmbilicall veine Columbus his reason the heart by the mediation and helpe of the vmbilicall arteries and these are ingendred by the vessels of the wombe but the nerues which are the instruments of sence and motion doe immediatly arise out of the braine of the Infant The Braine is commonly called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Galen in his Book de motu musculorum calleth The name of the braine it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The marrow of the head for a difference betweene it and the marrow of the backe which is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the marrow of the bones from which it much differeth because it is not dissolued by fire nor consumed in hunger nor contained in the skull to nourish it Wherefore Galen in his 8. Booke de vsu partium and the 4. Chapter putteth a difference betweene it and the marrow of the bones because this is fluxible and like vnto fat neither couered with coates nor wouen with vcines and arteries neither hath any communion with the muscles and nerues all which is contrary in the Braine Apollidorus thought that none of the Antients had giuen any name to the Brain in any Sophocles of their writings and that therefore Sophocles called it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the white marrow imitating therein Plato who when he would giue a name to the Brayne called it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and True Loue the Grecians say is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 euen at the vppermost marrow or at the Brane of the Soule no doubt because they thought that the Soule was in the Braine A greeke phrayse It is scituate in the head as in a Castle most safe because of the defences thereof before mentioned as also because it is the highest place as it were the Tribunall or throne of her body For as God who
but how perfected Vesalius thinketh by the particular substance and forme of the Brain Archangelus Archangelus Laurentius thinketh they haue no such vse or power as to make Animall spirites Laurentius sayth that they serue for the inspiration and expiration of the Braine to receiue smels and to prepare the Animall spirites and to containe them as it were in a store-house yet not perfectly accomplished but inchoated onely Archangelus subscribeth vnto this and Archangelus his other vses addeth moreouer that the ayre drawne through the nose and spongy bone into the ventricles is laboured and prepared for the nourishment and refection of the Animall spirites as the ayre is prepared in the Lungs for the refrigeration recreation of the vital spirits Another vse sayth he of them is but that onely a secundary vse to serue for wayes whereby the excrements of the braine may be purged Neither sayth he is there cause why we should wonder that the same ventricles should hold the Animal spirits and serue also for the ablegation of excrements seeing we know that Nature hath ordained the Nose first and primarily to be a meanes of smelling and secondarily to call out the phlegme out of the brain and auoide the same Wee sayeth Bauhine thinke they serue to gather the excrements which are separated Bauhine in the nourishment of the Brain the phlegme for example there engendred and by their common passage to send it into the Tunnell called Infundibulum to bee conuayed away by the throate Archangelus in this place maketh mention of a passage which is sayth he is in the middest A passage to be obserued vnder the mamillary processes and hath a double issue one directly into the ventricles wee speake off the other into the pallate and so into the Lungs This passage is knowne but to a few neither can it be found but in a sound Brain when the man commeth to a sudden and vnlooked for end and is presently dissected for the partes of the braine that are about this passage do in a short time so fall and close together that the passage is cleane obliterated Hence Galen in his 8. booke of the Vse of parts and the 10. Chapter sayed that the ayre Galen explayned we breath in by our noses passeth vnto the heart but a part of it getteth into the ventricles where it is prepared and made the nourishment of the Animall spirites Columbus ascribeth the finding out of this passage to himselfe but Archangelus taxeth him therfore And so much of the two first ventricles The third ventricle followeth which is nothing else but the concurrence or meeting of the two former lengthned out somewhat backward For the two former ventricles in their The 3. ventricle lower part vnder the Arch Table 10. fig. 5. STV figure 6. AAA do meet together in one place there determine being in their nether parts like a narrow path which runneth out backe ward a pretty length into the hindmost ventricle This is called by Galen in his 8. booke of the Vse of parts and the 12. Chapter the common cauity or common place of the foreward Galen ventricles Table 10. figure 6. vnder M I table 11. fig. 7. and 8. M by others who doe deny the third ventricle it is called the perforation of the two former ventricles others call it the third ventricle or the middle ventricle because it is in the middest of the braine yea and in the very Center of the marrowe betwixt the two forewarde ventricles and the fourth This at the first sight is like a long slit or cauity Tab. 11. fig. 7. and 8. ● but more backward The forme of It after Galen it becommeth larger and is discerned part of it when the arch is drawne a little backward part of it when the Testicles and the Buttocks of the braine are diuided in the midst It tendeth directly from the forward ventricles vnder the arch the testicles and the buttocks Table 12. fig. 10. from I to K toward the fourth ventricle Tab 12-fig 10. ● sheweth the end of it And this is Galens delineation of his passage in his 8. book of the Vse of parts and the 11. chapter whereunto Vesalius Platerus Archangelus and Laurentius do subscribe but Columbus maketh it shorter and sayth it endeth at the backeward passage neare to the Glandula pinealis The figure of it sayeth Archangelus is vncertaine because there are many eminencies or inequalities in it This third ventricle hath two passages of both which Galen maketh mention in his 9. The two passages thereof booke of Anatomicall Administrations and the fourth Chapter the one he calleth the vpper hole or the Tunnell the other the great hole of the third ventricle wee according to Bauhine will describe them thus The one Table 11. fig. 7. and 8. I proceedeth out of the middest of the ventricle and is The first reasonable large it is caued in the substance of the braine and runneth directly downward toward the Bason which receiueth the phlegme at the Basis of the braine and by it the phlegme of the two forward ventricles doth descend The other passage Table 11. fig 7. and 8. K which is the more backeward Laurentius addeth the larger also is not round in his originall although it be a part of the third ventricle Second which is round Galen in the 9 booke of his Anatomicall Administrations and the 5. Chapter thinketh that it hath a peculiar coate like that of the pia mater wherewith it is lyned It runneth vnder the Buttocks Table 11 fig. 7. MN fig. 8. NOPQ table 12. fig. 19. DEFG and Another passage the Testicles into the fourth ventricle aboue the beginning of the spinall marrow Out of the lower and forward angle of this passage as soon as it is gotten vnder the testicles there issueth another passage Table 11. fig 8. neare to K farre narrower then the former which passing slily forward through the substance of the braine sinketh downeward and determineth in the end Table 11. fig. 8. I of the first passage out of both which ariseth an orifice Table 15. figure 20. D which endeth in the Bason and leadeth the phlegme out of the third ventricle This Vesalius taxeth Galen for pretermitting in the place next aboue named Vesalius taxeth Galen Now whereas at the second passage there appeareth a certaine slitte or cleft Columbus will needs liken the same vnto the lap or priuity of a woman The vse of the third ventricle is to be a receptacle of the Animall spirit which also is by The vse of the 3. ventricle Nature so quaintly formed for Archangelus referreth all those resemblances of the arch the buttocks the testicles the fundament the womans lap and the yarde vnto the third ventricle that it driueth them into the fourth ventricle Aboue this third ventricle lyeth the Fornix or Arch called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because in forme and vse it resembleth a crosse
or apprehend colours onely as the eyes sauours onely as the tongue c But it is a common instrument of sensation discerning colours sauours smels sounds and tactile qualities and in a word all sensible obiects Wherefore the braine feeleth vniuersally whatsoeuer is offered vnto it not with choice as the eye which receiueth not the sound but onely his owne obiect and so in the rest It remayneth therefore that the Naturall sence of the braine is none at all or at least so weak and dull as it is hardly perceiued for in his substance there is rather a faculty of Touching then an instrument of Touch. Fernelius thinketh that all motion is from the marrow of the braine and all sence from Fernelius his Philosophy about this his membranes because the body of the braine is perpetually moued but hath no feeling at all on the other side his membranes are of themselues immouable especially the Dura mater but feele very exactly So in the Lethargy or Phrensie which are diseases of the substance of the braine there is no paine at all but if a sharp vapour or humour be raised vp vnto the Meninges then grieuous paine followeth Moreouer the spinall marrow and all the nerues haue their marrow from the braine that couered with the Meninges al which haue the same and no other power or faculty then what they receiued from their original wherefore the forepart of the braine is the beginning of Sence the hinder part of Motion but of Touching the Meninges or Membranes are the originall Those nerues which are full of marrow are the instruments of Motion of Touching those whose greater parts are produced by the Meninges And this is Fernelius his Philosophy concerning this poynt but how consonant to reason we shall see afterward Concerning the motion of the braine great difference there is among Authors Galen in his 8. booke of the Vse of Parts and the second Chapter sayth it hath perpetuall motion The motion of the braine Vesalius denies it answeres his arguments addeth that he could neuer perceiue any such Vesalius against Galen motion either in great woundes of the head or which is more in his dissections of liuing Creatures Fallopius halteth in this poynt he sayes it but hee dares not auouch it Platerus thinks that those that say it moues mistake the motion of the braine for the motion of the third Sinus which beateth like an artery Columbus Archangelus and Laurentius doe all consent that it moueth continually and instance in woundes of the head Laurentius Laurentius is so confident that he sayth he is a mad man and wants his sences that will deny it To resolue vpon somewhat among so many opinions we think that the braine is not moued by any Animall or voluntary motion but by a Naturall and that double one proper of his owne another from the arteries albeit this last Archangelus doth deny because those What we resolue of arteries that runne aboue are too small but those that are in the bottom of the brain much lesse yet it giueth the power of voluntary motion to other parts This motion is proper and peculiar to the braine for the generation nourishment and expurgation of the Animall spirit for it is dilated and againe constringed as may be seene The vse of the motion in wounds of the head where a notable part of the Scull is taken away as also of the membranes sayth Bauhine And in children new borne in the mould the braine is so manifestly How the motion is discerned seene to beate and pant that euen the bones which at that time are very soft are mooued therewith When it is dilated it draweth out of the Sinus of the dura mater some say out of the wonderful net or web of the soporarte arteries vitall spirits and ayre by the nosthrils for the restauration and preseruation of the Animall spirites when it contracteth it selfe it driueth out the Animall spirits laboured in his substance through the nerues as through The Animal spirits pipes and canals into the organs of sence and motion or as Archangelus hath it out of the foreward ventricles being contracted into the third and fourth and so into the organs aforesaide which spirites when they ariue in the particular parts they nourish the Animall spirits bred and fixed in those partes For the Animall spirit floweth through the nerues into all the parts not onely to be the conuayer of the sensatiue and mouing Soule but also to giue nourishment to the Animall spirits fixed in the parts and this spirit is the medium or Meane by which the Sensatiue Soule and al his faculties which are incorporeal are ioyned with the body The outward parts because their instruments are farther off stood in neede of nerues as it were Channels through which the Animall spirites accompanied by the Vital as it were by guides might be conuaied but the inward parts because their instruments are neare and at hand needed no nerues but receiue the same by blind and inuisible by-waies yet guided by the same Vital spirits We haue also sayd that at the entrance into and at the out-gate from the heart there are A witty conceit of Archangelus certain Values or floud-gates set and their vses wee haue allotted Now Archangelus is of opinion that the Buttocks and Pine-glandule of the Braine doe here the same offices that the values did in the heart For sayth he in the dilatation of the braine the way out of the third ventricle into the fourth closeth it selfe and beside is shut vp by the glandule falling betweene the Buttocks that no part of the spirits can returne out of the fourth ventricle into the third On the contrary in the contraction the glandule is lifted vp and the Buttocks are diuided and so away is made for the Animall spirit to flow out of the third ventricle into the fourth Concerning the generation of Animall spirits there are diuers opinions especially Diuers opinions of the generation of the Animall spirits seauen one of Galen another of Vesalius a third of Columbus a fourth of Argenterius a fift of Archangelus a sixt of Laurentius and a seaueth of Varolius to which Bauhine our author subscribeth Galens opinion was that they were made of the vitall spirite brought by the soporarie arteries Galens and of ayre breathed in mary as for the place of their generation he seemeth to be altogether vncertaine for sometimes hee assigneth the Plexus Choroides sometimes the ventricles sometimes the substance and body of the braine Vesalius sayeth they are laboured in the right and left ventricle by a power and efficacy Vesalius receiued from the brain and haue for their matter vitall spirits from the heart aire drawn in by inspiration ascending through the third ventricle Columbus sayth they are made of ayre drawne by the nosethrils and altered in the cauities Columbus of the forehead bone and the wedge-bone and carried through
conceptacles or receptacles of the Animal spirits as the left ventricle of the heart is the place of the The vse of the ventricles vitall spirit But although we will not deny that there may bee many vses assigned to one and the same part and therfore Galen in the tenth chapter of his eight book de vsu partium was of opinion that the vpper ventricles did serue for the preparation of the spirits Galen also for the expurgation of superfluities yet we are of opiniō that these ventricles are the receptacles That the ventricles receiue the phlegme of the phlegmatick humor which is ingendered in the braine which through the infundibulum or Tunnel is conuayed to the phlegmatick glandule and so purged away For the ventricles haue no where any outlet but onely at the Tunnell but for the Animall spirits we think that they are disseminated through the whole substance both of the brain of the After-brain And this we shew first by the testimony of Hippocrates who when he had Hippocrates his first reasō deliuered that man consisted of foure humors and did assigne to euery one their proper place he saith That the place of the spirits and of the bloud is in the hart of yellow choller in the Liuer of blacke in the spleene And if the place of phlegme be in the braine there must of necessity be a cauity which may containe it such as is the ventricle in the heart and the bladder of gall in the Liuer Now beside these two ventricles there is in the braine no cauity at all Secondly it is proued by the general vse of Glandules which is to sucke vp and consume superfluous humidity Whereas therefore in these ventricles there are Glandules found in 2. reason that complication or web of vessels therein disposed it followeth that phlegme is therein gathered which distilleth out of that textute or web into the ventricles and there is heaped together for they are not able to consume so great a quantity otherwise both the Glandules should be in vaine added by Nature and their vse and commodity assigned by Hippocrates should be idle and of no vse Furthermore it is acknowledged by all men that the phlegme doth distill from the 3. reason braine through the Tunnell vnto the Pallet Now the beginning of the Tunnell is in the ventricle neyther is there any passage from any part of the braine vnto the Tunnell vnlesse it be out of the said ventricles Fourthly it is proued by an argument taken from necessity because this phlegmatick 4. reason excrement did require great and large cauities For if there had beene no conuenient place wherein a notable quantity thereof might be stabled or heaped together wee should haue beene troubled with continuall spitting and spawling euen as they in whose bladders the vrine is not collected and retayned doe continually auoid their water by drisling or drops and so our speech and other noble actions interrupted And hence it is that in sleepe a Many instances from our sence great quantity of this phelgme being collected after we awake we auoid it plentifully in a short time Now this quantity because it could not be contained within the Dennes or hollow cauities of the nose behooued to haue some other receptacle in the braine wherein it might be reserued till conuenient time of euacuation We do also sensibly perceiue that if a man be desirous to spit and therefore sucke the vpper part of his Pallate he shall gather great quantity of this phlegmatick excrement into the cauity of his mouth and thence spit it foorth But if hee againe instantly striue to spit he shall auoid a lesse quantity and so lesse and lesse till by sucking hee can gather no more spittle But after a short interim or interposition of time the excrement wil againe fal into his mouth which is a most euident signe that this matter is in some notable quantity colected or gathered together before it be auoyded as it is in the Vrine the excremēts of the belly We conclude therefore that these Cauities of the ventricles do receyue the foresaid excrements because those Glandulous complications doe enter into them and out of What we conclude them onely are the passages by which the moysture is auoided Mercurialis opposeth on this manner How may it be that so thicke cold and obscure or dull a humor so contrary to the spirits should be collected in that place where the spirits Mercurialis his obiections themselues which are pure and subtle bodies are as it were in an Ouen baked perfected Moreouer the causes of an Apoplexie Epilepsie or Falling sickenesse and the Incubus or Night-Mare are by all Physitians acknowledged to be when as Flegm or Melancholy or crasse and thicke winde is reteyned in the Ventricles which stopping them vp either wholy or for the most part do strangle the spirits therein conteined which as Galen saith in his third Booke De Locis affectis Hip. signifyed in darke and obscure words in the end of the second Section of the sixt booke Epidemiωn where he writeth That the Hippocrates disease called Melancholia hapneth when the humour falleth into the seate of the minde and the Epilepsie when it falleth into the body of the Brain Plato also consenteth with Hippocrates in Timaeo where he writeth that the Falling sicknesse happeneth when Flegme mingled with Melancholy entreth into the diuine cauities Plato of the braine Varolius maketh answere on this manner For the Causes of the Apoplexie Varolius his answere to Mercurialis Epilepsie and Incubus although I sometimes read in Hippocrates as in the Ninth Text of his Booke De Glandulis that the Apoplexy is occasioned by the Corrosion of the braine and in the nineteenth and twentith Texts of his Booke De Flatibus that the Epilepsy is caused when the blood is disquieted and defiled in all the veines as also vvhen The causes of the Apoplexie Hippocrates Galen the same veines are obstructed And that I reade in Galen in the seauenth Chapter of his third booke De Locis Affectis that hee doubted whether the Epilepsy were made by an obstruction of the ventricles of the Braine or of the Spinall Marrow and therefore that I willingly graunt that these diseases may haue these causes yet I conceiue that it wil not abhorre from reason to thinke that the Ventricles though the Animall spirits bee conteyned in them are sometimes so fulfilled with a viscid humour or thicke wind that the Do not contradict Varolius opinion first roote of the Spinall Marrow may be compressed by the aboundance thereof so that the transportation and affluence of the spirits thereunto may bee interrupted and intercepted and consequently the whole bodye depriued of sense and motion Like as the bladder in the suppression of the Vrine being beyond measure distended lying hard vpon Another satisfaction the guts the auoyding of the excrements is hindred And
absolutely an Organicall action because it is impaired in those that are Melancholicall and Phreniticall when the structure of the braine is not at all violated neither yet purely Similar because the brain is offended when his ventricles are cōpressed or stuffed vp all be the Temperament be not offended Furthermore this Ratiotiation is neither inchoated nor perfected by the Temperament alone neither yet performed by any particle of the braine but is an action mixed or compounded of an organicall and Similar such as is the action of the heart the stomack For the heart indeed is moued and hath his pulsation from an ingenite faculty and proper Temper of his owne But it could neither haue been contracted nor distended vnlesse it had beene excauated or hollowed into ventricles QVEST. IIII. Of the vse of the Braine against Aristotle IF euer that great interpreter and inessenger of Nature Aristotle the Prince of the Peripateticks doe lesse sufficiently acquite himselfe it is in the matter of Anatomy The vse of the braine after Aristotle more especially in that he hath written concerning the vse of the brain in the seuenth Chapter of his second Booke de part Animal where he cannot be redeemed from palpable absurdity The braine sayth he was onely made to resrigerate the heart First because it is without blood and without veines and againe because a mans braine is of all other creatures the largest for that his heart is the hottest This opinion of Aristotle Galen in his 8. booke de vsu partium confuteth by these arguments First seeing the braine is actually more hot then the most soultery ayre in Summer how shall it Aristotle confuted refrigerate or coole the hart Shall it not rather be contempered by the inspiration of ayre which it draweth in and as it were swalloweth from a full streame If the Peripateticks shal say that the externall ayre is not sufficient to refrigerate the heart but that there is alsorequired an inward bowell to asist it I answere that the braine is farre remoued from the heart and walled in on euery side with the bones of the Scull But surely if Nature had intended it for that vse she would eyther haue placed it in the Chest or at least not set so long a necke betweene them The heele saith Galen hath more power to coole the heart then the braine for when they are refrigerated or wet the cold is presently communicated to the whole body which hapneth not when men take cold on their heads Beside the braine is rather heated by the heart then the heart cooled by the braine because from the heart and the vmbles about it there continually arise very hot vapours which beeing naturally light do ascend vpward Adde heereto this strong Argument which vtterly subuerteth the opinion of Aristotle and the Peripateticks If the braine had beene only made to coole A very strong Argument the heart what need had there bin of so admirable a structure what vse is there of the 4. ventricles the Chambered or Arched body of the webs and textures of the Arteries of the pyne glandule of the Tunnell of the Testicles and Buttocks of the spinal marrow and of the manifold propagations of the sinewes Finally if this were true that Aristotle affirmeth then should the Lyon which is the hottest of all creatures witnesse his continuall disposition to the Ague haue had a larger braine then a man and men because they are hotter should haue larger braines then woemen which things because they abhorre from reason and sense wee doubt not to affirme that the brain was created for more noble and diuine imployments then to refrigerate the heart The body therefore of the braine was built for the performance of the Animall Sensatiue Motiue and Principall functions and it is hollowed into so many ventricles The true vse of the braine furnished with so many textures and complications of vessels for the auoyding of his excrements for the preparation and perfection of the Animall spirits besides the Nerues serue as Organs to lead out the same Animall spirit together with the faculties of motion and sense vnto the sences and the whole body Auerrhoes Aristotles Ape and where occasion is giuen a bitter detractor from Physitions endeauoreth to excuse Aristotle and saith What Auerrhos opinion is That the braine doth therefore refrigerate the heart because it tempers the extreame heat of the vitall spirits But let vs grant that the braine tempers some spirits yet it will hardly temper the spirits of the heart of the large Arteries if it at all temper those spirits which But confuted are contained in the substance and membranes of the brain which spirits so tempered seeing they do not returne vnto the heart how shal they temper the heat of the heart Alexander Benedictus in the 20. Chapter of his fourth booke seemeth to follow the opinion of Auerrhoes Albertus Magnus a man better stored with learning then honesty although hee be a Peripatetick yet in this point he falleth from his Maister Aristotle and saith in his 12 booke de Animal that the braine by his frigidity doth no more temper the heat of the hart then the siccity or drinesse of the heart doth temper the moysture of the braine Whether the braine be the originall of the sinewes Whether the Nerues be continued with the veines and Arteries Whether the Nerues be the Organs of sense and motion Whether the Nerues of motion differ from the Nerues of sense Why the sense may perish the motion being not hindered or on the contrary VVhether the faculty alone or a spirit therewith doe passe by the Nerues By which part of the Nerue the inner or the vtter the spirit is deriued All these questions and difficulties with their resolutions you must seeke for in the third Where these questions are disputed part of our booke of the vessels The rest of the questions we now prosecute QVEST. V. VVhence it is that when the right side of the Head or Brayne is wounded or enflamed a Convulsion falleth into the opposite partes WEe haue a double Probleme heere to discusse The first how it commeth to passe that when the right side of the Head is wounded or enflamed it oftentimes falleth out that the lefte parts of the bodie suffer Convulsion The second why one part of the Braine beeing smitten or obstructed it sometimes happeneth that the contrary side of the body is resolued or becommeth Paralyticall Both these questions haue in them many difficulties For the affections or diseases almost The affectiōs of the partes are communicated according to Rectitude of all the parts are communicated 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is by rectitude not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is by Contrariety because the right side with the right and the left with the left are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is haue a similitude of substance And therefore when the Spleene is affected the left side is pained
Basis of the braine VVith this Ayre the spirit is nourished and therefore Galen acknowledgeth a double vse of Respiration to witte the conseruation of Naturall heate and the Nutrition or Generation of the Animall spirites Now if the passage of these two matters to the braine be intercepted then will there be no generation of Animall spirits If the sleepy arteries be bound an Apoplexy ensueth if Respiration bee prohibited the Creature dyeth instantly and is depriued of Sence and Motion Galen concerning this poynt seemeth to differ from himselfe but we will reconcile those different places well enough In the 5. Chapter of his book de vsu Respirationis he sayth that in a liuing creature he tyed the Sleepy Arteries and yet the creature perished not therefore it followeth his Animall spirit was nourished onely with Ayre not with the vitall spirit In his third booke de placitis and in the 9 booke de vsu partium hee writeth Certaine places of Galen concerning the Animall spirit reconciled that the Animall spirit may bee cherished and sustained with the vitall conueighed by the Arteries and maketh no mention at al of the Ayer Wee answere that the Animall spirit may be for a little time sustained if it be depriued of eyther of his Aliments for there is stored vp a supply against time of need in those two complications or textures called Plexus Choroides Rete mirabile but long that supply will not maintaine them The preparation of this spirit is made in those Labyrinths of the small Arteries their Where the Animal spirit is prepared coction or elaboration as some think in the ventricles and finally their distribution into the whole body of the braine and into the sinewes They therefore are in an error who do conceiue that this spirit attaineth his proper forme and specificall difference in those textures For all the complications of vessels as well in the braine as in the testicles and other parts are ordained onely for preparation but the forme and difference of a thing is supplied by the substance of the part both to the Aliment and to the spirit VVherefore we conclude that in those complications the spirits are prepared that in the ventricles they are boyled and labored but receiue their vttermost perfection in the Where labored and perfitted substance of the Braine QVEST. VIII Argenterius his opinion concerning the Animall spirit confuted ARgenterius an accute Scholler indeed but whose pen especially against Galē yeeldeth too much gall in his booke de somno et vigilia and in his Commentaries in artem medicinalem auoucheth that there is but one spirit that Vitall neither will he bee brought to admit any Animall spirit at all And first as his custome is he inueigheth bitterly against his Maister Galen accusing him sometimes of leuity and inconstancy sometimes of ignorance Of inconstancy Argenterius accuseth Galen of inconstancy in his assignation of the matter and the place of generation of the Animall spirit In the matter because sometimes he writeth that it is made of the ayre we breathe in sometimes of the vitall spirits sometimes of bloud In the place of generation because hee assigneth it sometimes to bee generated in the Textures or complications of the Braine sometimes in the forward ventricles sometimes in the backward sometimes that it is contained in the body and substance of the braine But Argenterius wit was to nimble to fasten vpon the depth of Galens iudgement which if he had well attended he should not haue found repugnancy in him For the most remote He vnderstandeth not Galens meaning matter of the Animall spirit is bloud the neerer matter is vitall spirit the neerest of al is ayre inspired or breathed through the mammillary processes conuaighed not into the textures but into the vpper ventricle And as the matter so also the place of their generation is manifold for they are prepared in the Textures vpper ventricles boyled in the third and perfitted in the fourth or in the substance of the braine Finally they are diffused into the nerues and from them conueighed into the bodye He accuseth Galen of ignorance because from the Net-like texture he gathereth that ther is an Animall spirit because saieth Argenterius neyther is that Texture conspicuous in a Galen accused of ignorance man neyther is there alwayes required a complication of vessels where there is any spirit generated For in the heart where the vitall spirit is aboundantly generated there is no such admirable web of vessels But Argenterius was so headily transported with a desire of contradiction that he did not obserue the tenor of Galens Argument for he neuer concludeth that therefore there But defended is an Animall spirit because in the braine the vessels are intangled and interbrayded one with another but he saith that this spirit is irrigated or watered nourished by that which that Net-like web supplyeth vnto it as we haue read in the 5. chapter of the 12 booke of his Method and in his 7. booke de placitis Hip. et Plat. and the third chapter But let vs yeelde that Galen meant as Argenterius vnderstandeth him shall wee therefore conclude that he hath written absurdly Nature is not wont to create any such texture vnlesse it be for a new elaboration but in the braine there appeareth a notable texture which we call Choroides therefore in the braine there is a preparation of a new spirit Argenterius wil obiect that in the left ventricle of the heart the vitall spirit is generated and Obiection yet in the heart there is no complication of vessels Wee answere that such Laberynths were not necessary in the heart because the necessity of the vitall spirit is greater then that of the Animall And therefore there is a greater Answere proportion of them required then can be confected in so narrow vessels For the Animall functions are not perpctuall and beside when a man sleepes they are also at rest But the vitall the sounder we sleepe the stronger they are Furthermore all the parts of the creature haue not sence as bones gristles and ligaments yet all of them do liue VVherefore because there is a greater exhaustion of vitall spirits there restauration must be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is sudden and plentifull Adde heereto that the vitall spirit doth not onely serue for the accomplishment of the vitall functions but also is the matter of the Animall spirits and therefore it is necessary that their generation should be in great aboundance which cannot be accomplished in small Arteries and narrow caulties Finally the heart which is the hottest of al the bowels doth suddenly boyle generate spirits albeit there be not so precise a contaction in al the parts which thing the braine being far colder cannot performe and therfore in the brain there was great vse and necessity of complications of vessels and not in the hart Argenterius proceedeth to goade Galen farthet Why are
from the thing itselfe saith the Philosopher in the first chapter of his third book de partibus Animalium because a man 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is looketh forward for of all creatures onely man goeth vpright and looketh directly forward The Latines call it Facies in the comely conformation and Beauty whereof the elegancy of the humane nature doth most appeare It is also called Vultus a voluntatis iudicio because it bewraieth the disposition of the will and is especially changed according to the variety thereof We cal it the Face or the countenance The parts therefore of the Face are two the vpper is properly called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Fro●s ● The parts of the face ferendo because it beareth in it the Passions of the minde wee call it the Forehead whose lowest parts are the eye browes The second and lower part of the Face beginneth at the eye-browes and reacheth to the bottome of the Chinne in which there are many parts Both these parts of the face haue also some parts conteining some conteined The containing parts are common or proper common as the cuticle or scarfe-skin the skin itselfe which in this face in the fingers ends in the Yarde and the Cod is most thin This skin in the Cheekes for the most part looketh red because of the affluence of blood from the vtter branch of the externall Iugular veine which is disseminated betwixt it and the The skinne fleshy membrane This skin is furnished with hayres about the eyes for their security about the mouth in men as an argument of their virility and a peculiar beauty of that sex for in a woman those hayres are an especiall deformity Hence also saith Galen in the 14 chap. of his 11 book de vsu partium The hayres a man becommeth more venerable especially if whē he be grown to a ripe age the haires also do plentifully compasse his mouth on euery side for which cause also nature hath left the Cheekes and the Nose bare and without haire This skin of the face is diuersly perforated for the eyes the eares the nosthrils and the mouth partly that the sensible obiects might haue the freer accesse partly to intromit ayre and nourishment and to auoide excrements And these perforations if their actions bee The perforations of the face Their vse alwayes required are alwayes open As the nostrhils for respiration the eares for hearing because these two were alwaies necessary As for those whose functions were not so indesinent especially in the time of sleepe and for the auoyding iminent dangers those perforations I say for more security may be shut as the eyes and the mouth The fat of the face is very little and that that is is about the Cheekes The fleshy membrane which in the rest of the body is almost wholy neruous in the forehead is fleshy and musculous so close ioyned to the skin that it can hardly be separated The fat The fleshy membrane there-from And it is red because of the muscles of the face which grow vnto it Betwixt this fleshy membrane and the skin the veines before spoken of do runne where also are many glandules dispersed as vnder the rootes of the eares in which the disease is bred The vessels and the glandules that we call Parotis as also betwixt the lower Iaw the inferior part of the Cheeks where those Tumors arise which we cal Scropuhlae or the Kings euill The proper containing parts are muscles bones and gristles which make the frame of the face itselfe The muscles are of the forehead of the eye-browes of the eye-lids of the nosthrils sometimes also of the eares of the lips of the lower Iaw and of the Cheekes The proper contayning parts The bones are the forehead-bone the sixe bones of the eyes three of the Nose sixe of the mouth that is to say two of the vpper Iaw and two of the nether Iaw and as many of the Palate The Gristles are of the eares the nose which are diuersly ioyned with the bones The parts contained in the face are the seates of the foure sences whose organs either it containeth as it doth those which haue no place within the skull or else it prepareth a way for them that lye hid within the Scull The parts contained These Organes of the senses are the Eyes the Eares the Nose and the Mouth wherein are contained the Tongue and the Throttle which are the instruments of the taste the voyce And indeede because the Organs of the senses are placed in the face it is truely called the Image of the minde for as Laurentius faith truely in the eye-browes dwels pride in the Cheekes shamefastnesse in the Chinne maiesty in the Forehead wisedome finally in the whole countenance beauty and honesty But to speake more like How the mind shineth in the Face a Physitian in the Face doe appeare the manifest signes of life and death and therefore Hippocrates in his Prognostiques commands the Physitian first of all to take viewe of the sickmans face whither his countenance bee like that it was in his health or whether it be much changed in colour figure and magnitude Table 6. sheweth the trunke and branches of the hollow veine as they are disseminated through all the three Regions of the body TABVLA VI. Lib. VI. Table 13. Fig. 1. sheweth the trunke of the great Artery together with his branches as they are disseminated through the three bellies or Regions of the body The second Figure sheweth a portion of the Arterie as it is on the backside from whence it sendeth branches to the distances betwixt the lower ribbes The third Figure sheweth a portion of the great artery where it yssueth out of the heart it is here shewed open by that meanes we may better perceiue his Coates and Fibres TABVLA XIII FIG I. II III The arteries called Carotides or the sleepy arteries Table 13. Lib. 6. XY being on each side one ascendeth vp on the sides of the necke togither with the Iugular veines directly The arteries of the face vnto the head and when they come vnto the chops or Fauces they are deuided table 13. lib. 6. f f into an exterior branch g and an interior h Of the distribution of the interior we haue spoken in the eight Chapter of the former Booke Now concerning the exterior The exterior which is lesse then the interior and is seated without the Fauces reacheth his surcles vnto the cheeks Table 13. Lib. 6. l and the muscles of the face afterward when it commeth to the roote of the eares m it is parted in twaine One of them creepeth to the backside of the eare at o from which two arteries do vnder the eare passe into the lower iaw and according to the length thereof are dispersed vnto the rootes of all the lower teeth but another part yssueth at the hole which is in the chinne and so creepeth along the neather
the third paire they are separated to dilate it Now betwixt the Flexion and extension of the Ewre-gristle and of the rest there is this difference that in the others one motion is made for the behoofe of an other but in the Ewre-gristle both motions are of themselues profitable the Flexion to constringe the slit that so the breath might be kept in and the voyce made at our pleasure the extension to dilate it againe that the ayre might be plentifully receiued in The membranes which tie the gristles together do make certaine bosomes or cauities betwixt the Ewre and the Sheild gristles into which if in eating or drinking any thing The sinus or cauities betwixt the first and third gristles fall be it but a little beare which often hapeneth when the Epiglottis or ouer-tongue by laughter or speech when wee are eating is opened because whatsoeuer it is that passeth against the wind causeth a coughing Of these bosomes or sinus Galen seemes to make mention in the eleuenth chapter of his seuenth booke de vsu partium but since Galen saith Seuerinus Pinaeus neuer any man made mention of them but Gasper Bauhine our Authour but whether Laurentius had them from him I know not Placentinus hauing got the hint of Bauhine first made mentiō of them them as should seeme from Bauhine hath examined them very diligently in brute beastes and findes them seldome saue in Swine Horses and Dogs Aquapendens professeth that he finds them in all creatures vsed to the earth but in some lesser in some bigger yea so bigge as a man may put his finger downe them Swine and Horses haue the largest those of men are not so deepe The vse of these Sinus is to alter the attracted ayre that it fall not with violence as the deafe eares of the heart doe They helpe saith Aquapendens to retaine the breath when the whole glottis is shut vp In Dogs these sinus are like ventricles Their vse CHAP. XXXV Of the Glottis and Cleft of the Larynx THat which is called in Greeke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is that body which maketh the Cleft or Fissure in the Larynx which is the chiefe instrument whereby the voyce The Glottis is formed and vttered Table 15. figu 4. d It hath the name from the likenesse that is betweene it and the tongue of a flute or other pipe The Latines all so call it the Little Tongue For as the Sound is made by the Tong of a pipe so the voyce is made by the Linguet of the Larynx and as a man speaketh by his Tongue so the pipe is sayde to speake as it were by this Glottis therefore wee call it the Whistle It is situated within for the better generation of the voyce and because the instrument Situation might be freer from outward iniuries The figure of it is Ouall sharpned at either side yet more toward the Shield-gristle then Figure toward the Ewer-gristle It is as long as the Larynx as well that the gristles thereof might establish it as also that a man might vary with his voyce high low or in a middle key or as we say Treble Base or Tenor adde hereto that being so long it is able to admit a sufficient quantity of ayre Moreouer as there is but one Larynx so there is but one Whistle or cleft which beginneth from the Ewer-gristle and endeth into the Shield-gristle that so it might be moued with voluntary motion for wee sayde before that onely these two gristles were mouable the middle which is the Ring-gristle is immouable Notwithstanding it may be deuided into that which in the vpper part is made especially How it is diuided of the parts of the Ewer-gristle and that which in the lower part is formed of the membrane duplicated This Glottis and cleft runneth in the middle of the Larynx directly from the foreside backward that the ayre yssuing out of the cleft and formed into a voyce might instantly touch vpon the top of the Palate and the tip of the Tongue by them to be articulated And as the slit or cleft of a pipe is sometimes broade and long sometimes narrow and long or short so is it in this For if it be long and broade the voyce is base if it be narrowe it is treble or shrill yet the magnitude is proportionable to the body large bodies haue large slits and little bodies narrow from whence comes the differences of Voices The composition of it is very artificiall that the Ayre which is the matter of the Voyce The composition of it might easile ascend and descend and might beside receiue a fit repercussion For it is made of both the processes of the Ewer-gristle Table 16. fig. 7. 33. or of the double Ewer-gristle and a portion of that muscle of the Shield-gristle inserted into the processe of the Ewregristle which two are inuested with a membrane making the Inner Cleft of which we shall How moystned speake by by which is not only thight to defend it but also moyst which moysture is not only slimy but also fatty and yet this Glottis is moystned with a proper moysture of it own least our voyce should soone faile in discourse or other vse of it if the glottis and the parts belonging to the Larynx should be exiccated For being of a membranous substance the frequent motion thereof in our speech or vocifiration the perpetuall ingresse of ayre and egresse of the breath which is hot might haue dryed it if Nature had not prepared a proper moysture to keepe it in Temper for as we see whistles and pipes doe need euer and anon to be moystned or else they will not sound so well so if this Whistle of the Larynx had not had a naturall moysture the voyce must needs haue fayled as wee see it doeth in those that are sicke of burning Agues or trauell in hot weather who cannot speake before they haue moystned their throttles or if they speake their voyce is stridulous or whining which kind Vox clangesa Hippocrates calleth voces clangosas in Prorrhet This moysture makes the surface of the Glottis or whistle to be slippery yet is it beside smooth glib least the ayre lighting vpon vnequall parts and so yssuing vnequally should make the voyce harsh and vnpleasant Notwithstanding it was fit this moysture should be moderate because those bodies that are too wette doe sound woorse then those that are dry VVhence it is that in Rheumes and Murrhes the Voyce is hoarse because the Larynx is dewed with too much moysture but when the moysture thereof is Naturall it maintayneth How the voice becommeth hoarse the Voyce a long time without helpe the rather because as wee sayde the moysture is not thinne that it should soone be spent but viscid and fatty And haply this made Galen say that the glottis was not onely membranous but also fatty and glandulous The Glottis Galen also by
bone of the After-wrist which sustaineth the fore-finger and into the extremity or ende of the VV and the other is infixed into the second bone of the After-wrist vppon which the middle finger leaneth Archangelus saith that he hath often sound this two-horned muscle double that is to say two muscles one greater whose originall was neruous whose tendon ended below the ioynt of the arme into foure fingers The other lesse whose originall was neruous also but his tendon ended in the middest of the VV and. He addeth also that his tendons are first broade afterward round These two extending muscles if they worke together do bend the wrist outward The vse of the ● extenders extend it primarily secondarily also the band and are holpen by a portion of the thirde muscle which extendeth the thumbe Secondarily also they leade the wrist about when one in his motion immediately followeth another But when one of them onely worketh then diuers motions are produced for if eyther they worke asunder or one of the benders worke together with an extender it moueth the wrist obliquely and to the side And thus much of the muscles of the After-wrist and the wrist now we proceed vnto the muscles of the Chest CHAP. XXXIII Of the Muscles of Respiration THE Chest contayneth the Instruments or Organs of life Life cannot bee maintayned without Respiration neither can Respiration bee performed Why the chest moueth without motion it followeth therefore that the Chest must needs be moued for Respiration sake If it be demanded why Respiration is so necessary we answere because of the high and great heat of the Heart which by the ayre attracted in Respiration is refrigerated and cooled euen as a mans face in Summer is cooled by a fan that wafteth fresh ayre vnto it Now the Chest is moued either by it selfe or by accident when it followeth the motion of the spine or Rackbones of the backe for when the backe is bent the Chest is also bent with it It is moued by it selfe and with a proper and peculiar motion for Respiration sake His different motions which Respiration is accomplished by a double motion of the Chest which is dilated when Inspiration is made that is when we draw the ayre into our Longues and so coole the heat of our Hearts or contracted in Expiration that is when the ayre is driuen back through the Rough artery for the generation of the voyce and the sooty excrements are blowne away least the heart should be suffocaced by them In these motions of the chest wee must consider notwithstanding that in Inspiration the lower parts of the chest are dilated and the vpper angustated or straytned on the contrary in Expiration the lower are constringed or straytned the vpper dilated And Why not bony this was the reason why the Chest was not made of one bone as was the Scull But of many which also are ioyned together by gristles that their motion might be more pliant and easie But as the heart is moued with Naturall motion so the Chest is moued partly with Naturall partly with Voluntary motion with Natural because in our sleepe it is moued The kinde of motion Naturally not according to our Will VVith Voluntary for wee haue read of some that by reteining their breath haue hastned death vpon themselues As for the Longues they follow the motion of the Chest especially to auoyde vacuity as well in those that sleepe as in those that are awake Philosophers doe differ much concerning these motions but because we haue already touched vppon their disputation in the tenth question of the sixt Booke wee will not here Tautoligize though haply we might say something now because this Volume groweth far beyond that extent which was first limitted for it The Chest therefore needed Muscles for Respiration Respiration is absolued by his Diastole or dilatation when we breath in by his Systole or contraction when we breath out How respiration is made The number of the muscles of respiration These Muscles are in all 65. on each side 32. that is to say 22. Intercostal Muscles 11. internall and as many externall and one which is common to both sides called septum transuersum or the Midriffe Of these we haue spoken before in the fourth and fift Chapters of the sixt Booke There remaine yet the proper Muscles of the Chest sixe on either side vnlesse it please you to adde three more according to Falopius Finally the Muscles of the Abdomen which helpe also our Respiration are on each side foure beside the Pyramidals or Spirie Muscles so that the whole summe will now amount to 7● Of these some are Common as the Muscles of the Abdomen which beside Respiration 2. kinds of respiration doe serue also for other purposes others are Proper and serue for Respiration alone But Respiration is double one free or naturall the other constrayned or violent That we call Free which is done gently and easily that is when in Inspiration there is Free without constraint so much ayre drawne in as may suffice for the generation of vitall spyrits and in Expiration when a part of the attracted ayre is againe gently returned for the generation of the voyce and both these are wrought by the motion of the Midriffe alone The first by the Contraction of the Midriffe wherein the end of the bastard ribs are gathered a little vpward the lower and forward part of the Chest angustated or straitned and the backepart inlarged to the Racke-bones the seauen lower ribbes parted as it were asunder and so the Chest dilated The second when the Midriffe is relaxed or loosened for then the Chest doeth easily Violent fall with his owne waight We call that Respiration constrained when the Dilatation or contraction of the chest is euident that is when in Inspiration the breath is drawne with violence or vehemencie as it happeneth when the heart is too much heated and in Expiration when the ayre is forcibly blowne out as when wee would speake or hallow aloude when we would cough or sneese or else when vpon expulsion it is retained when we would make vse of the midrife in euacuation of excrements or such like This respiration is absolued by sixtie foure muscles assisted by the midriffe yet so that in Inspiration fewer muscles do labour them in Expiration In Inspiration that which is How the muscles moue called Subclauius Serratus maior Serratus posticus superior inferior and Falopius his 3. muscles The Intercostall muscles doe also conferre to this businesse but that by accident onely In Expiration more muscles are required because we breath out with greater strength then we breathe in these are called Sacrolumbus triangularis and all the Intercostalls for the exteriour doe leade the lower ribs upward and the interior the vpward ribs downeward The eight muscles of the Abdomen and haply in great necessities the muscles of the arm and the shoulder
Peritoneum or Rim of the belly It reacheth ouerthwart to the middle of the share bones and is distributed with a wonderfull increase in men into the Scrotum or Cod and into the skinne of the yard in women into the place of modestie and the neighbour parts The third and last is called muscula inferior Tab. 5 char 1 ● the lower muscle veine It issueth from the outside of the vtter branch Tab. 5. c. and running through the ioynt of Muscula inferior the hip is disseminated into the muscles and skin of that place The rest of the propagations which issue from both the trunkes Taq. 5. p s because they bee no longer called Iliacke but Crurall veines wee will intermit till the tenth Chapter CHAP. VI. Of the ascending Trunke of the hollow veine WE diuided the hollow veine into a Descending and an Ascending trunke the Descending we haue prosecuted in the former chapter the Ascending we take now for our taske The hollow veine therfore after it hath passed through the neruous part of the midriffe on his right side by a hole of purpose for it paceth on through the Chest with his trunk vndiuided Ta. 6. fig. 1. from A to D. Ta. 7. from B to H. euen The Ascending trunke to the Iugulum that is the hollownesse aboue the coller bone It is a larger trunke then the Descending for it was to leade blood vnto more parts and for more security is ioyned to the midriffe and to the right deafe eare of the heart Laurentius saith it toucheth the Mediastinum likewise In men there is question whether it do or no Vesalius is against it but in Dogges and Apes sayth Bauhine it doth without doubt And least in the Iugulum it should be hurt by the hardnesse of the bone and also that it might more safely be diuided into notable branches there is a glandulous body couched vnder it called Thymus in calues it is called the Sweete-bread In Dogges and Apes Galen saith also in men a lobe of the Lungs is layde vnder it betweene the Purse of the heart and the midriffe for their chests are longer then is a mans Before the diuision there issue out of the trunke foure branches The first is called Phrenica Tab. 7. c. or the veine of the midriffe one either side one Phrenica which is disseminated through the midriffe in many surcles and sendeth small branches to the Pericardium or purse of the heart and to the Mediastinum or partition of the chest The right of these issueth sometimes within the cauity of the chest the left ariseth out of the trunke vnder the midriffe wherewith also sometimes the Fatty veine called Adiposa is ioyned Presently the trunke of the hollow veine pacing one and perforating the pericardium and inclining a little to the left hand Tab. 7. aboue ● maketh a brode sinus or His fastning to the heart bosome before the hart ouer against the 8 rackbone of the chest or the top of the ninth sometimes in the middle space which is between the seuenth and the eight racks VVhere changing almost his substance and his roundnesse it degenerateth in the right deafe eare Tab. ● D. of the heart or if you will it is on euery side fastened to the right eare which it superficially embraceth There it is infixed into the right ventricle of the heart not penetrating very deepe to the end it might poure blood into it as into a Cysterne Eustachius saith that there is a certaine membrane set to the fore and inner side of the hollow veine which at the middle of the perforation determineth into many fibres Eustachius his value which being diuersly complicated doe make vp or fulfill the rest of the semi-circle and without coniunction are spread ouer the whole perforation that so the same membrane might be put forward and repelled backeward by the matter that rusheth in or out But this membrane sometime wanteth that texture or fibres and resembleth the forme of the Mitred or horned Moone as it is in the crowne veine It is also sometime so small and narrow that as if it were not all it is vndescryed which haply saith Bauhine is the reason that I haue not yet obserued it The second branch which issueth from the thumbe before the diuision is called Coronaria Coronaria cordis Cordis Tab. 6. fig. 2. B. tab 7. ● the crowne veine of the heart for because it compasseth the basis of the heart like a crowne or garland the Grecians call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 It sendeth many brāches through the vtter surface of the heart all ouer the bowell from the basis downeward vnto the Macro or poynt especially through his left side for because the substance of the heart is there the thickest it stood in need of more plentiful Aliment and because it required a thicke nourishment conuenable or agreable to his substance therefore it receiueth bloud by this veine before it get into the ventricle where the bloud becomming thinner is destined for the nourishment of the Lungs At the originall of this Crowne-veine there is placed a value or flood-gate like a halfe Moone resembling that which in the heart of the Infant is set before the first Anastomosis His value or inoculation This Value keepeth the bloud that is once allowed to the Surface of the heart that it flow not back into the hollow veine being shaken by the continuall motion of the heart This Crowne-veine sayth Galen is sometimes double one on the backside another arising from the foreside When the hollow veine hath allowed this garland to the heart it persorateth the purse thereof againe and againe resumeth his round figure and becomming much lesser forsaketh the Rack-bones because vpon them the Gullet and the rough artery doe leaue and runneth through the middest of the lungs where the right part is separated from the left vpward vnto the Iugulum aboue the Thymus But that the Racke-bones and the spaces betwixt the ribs might not be destituted of Veines it yeildeth forth a trunke or notable veine aboue the heart as it were in the verie middest of the body This veine which is the third before the diuision of the Trunk is called vena 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or sine The veine Azygos pari the Veine without a companion which we haue before called the non-parill Ta. 6. fig. 1. C fig. 2. B fig. 4. B The reason is because commonly in a man it is but one as also in a Dogge hauing no mate on the other side It ariseth aboue the heart betwixt the fourth and fift Racke-bones of the Chest out of the hinder Tab. 6. fig. 4. A and lower part of the hollow veine as it regardeth the Rackes but rather to the right hand then to the left Vesalius taxeth Galen very deeply for inconstancy and irresolution concerning the originall of this veine to all whose obiections Bauhine maketh answere wherwith we could willingly make you acquainted if we